ae B08 oD wR soins ww SL ELEVATION SHOWING LOCATION OF FIXTURES AND ROUGHING IN MEASUREMENTS y SCALE 41N=1 FT. “Assembly of Fixhures in Small House. EASPORTS TRESS IPL, Various systems of piping for the installation shown above are given in detail in the Chapter on Roughing In. “BY HAMMER AND HAND ALL THINGS DO STAND” STEAM SITTERS GUIDE “2 A PRACTICAL |LLUSTRATED TRADE ASSISTANT AND READY REFERENCE FOR MASTER PLUMBERS, JOURNEYMEN AND APPRENTICES STEAM FITTERS, GAS FITTERS AND HELPERS, SHEET METAL WORKERS AND DRAUGHTSMEN MASTER BUILDERS AND ENGINEERS a—fi—a EXPLAINING IN PRACTICAL CONCISE LANGUAGE AND BY WELL DONE ILLUSTRATIONS, DIAGRAMS, CHARTS GRAPHS AND PICTURES THE PRINCIPLES OF MODERN PLUMBING PRACTICE BY FRANK D. GRAHAM - CH/EF THOMAS J. EMERY-ASSOC/TE THEO. AUDEL & C9 — PUBLISHERS 65 W. 25"° ST, NEW YORK, U.S.A. COPYRIGHTED, 1925 BY THEO, AUDEL & CO. NEw YorK Printed in the United States Foreword These Guides give first hand reliable practical infor. mation in clear and concise form. They illustrate Plumbing in its many practical applications in the clearest and plainest manner and in a way not to dis- courage the searcher for practical plumbing knowledge, but to make an interesting, instructive and useful reference for all interested in any branch of plumbing. In the prepartion of these Guides, the aim of the author has been to present the subject in the simplest possible manner, because no matter how well in- formed the reader may be, he absorbs the desired information much more readily when presented in sim- ple, brief language, than he would when confronted with an unnecessary display of technicalities. The aim throughout has been to:simplify and give information on every phase of plumbing. Frank D. Graham. VI OUTLINE OF CONTENTS OUTLINE OF CHAPTERS Pages 112 Sanitation; 1, Water Supply ....:....... .. 2,999 to 3,050 Cold water supply—various systems: street pressure, gravity or tank, pneumatic—hot water supply—prin- ciples of circulation—air and water—water back—air lock—various connections between water back and stor- age tank—tappings on vertical and horizontal tanks— flow tee—circulation pipe. 113 Sanitation; 2, Drainage . . Sy ee ee House sewer—house drain—soil and _ ventilation stacks—fresh air inlet—drains—safes—traps—opera- tion of S and drain traps—syphons—grease traps— closets—loss of seal—venting. 3,051 to 3,104 114 Sanitation; 3, Sewage Disposal .......... . 3,105 to 3,122 Purification methods—cess pools—septic tanks—final stage of sewage disposal —surface filtration—sub-surface filtration—mechanical filter dry well—absorption trench —filter bed—mechanical precipitation. 115 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints ............ . 3,123 to 3,158 Pie ror ripe Fittings ..... 2.054%... . . . 3,159 to 3,196 Classification—quality of iron—weights—testing ma- terials — coatings — inspection — diameters — wall thickness — hubs — spigots — caulking room — offsets -—laying lengths—properties of cast iron soil fittings. OUTLINE OF CONTENTS VII 117 RoughingIn....... toe fe fa Hoe ae oh OVETOL SES OO) Location—roughing in measurements—locating the fix- tures—layout for roughing in work—owners and plumbers sketches—laying length—EXAMPLES OF IN- STALLATION: 1, 4 in. soil pipe; non-vented traps; 2, 3 in. stack non-vented traps; 3, 4 in. soil and vent stacks, vented traps; 4, combination caulked and screwed joint with loop tapered branch vent; 5, combination caulked joint and screwed joint piping with loop connected wrong way, branch venting; 6, Durham system, having loop with equal legs; 7, installation with unvented drum traps—fittings—vent connections for traps—+ests. 118 Valves, Faucets and Cocks ..... . 3,301 to 3,418 Various valves; globe, angle, non- rete. neadic, gale, flushing, cross, stop, blow-off, check, plug, air, inter- mittent flushing, reducing, relief, safety—flat and bev- eled seats—valve grinding—packing—liberation of air in water—safety valve calculations—faucets; compression, fuller, ground key, self closing—cocks; straight-way, three-way, four-way—swing, waste or drain, corporation, steam—rubber accessories—plumbers brass tubing— Jine thread fittings—slip joints. BLS Mixtures 2i' gti? . seilee iO a Aer pease te oes 8, 419't6 334904 Lavatory-shathi Lmanoast bath—urinal—closet— bidet—hot water tank—sink—laundry tub—supply and waste connections for fixtures; seal exposed—traps— hot water storage tanks and connections. READY REFERENCE INDEX and READERS’ GUIDE An hour with a book would have brought to your mind, The secret that took the whole year to find; The facts that you learned at enormous expense, Were all on a library shelf to commence. To the Reader and Student: Read over this index occasionally and get the habit of looking for unexpected information. The ready refer- ence index tells you on what pages to find the informa- tion sought for. When you are interested and want information quickly on a problem in Plumbing, if you have the habit of consulting these Plumbers’ Guides they will answer your problem. Learn to use the index; all subjects covered are listed under their proper headings; it is also suggested to look up closely allied subjects for side lights on your problems. INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 IX A Absorption trench, ills., 3,120. Acids, drain pipe for, 3,156. Air, compressed, 3,006. constituents, 3,339, 3,343. gauge, ills., 3,297. lock, 3,022-3,026. pipe, ills., 3,090. pockets, ills., 3,122. valve, ills., 3,339, 3,343, 3,345. American Foundry urinal trap, ills., 3,456. Angle, cocks, ills., 3,435, 3,436. valve,ills., 3,309. Area, drain,i Ils., 3,063. valve opening, ills., 3,320. Asbestos joint runner, ills., 3,134-3,136. ring and gasket, ills., 3,470. rope, 3,156. Ashton safety valve, ills., 3,367. Automatic valve, ills., 3,342, 3,344. Auxiliary valve, ills., 3,338. Back, flow, 3,021, 3,096. pressure, ills., 3,093, 3,094. Baffle boards, 3,112. Ball valves, ills., 3,321. Basement, piping, ills., 3,325, 3,251, 3,258. Bath room, closet, ills. See Closet. elevation, 3,224, 3,228, 3,248, 3,256, BASES OxPADe), GAoilly Ey fittings, ills., 3,264-3,289, 3,411-3,418, Beagle lavatory, ills., 3,203, 3,204, 3,421— Sy esas piping, ills., 3,227, 3,228, 3,239-3,241, 3,247, 3,248, 3,253-3,256— 3,259, 3,262, 3,293. plans, 3,220-3,222, 3,227, 3,247, 3,256. tub, ills., 3,208, 3,433-3,449. waste, ills., 3,426-3,432. Battery of storage tanks, 3.043. Beam cutting, ills., 3,216-3,220. loaded, ills., 3,217. shrinkage, 3,219. Bell, and spigot joints, ills., 3,214, 3,215 syphon, ills., 3,115, 3,116. Bends, caulking, ills., 3,150, 3,168. dimensions, ills., 3,171-3,174, 3,177. Durham system, ills., 3,152. layouts, ills., 3,239, 3,241. ee Bends,—Continued. Offsets, ills., 3,188, 3,187. radius, 3,168, 3,169. see Elbows. weights, 3,160-3,165. wrought pipe, ills., 3,152. Bibbs, 3,379. ends, ills., 3,417. Blow off valve, ills., 3,325-3,328. Boston TY, ills., 3,268. Branch, drawing, 3,279, 3,230. fittings, laying length, 3,170. tee, 3,179-3,181. sanitary tee, 3,164, 3,165. weight, 3,160, 3,164. flow tee, ills., 3,039. Y, 3,175-3,178. Bushings, ills., 3,256, 3,262, SATS earo. dios 3,416, 3,445. Cc Capillary attraction, ills., 3,093, 3,094. Cast iron pipe, coated, 3,155. lead lined, 3,157. weight, 3,123, 3,124. Caulking, ills., 3,126-3,152. room, 3,168. tools, ills., 3,121-3,150. Ceiling drop tools, ills., 3,130, 3,133, 3,141. Chemical precipitation, 3121. Circuit venting, ills., 3,101. Circulation pipe, ills., 3,033-3,038. Clean out? ills. 3,235, 3,251, 3,258, SP O52 (Oso Os OHI OUE drum trap, 3,294. pipe, ills., 3,002-3,005. Closets, bidet, ills., 3,475-3,479. blow out, ills., 3,474. close connection, 3,239-3,241, 3,252. comb, wash down syphon, ills., 3,463 S41 De connection, support, ills., 3,232, 3,233. connections, ills., 3,461-3,479. dimensions, ills., 3,205, 3,206. elbow connection, ills., 3,467. floor flanges, ills., 3,465-3,471. jet, syphon, 3,089. long hopper, ills., 3,086. piping, ills., 3,206, 3,227, 3,228, 3,233, 3,239-3 243, 3,247, 3,248,3,255 35206, 352015 3,262 piping, special fittings, ills., 3,268-3,289. pneumatic, 3,088-3,092. INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 aa ar ee Closets,—Continued. semi-pneumatic, 3,089. short hopper, ills., 3,086, 3,092. syphon, ills., 3,088, 3,092. syphon jet, ills., 3,462-3,364, 3,466, 3,473. trap. See Traps. wall hanging, ills., 3,476. wash down, ills., 3,463, 3,464, 3,478w. wash down syphon, 3,088, 3,089, 3,092. wash out, ills., 3,085, 3,087. Coating pipe, 3,164-3,166. Cocks, angle, ills., 3,435, 3,436. corporation, 3,403. drain, ills., 3,001 3,049, 3,050. four way, ills., 3,400, 3,401. packed valve, ills., 3,396. padded key, ills., 3,399. sediment, ills., 3,014, 3,033, 3,041. steam, straightway, ills., 3,395, 3,396. straightway, ills., 3,393. three port three way, ills., 3,398, 3,299. two port three way, ills., 3,397. waste on drain, ills., 3,396. Cold water supply, gravity or tank, ills., 3,002-3,005. piping, ills., 3m001-3,006. pneumatic, ills., 3,006-3,009. sources, 3,000. street pressure, ills., 3,001. tanks, ills., 3,002-3,005. Collar, ills., 3,413. Collector or dry pipe, ills., 3,363. Compressed air, 3,006. Cone joint, ills., 3,423. packings, ills., 3,429. Corrosion, 3,155, 3,156, 3,221. Corrosive wastes, pipe for, 3,156. Couplings, boiler, ills., 3,482, 3,484. brass, ills., 3,482. lead pipe, ills., 3,482, 3,484. slip joint, ills., 3,413. storage tank, ills., 3,482. water back, ills., 3,482, 3,484. wrought pipe, 3,484. ‘Crane disc, ills., 3,308. f Cross valve, ills., 3,312. ‘Crosses, weight, table, 3,160, 3,164. Curb box, ills., 3,001. Cutting tool, ills., 3,485. Dale valve, ills., 3,332. Diamond traps, ills., 3,445. Drafting, ills., 3,124-3,254. Drain cock, ills., 3,001, 3,049, 3,050. Drainage, 3,051. back pressure, 3,093. | clear water, ills., 3,036. drains. See Drains. Durham system, ills., 3,153, 3,154. fittings, 3,248-3,251. fittings, special, ills., 3,264-3,289. fresh air inlet, 3,061. house, 3,054, 3,056. pipe arrangement, 3,169. pipe. See Soil Pipe. pipe used for, 3,153, 3,210. piping system, ills., 3,227-3,262. sewer, 3,052-3,054. soil stack, ills., 3,057, 3,058. special fittings, ills., 3,264-3,289. stacks, 3,052-3,054. testing, 3,300. typical house system, 3,052. ventilation stack, 3,058, 3,060. Drains, area, ills., 3,063. bell syphon, ills., 3,115, 3,116. cesspools, 3,107-3,111. clear water, ills., 3,063. common, 3,101. house, 3,064. house below sewer level, ills., 3,107 leader, ills., 3,063. safe, ills., 3,063. sub so.l, ills., 3,064. Dry well, ills., 3,118, 3,119. Durham system, 3,251, 3,262, 3,265. Duriron, 3,156. Elbows, bath waste, ills., 3,448. bent brass couplings, ills., 3,482. caulking, ills., 3,146, 3,150. dimensions, 3,171-3,174. Durham system, ills., 3,154. eighth bend, caulking, ills., 3,150: faucet, ills., 3,493. lead closet connection, ills., 3,467. locating, 45°, ills., 3,239-3,241. long sweep, ills., 3,171. 45° long turn, ills., 3,250. long turn, ills., 3,250, 3,252, 3,262. return, ills., 3,174. rubber, ills., 3,408. screwed fittings, ills., 3,249. 41 short sweep, ills., 3,172. INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 XI SE ene aie Nee aS ie ae Er es 3 ee ee eG Sy Elbows,—Continued. size, 3,169, 3,171-3,174. slip joint, ills., 3,412, 3,423. street, ills., 3,245, 3,250. tables, 3,160-3,163. tail piece, ills., 3,423. various bends, ills., 3,171-3,174. weights, 3,160-3,163. wrought pipe, ills., 3,154. Expansion pipe, ills., 3,002-3,005, 3,021. Extension piece, 3,233. weight, 3,162. F. &. W. fittings, ills., 3,264, 3,266-3,289. Faucets, compression, ills., 3,380, 3,385. elbow fittings, ills., 3,493. fittings, ills., 3,421-3,425. Fuller, ills., 3,386—-3,388. ground key, ills., 3,389-3,391, 3,394 hot water piping, ills., 3,014—3,050. self-closing, ills., 3,385. swing, ills., 3,402. threaded for hose, ills., 3,381. valve rod renewal, ills., 3,387. water hammer, ills., 3,388. Ferrule, ills., 3,163, 3,227, 3,228, 3,234, Fittings, drainage, 3,248-3,251. faucet, ills., 3,421-3,425. fine thread, ills., 3,411-3,413. four fixture, ills., 3,265. ground joint, ills., 3,415, 3,422. recessed screwed, 3,247-3,249, 3,253. sink, ills., 3,493, 3,494. slip joint, ills., 3,411-3,414. soil pipe. See Soil Pipe Fittings. special, ills., 3,264—3,289. weight tables, 3,160-3,166. ¥ixtures, bath room, ills., 3,419-3,478. closets. See Closets. connections, 3,421-3,494. dimensions, ills., 3,204-3,212. faucets. See Faucets. flanges, ills., 3,465-3,471. hot water storage tanks, ills., 3,479- 3,486. kitchen, ills., 3,208-3,212. lavatory, ills., 3,420-3,432. location, 3,201, 3,213-3,224. see Kind of Fixture. selecting, 3,202. sinks, ills., 3,209, 5,210, 3,488-3,459. tub, ills., 3,208, 3,433-3,449. Fixtures,—Continued. urinal, ills., 3,452-3,461. Flanges, ills., 3,465-3,471. Fleck testing instruments, ills., 3,294-3,298. Flow tee, ills., 3,039. Flushing tank, ills., 3,340. Fuller faucet, ills., 3,386—-3,388. G Gasket, floor flange, ills., 3,470. lip, ills., 3,466. ‘ Gate valve, 3,316. Gauges, ills., 3,291, 3,298. pressure, ills., 3,298. Globe valve, ills., 3,303-3,310. Grease trap, ills., 3,491. Ground joint connections, ills., 3,415, 3,422 Ground vent, ills., 3,052. Hot water supply, 3,009. air, ills., 3,012, 3,013. air lock, 3,022-3,026. air pocket, 3,022. circulation, 3,032-3,039. circulation test, ills., 3,010, 3,011. coil heater, ills., 3,030, 3,030, 3,040. mud drum, ills., 3,033. piping, ills., 3,032-3,039. quick heating connections, 3,024. riser height, ills., 3,027. tank, ills., 3,015, 3,041-3,045. water back, ills., 3,012—3,050. House, drain, 3,053, 3,056, 3,057. sewer, 3,053, 3,054. Hubs, dimensions, ills., 3,188, 3,193, 3,196. Increasers, ills., 3,052. dimensions, 3,190. laying lengths, 3,170. weight, 3,161, 3,165. wrought pipe, ills., 3,253. Insulation pipe, 3,245. Iron, quality of, 3,159. XII INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 J Joints, bell and spigot, ills., 3,124, 3,125‘ 3,134-3,150, 3,154. caulked,. 3,261. caulking, ills., 3,126-3,152. caukling tools, ills., 3,127—3,130. ceiling drop tool, 3,133, 3,141. ground, ills., 3,415. packing, 3,125-3,128, 3,132-3,140, 3,156. pouring, ills., 3,138. runner, ills., 3,134—3,138. saving in, ills., 3,265. slip, ills., 3,411. L Lavatory, faucet connections, ills., 3,421— : ay DASS, fittings, 3,421. fixture, ills., 3,420, 3,421. trap, 3,256. Lavatory waste connections, ills., 3,425- 3,432: Lead pipe, connections, ills., 3,418. weight, 3,003. Lead pouring, caution, 3,135. Leader, ills., 3,053. Leaks, detecting, 3,294-3,300. Long tee, weight, 3,164. Lunkenheimer valves, ills., 3,304-3,307, 3,316, 3,119, 3,329, 3,331,3 ,361 Maddock closets, ills., 3,472, 3,478. Main sewer, 3,053. Main soil stack, 3,053, 3,051. Merchant pipe, 3,153. Moment, def., 3,374. Mott closets, ills., 3,462-3,466, 3,475. valves, ills., 3,348, 3,349. Mueller faucets, ills., 3,391. N or offset vent branch, ills., 3,272. Needle valve, 3,316. Nipple, close, ills., 3,413. fine thread, ills., 3,413. hose, ills., 3,417. soldering, ills., 3,417. space, ilis., 3,413. Offset, dimensions, ills., 3,169, 3,183-3,187. vent branch, ills., 3,172. weight, 3,162. Overflow pipe, ills., 3,002—-3,005. Packing, asbestos rope, 3,156. lead, 3,132-3,410. oakum, ills., 3,126-3,128, 3,132. Peppermint test, 3,297. Pipe, bends, size, 3,169. buying, caution, 3,153. cast iron, weight table, 3,124. coated, cast iron, 3,155. cutting, soil, 3,140, 3,147, 3,148, 3,150, By USO 53 day bye Bi USO, defects, detecting, 3,221. drainage. See Drainage. expansion, ills., 3,002-3,005, 3,021. extension piece, 3,233. fresh air inlet, ills., 3,059-3,061, 3,258. hubs and spigots, size, 3,168. inspection, 3,166. jump over, ills., 3,275, 3,276. laying lengths, 3,170. lead lined, 3,157. manufacture, 3,152. pitch of, 3,128. rests, weight, 3,161. size, requirements, 3,167. soil. See Soil Pipe. telescoping, amount, 3,231. INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 Al NNN ES ae GT Se Pipe,—Continued.., threads, ills., 3,409. wall thickness, 3,167. weight, 3,123, 3,124. wrought, layout, 3,247, 3,248. Piping, basement, 3,235, 3,251, 3,258. bath room, ills., 3,227, 3,228, 3,239- Deel Oee ie MONO toe 3,532- 35200,552025 o.205" closet. See Closet. cold water. See Cold Water Supply. drainage. See Soil pipe. elevations, 3,224, 3,234, 3,235, 3,241, 3,248, 3,251-3,254. hot water. See Hot Water Supply. insulation, 3,245. kitchen, 3,234, 3,250-3,454, 3,261, 3,262 layouts, 3,234, 3,235, 3,241-3,262. plans, 3,227, 3,234, 3,247, 3,250, 3,256, 32 ae tank, hot water, ills., 3,014. water back, ills., 3,012, 3,020. Pligsnllss,.3,413% cock, 3,325. weight, 3,161. Powell, cocks, ills., 3,394—3,396. valves, ills: (*37308,"9,3133/0;520; 3,027; BOLO; OROO2y) TOOL, TO, O00, 3,361, 3,364. Pressure supply pipe, ills., 3,004. Pump, hand, ills., 3,002-3,004, 3,006. pipe, ills., 3,002-3,004. wind mill, ills., 3,004. Range storage tanks, 3,479-3,482. Reducers, dimensions, 3,189. laying length, 3,170. tapped, ills., 3,261. Reducing bends, weight, 3,160. Republic valve, ills., 3,350. Return bends, dim, 3,174. weight, 3,160, 3,164, 3,165. Roughing in, 3,197—-3,300. beam cutting ills., 3,216—-3,220. drawing instructions, 3,223-3,231. elevation, des, ills., 3,200—3,202. fixture measurements, 3,202-3,212. joint saving, ills., 3,265, 3,268. layout, 3,221, 3,247. leaks, detecting, 3,294-3,300. Roughing In,—Continued. locating fixtures, 3,201, 3,212-3,224. plan, des, ills., 3,200-3,202. pressure gauge, ills., 3,298. scale of drawings, 3,225, 3,243. scale, use of, 3,226. selecting fixtures, ills., 3,202-3,212, special fittings, ills., 3,264-3,289. testing apparatus, ills., 3,294—-3,330. tests, 3,294-3,300. vent connections to trap, 3,289-3,294. Rubber, elbows, ills., 3,408. various, ills., 3,406. Safety valve, 3,357. cclculations, 3,371—3,379. care of, 3,369. collector, ills., 3,363. cross lever, ills., 3,361. dead weight, ils., 3,359. dimensions, 3,372, 3,378. elementary, ills., 3,359. installation, 3,369. lever; ills:,, 3,360, 3,361; 33364j;po.a72, 3,379. marine, ills., 3,357, 3,358, 3,363, 3,367. placement, ills., 3,362. pop, ills., 3,366-3,370. principle of, 3,371. spring, ills., 3,365, 3,372. spring pop, ills., 3,366. Santiary tee, 3,179, 3,181, 2,230. laying length, 3,170. weight, 3,164, 3,165. Sanitation, 2,999-3,122. drainage, 3,015-3,104. sewage disposal, 3,105-3,122. water supply, 3,999-3,050. Scale, boiler, 3,325. of drawings, 3,225, 3,243. use of, 3,226. Seal, ills., 3,072, 3,073, 3,075, 3,089. Service pipe, ills., 3,001. Sewage disposal, 3,105. absorption trench, 3,119. bell syphon, ills., 3,115, 3,116. cess pools, 3,107-3,111, 3,114. dry well, 3,118, 3,119. gravity fiow, ills., 3,106. mechanical, ills., 3,107. XIII XIV INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 _ Sewage Disposal,—Continued. purification methods, 3,106. septic tanks, 3,111. sub-surface filtration, 3,118. surface filtration, 3,118. Sewer, 3,106-3,119. gas, ills., 3,067-3,069. house, ills., 3,055. Shower baths, ills., 3,449-3,452. Shrinkage, floor beams, 3,219, 3,232, 3,233. Side inlet, weight, 3,165. Sink, connections, ills., 3,001. ills., 3,488-3,494. measurements, ills., 3,209, 3,210. Sleeves, dimensions, ills., 3,189. Slip joint, ills., 3,411-3,414, 3,454, 3,455. Sloan valves, ills., 3,347. Smoke test, 3,298. Soil pipe and pipe joints, 3,122. bell and spigot, 3,123, 3,125. buying, caution, 3,153. cast iron, 3,123, 3,124, 3,155. closet connection, ills., 3,467. coated, cast iron, 3,155. cutting, 3,140, 3,145, 3,147, 3,148, 3,150; 33151. Durham system, 3,123. extra heavy, 3,123, 3,124. grades, 2,124. insert, 3,247. made up, 3,131. manufacture, 3,159. packing, 3,125, 3,126, 3,151. standard, 3,123, 3,124. testing, 3,164. weight, 3,124, 3,166. wrought, 3,123. Soil pipe fittings, 3,159-3,196. bends, dimen., 3,169, 3,171-3,174. bends, weights, 3,163, 3,165. branch laying lengths, 3,170. branches, weights, 3,164. castings, analyses, 3,159. caulking room, 3,168. clean outs weights, 3,163. hubs, 3,168, 3,188. increasers, 3,165. inspection, 3,166. iron, quality, 3,159. laying lengths, 3,170. manufacture, 3,159. offsets, 3,183-3,187. properties of, 3,170. quality, 3,159. requiremei:ts, 3,166. size, 3,167-3,196. se EE Ge a8 Sa his eS i ma wm Pane et a Soil Pipe Fittings,—Continued. specifications, 3,159. spigots, dim, 3,193. T branches, dimensions, 3,179-3,181. tables, weights, 3,160-3,166. tapping bosses, 3,195. traps. See Traps. vent branches, 3,182. wall thickness, 3,167. weights, tables, 3,160-3,166, Y branches, dimensions, 3,176—3,179. Soil stack, 3,053, 3,251, 2,254-3,202. Speakman, fixtures, ills., 3,436—-3,439. valve, ills., 3,337. Spigots, dimensions, 3,193, 3,196. tapped, ills., 3,259. Splines, 3,319. Standard, fittings, ills., 3,421, 3,465, 3,467, 3,469. fixture, ills., 3,203-3,211. Star valve, ills., 3,327. Steam coil, 3,486. moment, 3,374. Stop cock, ills., 3,001. Stuffing box, ills., 3,303. Suction pipe, ills., 3,002, 3,006. Syphon type valve, ills., 3,323. Syphonage, ills., 3,018, 3,069-3,077, 3 .J9%_ 3,096. Tail piece, ills., 3,423. Tank, or gravity system, 3,003. wind mill, ills., 3,004. hot ,water storage, ills., 3,044, 3,47¢- 3,482. storage, connecting, 3,483-3,486 connections, ills., 3,041-3,045 couplings, 3,482. double, ills., 3,045-3,050. horizontal, ills., 3,041-3,050 Tapped, cross, ills., 3,261. reducer, ills., 3,261. sanitary tee, 3,179, 3,18le spigot, ills., 3,259. tee, 3,179. Vents tls? S261. bosses, dimensions, 3,195. Tee, bath room, ills., 3,228. caulking, ills., 3,145, 3,146. dimensions, 3,179, 3,180. drawing, ills., 3,229, 3,230¢ INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 XV Tee,—Conitnued. Tub, bath, ills., 3,208, 3,433-3,449. fine thread, sanitary, ills., 3,411. laundry, ills., 3,211, 3,212. laying length, 3,170. Tube, threads, ills., 3,409. reducing, ills., 3,260. storage tank, ills., 3,484. sanitary, 3,164, 3,165. Tubing, dimensions table, 3,410. side inlet, sanitary, ills., 3,272. sizes, 3,179-3,181, 3,230. slip joint, ills., 3,413. tapped, ills., 3,179. tapped sanitary, ills., 3,179, 3,181. U weight, 3,160, 3,614. Tell tale pipe, ills., 3,002—3,005. pie ae eat Aaa Urinals, ills., 3,452-3,461. Trageser storage tank, ills., 3,479-3,483. Traps, aspiration, 3,097. back pressure, 3,093, 3,094. basic, 3,065. bath tub, location, 3,294. ' bell, ills., 3,082. bushings, ills., 346. capillary attraction, 3,093. Valves, adjustable check, ills., 3,331. chilling, 3,083. air ilS:,2a50458 closet, 3,083. angle, 3,309, 3,326. deep seal, ills., 3,080-3,082. area, opening, calc., ills., 3,320. dimensions, 3,169, 3,191, 3,192. back water, ills., 3,055. x drum, ills., 3,074, 3,294. baile tls 3, o2)e O20. evaporation, 3,093. blow off, ills., 3,325-3,328. grease, 3,081-3,083, 3,491. check, ills., 3,328-3,332. half S or P, ills, 3,191, 3,227, 3,439, cocks, 3,391-3,403. See Cocks. 3,445. cross, ills., 3,312. lavatory, 3,256. def. 3,301. leader, ills., 3,053. diaphragm, ills., 3,336. leader deep seal, ills., 3,063. disc., check, ills., 3,328. loss of seal, 3,089, 3,098-s,097. faucets, 3,380-3,392. See Faucets. main, ills., 3,056. float, ills., 3,321-3,323, 3,346-3,351. mechanical, 3,078. flushing, ills., 3,319. momentum, 3,095, 3,096. gate, ills., 3,316-3,320, 3,326. oscillation, 3,093, 3,095. globe, ills., 3,303-3,310. P or half S ills., 3,191, 3,227, 3,439, gridiron gate, ills., 3,318. 3,445. kinds, 3,302. radii required, 3,169. lever, safety, calc., 3,371-3,379. running, dimensions, 3,192. lever, gate, ills., 3,318. S, ills., 3,065-3,071, 3,080, 3,191, 3,192. needle, ills., 3,316. seal, ills., 3,072, 3,073, 3,080, 3,081, non-return, ills., 3,313, 3,314. 3,089, 3,093-3,097. openings, calculating, ills., 3,330. self-scouring, ills., 3,077, 3,079. outside yoke, ills., 3,313. sink, ills., 3,491. packing, 3,310. size, 3,169. pressure regulating, ills., 3,353, 3,354. slip joint, ills., 3,414. radiator, 3,339-3,345. syphonage, 3,069-3,077, 3,095, 3,096. reducing, ills., 3,353, 3,354. typical drainage system, ills., 3,052. regulating, ills., 3,353, 3,354. urinal, ills., 3,456. relief, ills., 3,356. vent connections, ills., 3,289-3,294. rubbers, ills., 3,404-3,406. venting, 3,097-3,103. safety, 3,357-3,379. See Safety Valves. water jacketed, 3,083. stop, ills., 3,313, 3,314. weight tables, 3,160, 3,161, 3,163. swinging check, ills., 3,331. XVI | Valves,—Continued. syphon type, ills., 3,323. three way, ills., 3,312, 3,313. throttle gate, ills., 3,318. washers, ills., 3,404-3,406. waste, ills., 3,337, 3,432. whistle, ills., 3,399. wire drawing, ills., 3,304, 3,355. Vent branches dimensions, ills., 3,182. double, ills., 3,268. laying length, 3,170. Ventilation circuit, ills., 3,101. loop, 3,102, 3,013, 3,255, 3,267. stack, ills., 3,053, 3,098, 3,251, 3,254- 3,262. stack ends, ills., 3,245, 3,246. trap connections, ills., 3,099-3,103. Ventilators, ills., 3,052, 4,053, 3,287. Venting, 3,097. Ward valve, ills., 3,326. Washers, ills., 3,404-3,406. Waste, bath tub, ills., 3,437-3,450. closet. See Closet. lavatory, ills., 3,425-3,432. sink, ills., 3,489. stacks, ills., 3,227, 3,228, 3,234, 3,247— 3,250-3,262, 3,293. urinal, ills., 3,452-3m401. Water, air lock, 3,022-3,026. air pocket, 3,022. air pressure, ills., 3,008. circulation, ills., 3,011. INDEX OF GUIDE No. 2 poe su sree ke ee A Water,—Continued. compressed air, 3,007. hammer, 3,385, 3,388. Water, heating, 3,010. static heads, diag., 3,008. syphonage, 3,018, 3,069-3,077, 3,095, ,096 weight, 3,010. Water back, ills., 3,012—3,050. placing, ills., 3,028. Water supply, 2,999. cold, 3,001-3,009. See Cold Water Sup- ply. gravity or tank system, ills., 3,002. hot, 3,009-3.050. See Hot Water Sup- ply. Piping. See Piping. pheumatic system, ills., 3,006-3,009. street pressure system, ills., 3,000, 3,001. tank system, ills., 3.002. Wind mill, ills., 3,004. Wire drawing, ills., 3,304, 3,355. Wolverine, fittings, ills., 3,423, 3,425, 3,435, 3,440, 3,441. fixture, ills., 3,466. Wrought iron pipe, 3,003. Y Y branches, sizes, ills., 3,175-3,178. dimensions, ills., 3,169, 3,170, 3,175- 3,179. double, ills., 3,268. weight, 3,160, 3,162, 3,164, 3,165. upright, ills., 3,261. Sanitation: 1, Water Supply 1,453 - 2,999 CHAPTER 112 Elements of Sanitation 1. Water Supply The word sanitation is defined as the devising and applying of measures for preserving and promoting public health; the re- moval or neutralization of elements injurious to health; the prac- tical application of sanitary sciences. It is the practical work of the plumber to “‘devise and apply measures’”’ for the “‘removal or neutralization of elements in- jurious to health,” and accordingly the health of the occupants of a building depends upon the efficiency of the plumber’s work. Because of this, plumbers are required to secure a license, which is a wise protection for the public. The essential elements of sanitation are: 1. Water supply. a. Cold water. b. Hot water. 2. Drainage. 3. Sewage disposal. and considering the subject broadly, there is also included: 3. Heating. 4. Ventilation. 5. Refrigeration. 6. Illuminating gas supply. © 3,000 - 1,454 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply Of all the elements the one most vitally important is drainage. Not only must the work of installing the drainage system be properly executed, but the system itself should be designed according to correct principles, otherwise foul gases generated from decomposing matter will escape and endanger the health of the occupants. Owing to the importance of the subject and extended treat- ment necessary to explain properly the vital basic principles, several chapters are given to their presentation. The present chapter treats of the various systems of water supply. The aim of the author in these chapters is to explain the working of every plumbing device without going into their mechanical construction. By thus considering ‘‘how it works’? without regard to its mechanical construction, the mind of the reader is not diverted, hence he can con- centrate upon the items the author is attempting to explain and so much more easily master the subject than when burdened with a lot of me- chanical details not necessary to understand how it works. Mechanical construction is later considered in its proper place. Cold Water Supply.—The sources from which water is ob- tained for domestic purposes are numerous, such as wells, springs, lakes, brooks, rainfall, etc. The method ot getting the water to the point of supply gives rise to several systems, as: 1. Street pressure. 2. Gravity (tank). 3. Pneumatic. Street Pressure System.—The source of supply of the street pressure system is the street main into which water is furnished under pressure by the City Water Company. A service pipe is run from the main to the dwelling and connects with the supply pipe, and from which are taken suitable branches which run to the various fixtures as shown in Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,455 - 3,001 fig. 6,554. Whereas this system is simple mechanically, it some- times has disadvantages depending upon the pressure. In cases where the pressure is excessive, the piping and fix- tures are subjected to needless pressure, bringing heavy duty on the valves and tending to increase leakage; if too low or variable, the water will not flow to the outlets of upper floors, or the supply there will be very poor. BRANCHES TO RANGE. BOILER COCK KEY CITY cure | MAIN __——— F LOOR- | os ; uP | COVER COLD WATER STOP AND 7 I [ Hut OFE SUPPLY ae 4 UE — eect oh o s a TTSERVICE PIPE Fic 6,554.—Cold water supply piping 1, where water is taken from city main; street pressure system. 3,002 - 1,456 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply SS 1, i OVERFLOW De eee oom 0 | PIPE EXPANSION P=Sane= =| ) — ee | PUMP PIPE if SUCTION PIPE as pees Wace water supply piping 2, where water is taken from tank in attic; gravity or ank system Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,457 - 3,003 Sometimes, when the city pressure is excessive, a reducing valve is placed on the supply pipe to protect the line and fit- tings from unnecessary pressure. It should be understood that in any system, the installation must not only withstand the working pressure, but momentary shocks due to water hammer which is caused by the quick closing of faucets. Wrought pipe (commonly but erroneously known generally as ‘‘wrought iron pipe’’)* will stand enormous pressures and reducing valves are not necessary; lead pipe, however, is much weaker and the weight pipe used must be adequate for the working pressure.* Because of the enormous strain possible from water hammer and general deterioration from use, it is advisable to use pipe, which, when new, will require to burst it, a pressure of at least 20 times the working pressure. Gravity or Tank System.—Where the city pressure is too low (or sometimes too high) and especially in isolated plants, the gravity or tank system is generally used. In this system a tank is placed in the top of the house and connected with the source of supply. Since the tank is higher than the outlets to fixtures, water will flow to the outlets by gravity as shown in fig. 6,555. This system, while requiring the additional outlay for tank, has the advantage of providing storage for a quantity of water which gives a reserve supply during repairs to pump or street mains, and also of subjecting the system to a minimum and practically constant pressure. This feature is of practical value in the case of old lead pipe installations originally sup- plied by pump but later connected with city mains. In such case con- nection is made from the service pipe to top of tank using wrought pipe and regulating the supply to tank by a float valve as in fig. 6,557. In suburban districts not having city water supply, and *NOTE.—Because of the excessive cost of lead pipe, the weight pipe necessary to with- stand the pressure should be carefully considered and specified in any contract or agreement, otherwise an unscrupulous plumber will install pipe too light, which will surely be a source of trouble later. This is one of the reasons why lead pipe has come into disfavor, and it is not a legitimate reason. *ureur AyD Y ‘Yo ynys Joor}s ‘yy SUOoTFOoUUIOD Aq ‘py ‘durnd ][rur purm ‘AQ ‘dumnd puey ‘yA t ‘odid duind jjrur purm ‘s ‘edid dumd puey ‘yay ‘ue []rUr pura ‘4 fyue} Bsnoy ‘4 “sUOT{IPUOD SuIZUeYS 0} pojdepe st Ws}SAS WUL} | oy} Moy Sunerjsni “fr -Al “7YS14g vag .1eou , ipmouso7g ,, soUapise1 s,10yjNe oy} UL peyyeysur se AyTddns JoyeMm PlOQ—9GG‘9 “SIZ | : i T14aM 3SNOH a NAM Nuva pl OL NOILONS Q, WlStitstitsssesttstsse Q, A Al a | ri Adid Madhs Ted Oi retite ; i< Y3ALVM G1039 1 NI aE | CY Sdid NIVIW ALID WOUS = Sat Gone Y3LV7 GNV YNVL 14 THW GNIM WOYS 3did On adid dWnNd + g | : re Sans YNVL WW ANIM = ss ‘ {30 WOLLO@ GNV | & KGINVL 3SN0H Jo don { bl a | Jdid NOILVAAT3 { MO1483A0 MNVL MNV.L ASNOH THAW GNIM Jdid MO1ZH3AO 3,004 - 1,458 San ais ic a kei esti wera tint et ent ean 40 SEO Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,459 - 3,005 especially along the seashore and other exposed places favorable to winds, water is usually pumped by windmill. power. The cold water supply as installed in the author’s residence at Sea Bright, N. J., will illustrate how the gravity system may be adapted to changing conditions. This installation is shown in fig. 6,556. The water was originally supplied to a tank L in the house by a hand pump E, which was very unsatisfactory, the supply inadequate and expensive. Later a wind mill was installed having a tank F, in the wind mill tower located EX PANSION PIPE os CLEANOUT PIPE TANK SUPPLY PIPE COLD WATER (WROUGHT PIPE) SUPPLY PIPE (LEAD) OVERFLOW PIPE PEELE TAGE PIPE Wi. 6,557.—Enlarged view of tank shown in fig. 6,555, illustrates the various pipes connected with the tank. NO ATTIC TANK et eae Us cis 3S ee 1 3,006 - 1,460 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply at such height that the bottom of the tank was at the same elevation as the top of the house tank L. The piping was ar- ranged as shown, so that the water in the wind mill tank would flow to the house tank by gravity until automatically shut off by float valve K, adjusted to close when tank L, is full. This ar- rangement proved very satisfactory, giving an ade- quate supply of water at all times, and considerably cheaper than was later obtained from the city water company. Fic. 6,558.—Cold water supply piping 3, where water is taken from pressure tank; pneumatic system. Sanitation: 1, Water Supply 1,461 - 3,007 Pneumatic System.—The word pneumatic is defined as per- taining to devices that make use of compressed air. Accordingly the pneumatic system ot water supply makes use of com- pressed air to elevate the water to the various outlets in a building. The apparatus required consists essentially of a closed cylindrical steel tank, a pump for raising the water from the TANK COMPRESSED AIR = z WATER eras EXCESS AIR CHES Y : Ae i K VALVE EXCESS AIR ADJUSTMENT = OS eee res ae a ae WATER SUPPLY PIPE xg WATER CHECK VALVE Fic. 6,559.—Enlarged view of pneumatic system shown in fig. 6,558, illustrating working of the apparatus. source of supply, and forcing it into the tank. When there is no water in the tank, it contains air at atmospheric pressure or 14.7 lbs. per sq. in. In operation, the pumping of water into the bottom of the tank will compress the air after opening into the tank has been closed and, as the air is lighter than water, it is compressed into the space above the water. As the water level rises at each stroke of the pump, the air becomes com- pressed more and more in the top of the tank, and finally reaches a de- sired point of compression where it is exerting upon the water in the tank a very strong pressure which pushes the water out from the tank and through the pipes to any part of the house or grounds, where it is then ! *sainsseid Surpuodse1109 pue speet{ 91}e}s Jo ulel ee SeePh: nq 8 ul ae [e19Ae$ oy} 0} dn 19}3eM.9910] 0} Aressad0uU sure}SAS onearnees ul aimsseid Ity—"99G‘9 0} O9G‘9 *SOIA = = — hee 5 =] Fi A “‘LNAWASYS : i i : = : : : Dla By : : : aunssadd : s YIN OYAZ Ly .. ‘ , : ‘sa 1 <1 : ‘SO 2's: ea Sale e HBV Ow3z 1) ob ol Q, ‘SAT LIZ sar el : : yoold isl =) Y : i a o : i : : 7 2 : : : : | ft} hee Sel pe ey > le BO’ = : : YOOTs ane a ry = a ; : iS E : 2 fe) = z 5 4 = ay, Se ea ea 2) Ee te yee SLO = ~w : yOO?NA ase s : oT! > = S : : & = é Y : 3 A Be MS le Oe BE s24-H Ov fa : tI OL = Z : 20 : Oo 2 --—-—— ~------b-~----4JbL---------------* rizHos =) rier lege dt mS ‘S$S3ud ‘AZ13 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,463 - 3,009 ready to flow from the faucet. Air is very elastic and acts much like a wound up spring. Its force becomes less when the air space expands and the volume of water decreases. By increasing or decreasing the amount of air put into the tank and also the pressure, pneumatic systems will meet the requirements of various locations requiring either a high or low pressure. There should be provided an air charging device so that additional air may be pumped into the tank at each stroke of the pump if desired. This device usually consists of a cock and a check valve attached to the cylinder head, as shown in fig. 6,559. A small quantity of air is forced into the pneumatic tank at each stroke of the pump, to maintain the tank pressure. The amount of air pumped may be controlled by ad- justing the cock. Normally and for ordinary elevations little or no air is required. Hot Water Supply.—If the principles upon which the suc- cessful operation of the hot water installations depend be first thoroughly understood, the mystery of how to properly arrange the piping*would be cleared up, and there would be no complaint about this part of the plumbing. These important principles are: 1. To heat water, there must be a circulation or movement of the water. 2. The natural circulation of water depends upon a difference in density caused by a difference in temperature. 3. Water contains mechanically mixed with it, '/o or 5% of its volume of air, when under atmospheric pressure; this air readily separates from the water when vaporization and condensa- lion takes place. 4. Air released from the water seeks the highest point in the system, unless “trapped” in a ‘‘bocket’’. Taking up these principles in the order given, fig. 6,567 is a familiar experiment which anyone can make, showing that without circulation throughout, water may be heated at one point and remain cold at another. a 3,010 - 1,464 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply | j \) i, a . } ; Fic. 6,567.— Experiment illustrating that water cannot be appreciably heated without circula- tion. A test tube filled with cold water having a piece of ice placed in; the lower end, is i heated at the top as shown. The water will soon boil at its upper surface while the i temperature of the bottom of the tube is not perceptably changed. WEIGHT _ PER CU. FT. AT. 32° * 62.42 LBS. AT 212°= 59.76 " MOTIVE FORCE .2.66 " PER CU.FT. i cu. FT WATER 212° 1 CU. FT. WATER ° 52 Fic. 6,568.—One cu. ft. of water at different temperatures illustrating that with rise of tem- perature the weight of water becomes less per unit volume. Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,465 - 3,011 This is because water is a bad conductor of heat and receives heat prin- cipally by convection, or movement of the water. This movement of the water called ‘“‘circulation,” is due to the fact that when the temperature of part of the water in a heating system is raised above that in some other part, it expands, and becomes lighter per unit volume as shown in fig. 6,568. Thus equilibrium is disturbed, the cold and heavier water sinking toward the lowest point of the system, at the same time displacing or pushing up the hot portion of the water to the top of the system; in this way circulation STEAM BUBBLES7,. : : Pweot oe Hula 1 i RAPID | ' CIRCULATION ~_ Ll MT Fics. 6,569 and 6,570.—Principle of circulation. As heat is applied to the “up flow” or “riser” L (fig. 6,569), the water in it expands, and becoming less dense is displaced by the colder and heavier water in the “‘down flow’ F, thus causing the water to circulate as indicated by the arrows. The small difference in density thus caused produces a slow circulation of the water. As the heating is continued and steam is formed, the column of water in theriser L (fig. 6,570), becomes much lighter than the column in the down flow tube F, producing a rapid circulation. is established as in figs. 6,569 and 6,570. The experiment illustrated in figs. 6,571 to 6,573 will show why hot water is lighter than cold water. The uninformed no doubt often wonder why a lot of air comes out with the water from a hot water faucet when the latter has not been opened for some time, and yet they do 3,012 - 1,466 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply UH at 1 Fics. 6,571 to 6,573.—Experiment illustrating why hot water is lighter than cold water. A vessel of 1 cu. ft. capacity is filled with water at 32° Fahr. If the water be heated to 212° it will expand and 2.62 lbs. of the water will spill over the sides of the vessel. Now if the heated water remaining in the vessel be cooled to 32°, its volume will shrink to .96 cu. ft., which obviously must weigh less than the full cu. ft. of water (in fig.6,571), at the same temperature. i MINUTE GLOBULES OF AIR RELATIVELY COLD WATER Fics. 6,574 to 6,577.—Liberation of air mechanically mixed with water. The figures show an elementary water back for heating water such as is fitted to kitchen stoves. Assuming the water back to be full of water as in fig. 6,574 let L, represent a unit volume of the water the size of a pinhead but here magnified. This unit volume or drop of water will contain a num- ber of minute globules of air as e,h,k,w, mechanically mixed with it, that is held in suspension. Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,467 - 3,013 not take the trouble to find out the reason for the common and often disagreeable occurrence. As stated in principle 3, air contains water mechanically mixed with the globules of air thus mixed are so minute that they are not visible to the eye. This air is separated from the water by the process of alternate evaporation and condensation which is continually taking place in every heating apparatus as shown in figs. 6,574 to 6,577. Evidently, when hot water is not drawn off in some time, a considerable amount of air will be liberated from the water, which will rise in the pipes and lodge in any pocket as in fig. 6,578, so that when water is drawn, the disagreeable result shown in fig. 6,579 follows. Fics. 6,578 and 6,579.—Accumulation of liberated air at high point and result when hot water faucet is opened. When the foregoing principles are thoroughly understood, the proper piping of a hot water system should present no difficulty. Fics. 6,574 to 6,577— Text Continued. Now as heat is supplied, this unit mixture of water and air L, the water will be changed to steam, giving a bubble compound of a mixture of steam and air as A, in fig.6,575. The bub- ble being lighter than an equal volume of water, will become disengaged from the hot sur- face of the metal and will rise to the top as at R, fig. 6,576. The water at the top being relatively cold, will cause condensation of the steam in bubble R, liberating the air as at F, fig. 6,577. Here note relative size of steam bubble indicated by R’, and liberated air bubble F. Evidently when this process continually takes place on a large scale as in a hot water system considerable air will be liberated and hence the importance of proper arrangement of the system to avoid ‘‘pockets’’ for the lodgment of this air, especially in the water back or heating part of the system. 3,014-1,468 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply * Any hot water system is made up essentially of these elements: 1. Heater. COLD WATER SUPPLY Vs ANTI-SYPHON HOLE i } f ae = ————————— HOT WATER SUPPLY TO-FIK TURES HOT WATER STORAGE TANK OR B 4 5O GCAELED BOILER INTERNAL COLD WATER TUBE Oa | | HOT FLOW RANGE == — i ae re FLOW PIPE a SEDIMENT i COCK Fic. 6,580.—Elementary domestic hot water system illustrating the essential features and operation. L, cold water inlet; A, hot water outlet; R, hot flow inlet; F, cold flow outlet; ae sonar cold water tube; S, anti-syphon hole; E, cold water shut off valve; W, sediment if : Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,469 - 3,015 2. Storage tank. 3. Piping. Water Back.—For domestic supply the heater known as a water back consists of a box-like casting which fits in the CENTRAL AXIS COLD WATER Fic. 6,581.—Usual location of top holes in hot water tanks. This arrangement bringing as it does the cold water inlet discharge nearer the hot side of the tank is less efficient therm- ally though it perhaps brings less strain on the shell due to less inequality of temperatures. kitchen range or stove and has an inlet, interior baffle, and out- | let, as shown in fig. 6,580. Hot Water Storage Tank.—The hot water storage tank, which is ignorantly and persistently called “range boiler,” or just “boiler” is also shown in the illustration together: with 3,016- 1,470 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply the piping connections. In fig. 6,580 the storage tank has four openings: two on top, one on the side and one on the bottom.* Cold water supply connection is made at L, and hot water drawn at A; the heater or water back is connected at Rand F. The cold water supply is led to a point near the bottom of the tank by an internal tube M, having ANTI-SYPHON HOLE SYPHON BROKEN HERE ! ery c =f t : eT EAM | | | (I! ul RESTS = SYPHON AND TANK FLOW H= ) a * an 2 Hi Fics. 6,582 and 6,583.—Operation of anti-syphon hole to prevent syphonage of water out of storage tank when one or more low level faucets are opened wide. In the figures M, is the in- ternal tube and S, the anti-syphon hole in same. The opening of a low level faucet as W, will cause a tremendous suction at the point E, where pipe from attic tank branches to storage tank and faucet W. This considerable reduction of pressure in the pipe at junction E, e will not only increase the flow from house tank but will “suck’’ or siphon the water out of storage tank through internal tube M, until the receding water level L (fig. 6,582), reaches the elevation F, of the anti-syphon hole S, as shown in fig. 6,583, when air which comes in through the hot water inlet will enter hole S, and break the syphon thus stopping the flow of water from the storage tank. f *NOTE.—For maximum efficiency the two top openings should be located near the sides, diametrically opposite as shown in fig. 6,580, rather than the usual commercial location shown in fig. 6,581. Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,471 - 3,017 an anti-syphon hole S, (incorrectly called syphon hole) tapped near the top. A shut off valve E, is provided to permit repairs. Sediment is re- moved through the sediment cock W. In operation, assuming the system to be full of water, and that heat is supplied to the water back, the water therein as its temperature rises, will expand and become lighter than the cold water in the tank. This will cause a circulation to take place as indicated by the arrows, the hot water rising to the top of the tank, and the cold water flowing down to the bottom and back to the water back via the cold water pipe. This circulation cycle is continually repeated as long as the water in the water back is raised to a temperature higher than that in other parts of the system. WRONG WAY RIGHT WAY SHOT WATER OUTLET SECTIONAL PLAN COLD FLOW DIRECTED SHORT CHRON VIEWS | away From Hor WaTER OUTLET Fics. 6,584 and 6,585.—Sectional plan views of storage tank showing wrong way and right way location of anti-syphon hole in internal cold water supply tube. If the hole S, point toward the hot water outlet as in fig. 6,584, cold water issuing from the hole will mix with the hot water lowering its temperature; if pointed in opposite direction as in fig. 6,585, the cooling effect will obviously be a minimum. When hot water is drawn off from A, an equal amount of cold water comes in at E, and is led to the lower part of the tank by the internal tube M, otherwise there would be a tendency for the cold water to short circuit from L to A, cooling off the supply. ‘ An important provision for storage tanks is an anti-syphon hole (erroneously called syphon hole) located on the internal tube of the cold water supply pipe. The operation of this al a ea rs ae ie AIR GOING IN... SN q EXPANSION PIPE AIR GOING STORAGE IN be TANK STEAM eo GENERATED a S81 JN WATER BACK AVES LOW LEVEL OPEN FAUCET = 10 LBS: CC ET I RTT WATER FROM ATTIC TANK AND FROM HOT WATER ep STORAGE TANK: I | Fic. 6,586.—Abnormal conditions in hot water system showing how water is syphoned out of storage tank in absence of anti-siphon hole. Assume that the relative elevations of attic tank, storage tank and low level faucet are such that referred to elevation of junction E, there is a (+) 3 Ib. head to water level L, in attic tank; a (—) 416. suction to water level F, in storage tank, and a (—) 10-lb. suction to low level faucet W. The suction caused by open- ing faucet W,will cause a considerable reduction of pressure at junction E. Thus at the instant depicted, water enters junction E, from attic tank at 3 lbs. above atmospheric pressure and considering the 10 lb. suction due to low level faucet W, the total pressure causing water to flow from attic tank is 3+10=13 lbs. Since the storage tank is open to the atmosphere through expansion pipe or open faucet, the pressure at elevation F, which causes water to syphon out of the storage tank is that due to the two columns of water elevations EF and EW, which in this case is 10—4 =6 lbs. Disregarding frictional resistance the relative amounts of water flowing from attic tank and syphoned from storage tank are as 13:6 that 1s the flow from attic tank is a little over 2 times that tram age tank. ts Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,473 - 3,019 hole in stopping the syphoning of water from the storage tank under abnormal conditions in the system is shown in figs. 6,582 and 6,583 and the undesirable results which might obtain in its absence, in fig. 6,586. The position of this hole is important, since when cold water is being supplied to the tank it not only enters through the lower end of the sup- ply tube but also in small amount through the anti-syphon hole S. Evi- dently, then, the hole S should look in a direction away from the hot water outlet to reduce short circuiting to a minimum; figs. 6,584 and 6,585 explain this. FT 3).e?f-E-|---—- = 79 eo 3). “: \) Enya eS = H m Hi = i! | 6°) (eo) I —— | | DUE TO EXPANSION OF WATER AND MIXTURE WITH LIBERATED AIR HEIGHT IN°EXPANSION PIPE HEIGHT JN TANK Fic. 6,587.—Diagrams illustrating why the expansion pipe should extend above water level in attic tank. Let L, R, F, represent three vertical pipes connected by the tubes M, S. If water be poured into the pipes and the temperature be the same in each, the water will rise to the same level in each since they are connected by tubes MS. Suppose they be filled with water at 59° to a level of 30 ft: from the bottom as represented by EW, and that the water in R be heated to 212°. If volume of water at 39.1° Fahr. (maximum density) be represented then (according to Kopp and Porter) volume at 59° =1.00083, and at 212° =1.04332.° In- crease in volume =1.04332 —1.00083 =.04249. That is the head is increased .04249 ft. for each foot head. Hence, if column of cold water in pipe L, be 30 ft. high, column of hot water in pipe R, due to its expansion alone will be 30X (1+ .04249) =31.27 ft. high as shown on the scalé. Now considering the air being liberated and passing up through the water in expansion pipe as indicated in pipe F, the density of the water will be still further reduced and the water will rise an additional distance indicated by X, depending upon the amount of air passing up through the water. Hence the necessity of carrying the expansion pipe up higher than the water level in tank. LA nt ify RESISTANCE COLD FLOW PIPE RESISTANCE Wi Ty Hil He Hit Ail IM tl luli | il | eeeaineeduanese tit t nt | | HE EASY FLOW i. EASY FLOW nt ft it nT Hh | np | |) MINIMUM RESISTANCE [= (STRAIGHT PIPE) Fics. 6,588 to 6,591.—Various methods of connectin ge tank. A, maximum resistance to circulation of water; resistance reduced in both hot and cold flow pipes by use of elbows; g water back to stora elbows; C, » Minimum resistance to flow by use of 45° elbows in hot flow pipe and straight cold pipe (storage tank raised to permit this.) B, resistance reduced in hot flow pipe by use of 45° D Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,475 - 3,021. Another important item is the proper piping of the expansion. pipe. Owing to the expansion of the water on heating and ‘the liberated air’ passing through it in the expansion pipe, the water level therein will be higher than in the attic tank as shown in fig. 6,587. Accordingly the expansion pipe must be carried up beyond the water level in the tank sufficiently to allow for this, otherwise there would be a back flow through expansion pipe into the tank, causing a circulation which would cool the END OF EXPANSION === =-——_ | PIPE T00 LOW WATER FLOWING BACK INTO TANK ~ THROUGH EXPANSION PIPE HOT WATER BEING COOLED BY CIRCULATION CAUSED BY FLOW TO TANK THROUGH EXPANSION PIPE Fics. 6,592 and 6,593.— Right and wrong installation of expansion pipe. Fig. 6,592 shows ex- pansicn pipe carried up above Static level of the heated water as it should be to prevent back flow into attic tank; the figure shows proper installation for the conditions shown in fig. 6,587. Fig. 6,593 shows same installation with expansion pipe not carried up high enough. Evidently when outlet of expansion pipe is below static level of the hot water, there will be a continued flow back to attic tank which will have the wasteful effect of cool- ing the hot water in storage tank. hot water in storage tank as shown in fig. 6,593. The proper piping of expansion pipe is shown in fig. 6,592. In setting the water back care should be taken to have it 3,022 - 1,476 Sanitation: Ly Water Supply level to avoid water pockets and resulting impaired action, as shown in figs. 6,594 and 6,595. The method of connecting water back to storage tank should be such that there will be the least resistance to the flow of water and give no chance for the formation of air pockets. Fig. 6,583 shows a common and objectionable method which employs four 90° elbows giving maximum resistance to flow. Conditions are pro- gressively for flow as shown in figs. 6,589 to 6,591, the latter being em- ployed where there is sufficient head room to bring lower connections on level with intake to water back, and space enough for the 45° run. Air pockets in the piping between water back and storage tank are objectionable, LIBERATED AIR AIR POCKET GOING OUT CAUSES RUMBLING WATER BACK SET LEVEL water BACK NOT LEVEL Fics. 6,594 and 6,595.—Water back set level and tilted showing importance of setting back level to avoid air pocket where air and steam will collect, cause rumbling and render ineffect- ive that portion of heating surface not covered by water. Figs. 6,596 and 6,597 show two ways how noé to install the piping. Fig. 6,597 is virtually the equivalent of fig. 6,596, but the undesirable effect is augmented in that the air pocket is extended into the water back. Air Lock.—This troublesome condition is encountered in a good many hot water systems, because the plumber in laying out the piping didn’t understand the principle involved. By definition, air lock is the accumulation in the piping of a quantity of air so located that a back pressure is produced therein E Sanitation: 1, Water Supply 1,477 - 3,023 pipe. If the latter were arranged as in fig. 6,600, so that air would pass out of the system in- stead ot accumula- ting, air lock would be impossible. NA%* oO , gi: sufficient to balance EE Oo * = 2 Ess ithe forward or sup- | e' © . <= BL Re bly pressure, which ia) cL A fx, 2) 5 eu, ete oe Bess condition prevents F O a £0 flow of water from ite) 2 co oss the outlets. ee s% The importance Cgs ° ° Calews of the subject is On © @£28 such that the au- » on 2 gg oe thor has attempted g Soe to make the ex- u i Be 8B ; : = ds tags planation as simple LANL "Fes as possible by aid 5 Cae aise po y a | £325 of figs. 6,598 and 2838 6,599. Air lock, as is] -_ aes : clearly seen from oO ° uu Bea the diagram and ex- 0 PB. Ye 5 Z 2% 5s planation, is due to (2) (2) O : Be 3 3 low supply pressure ae as = Oo. O poEs and wrong location Paes of the expansion os) eli is°) 8 : ae 7 | 1 OO lt ii! THROU MOTT | i) iffy | | | An ignorant or un- scrupulous plumber will connect the ex-- pansion pipe as in MG ital tank was set too low, or range with water back too high. cut too long, and the pipe fitter instead of t the line, thus producing a condition for air fig. 6,597, shows an even more ob PIPE FORCED DOWN TO MAKE UP LIN Fics. 6,596 and 6,597.—Air pocket due to im 3,024 - 1,478 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply fig. 6,598, when a few feet of pipe may be saved, or the work done with less trouble. Figs. 6,601 to 6,603 show why air lock is not encountered on systems having high pressure supply. Quick Heating Storage Tank Connections.—tThe rate at which heat is transmitted from the fire to the water passing “EXPANSION PIPE WATER RUNNING OUT OF EXPANSION PIPE ABOVE FAUCET 5 LB. AIR BACK PRESSURE | NO FLOW 5 LB AIR BACK PRESSURE OPEN) a = Ri oe Fics. 6,598 and 6,599.—Faulty hot water system subject to air lock. Assume a low attic tank giving a head of water above storage-tank equivalent to 5 Ibs. pressure. The hot water pipe includes a loop L,A,R, with faucet F, at such elevation that when column of water in pipe R, stands at elevation of F, it will give a back pressure of 5lbs. Now at the instant depicted, assuming a 5 lb. head of water in pipe L, 5 lbs. air pressure in loop E,H,W, and the faucet F to be opened. At this instant the water in expansion pipe above F will quickly run out, then the flow will be greatly decreased, the water trickling out of the faucet as more air accumulates in the water pocket, or until the column of water in L, is pushed down to the bottom of that pipe, when the back pressure due to the water in R, balances the air pressure and the flow through the faucet ceases. Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,479 - 3,025 through the water back depends upon the differznce of tem- berature between the fire and the water. That is, for constant temperature of the fire, the lower the temperature of the water, passing through the water back, the more rapid the absorp- tion of heat. Now in operation the water at the top of the tank is at the highest tem- perature and that at the bottom at the lowest. Hence the nearer the temperature of the water passing through the water back approaches that of the water at the bottom of the tank the more rapid will be the heating of the volume of water in the tank. The temperature of the water passing LIBERATED AIR PASSING OUT THROUGH EXPANSION PIPE WATER FLOWING FROM FAUCET UNDER PRESSURE DUE TO HEAD L+H TANK OR LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY Fic. 6,600.—Correct location of expansion pipe to prevent accumulation of air and thus avoid air leak. By thus placing expansion pipe, the air as can be seen passes Off as soon as liberated. The system being full of water, evidently when faucet F, is opened, water will issue there, from at a pressure due to head L+H, the 5 lb. head due to water in portion of piping E, being balanced by the back pressure due to 5 Ib. head in portion of pipe W; clearly then the effective head is that due to difference in elevation of tank and faucet F, that is effective head =L+H. through the water back depends upon its rate of flow or rapidity of cir- culation; the more rapid the circulation, the lower the temperature. The rate of circulation depends upon the height of the ascending column of heated water, because hot water is lighter than cold water as already. explained; the longer the ascending column of hot water, the more rapid the circulation. To make this perfectly clear, an extreme case is taken where half the water passing through the water back is converted into steam as illustrated in figs. 6,604 and 6,605. SLB AIR BACK PRESSURE i Gn OR HIGH HE= L ————— : Te A f | WATER FROM PIPES AANDR SYSTEM PRIMED WITH WATER SOLID STREA Fics. 6,601 to 6,603.—Operation of high pressure supply hot water system in preventing alt lock. Since there is no expansion pipe, air will accumulate in the system. In fig. 6,601, assume portion of the piping L, to contain air and A,R, water. When faucet F, is opened, the city or high pressure supply which is in excess of the back pressure due to head of water in R, will force out water in pipes A and R, followed by airinL. Fig. 6,602, shows air pas- sing out of faucet followed by solid column of water in L and A, and rising in R; fig. 6,603, shows system completely purged of air and solid stream of water issuing from faucet F. *polepIsuod oq JOU poell asvd YOva UI sUIYS oY} SI JI Se ING a UOI}ENIID ZUIsSNeD 9d10} psduUETequN 9} SJUSUIsNe YOR 19}VM O} onp “Y Peo [LUOI}Ippe oy, ~LaS7L ay7 fo yJsUa] ay] 07 DUOLLOG oa) -o1d st u01]D]NI119 [0 &4290]a0 aY2 YEU SMOT[OJ YW YOIYM UWIOI} ‘IOSII JOOF Z BY} YIM JeY} Sow} | SI 9dI0J UOT}e[NIITD ay} ‘IOSTI }00F ow 9 © UNM ‘snyy, “ul “bs Jod -sq] 6Z’T = 62 I — 89°¢ SE UorjeNoID sonpoid 0} Surpus} 9d10j pooueyequy, ‘ur ‘bs Jed -sq] gq°gZ = 9X ep’ = 19}&M PIjos Jo uUINjoo IepIUIIS BO} onp ‘S ye oinssoid ‘ur “bs Jad sq] 6Z I = (G+ 9)X Ep = IOS UI UrIeD}s pUe JO}eM ; 0} onp ‘JAI 7e oINsseid ‘GQg‘9 “BY. UL UOTJIBUUOD JOSLI pepUs}xXe Sf} JO Vsvd oY} UT “Ul “bs Jed ‘sq] gy = Ep~° — 9g’ IO SUUMJOS Lae QSOY} JO JUSIOM Ul VOUIIOJJIp OY} SI UOT}E[NIIID VsNed OF SUIPUS} DIO} poouRjequn sdUeF{ “Ur “bs Jod -sq] 98° = Ey XZ = JoIeM 2) pljos Jo UUINJOS IRTIUNIS & O02 ONp ‘gq }e oIMsseid preMUMOP MONT *([TeUIS ATOA SI YOIyM UIvs}S 9Y} Jo JYZIOM ZurpseZoisio pue ~~ “ul “bs Jod “q] ¢7 = JoJeM Jo pesy “7 [ 9ouIS) ‘ul “bs tod “q] Sp = O-+ EP = JOST Ul We9}s PUL JO}LM JO UUINJOD OO} OM} 972) pa 0} onp ‘yf 3e oImssoid o}euUITxoI1dde MON “Wives JyeY ‘19}eM Jey JO 91NzXIU & BAIS OF SB BSED YORI UI Yor JojeM 9Y} Ysncig4 peytwisues oq Jeey JUsTDysns esoddng ° 32 do} 0} penur}UOD UoT}DeUUOD pepus}xe ‘cQg‘9 “sy pue “ay }e SULIEUO IOSII Y}:M ISS UOT}I9UUOD AICUIPIO SMOYS FO9‘'Q “BI ~odid Moy JOY 1O JosIx O42 JO WYSIOY OY} JO UOT}e;NIND UO yOoTFy—GOQg‘9 pue 7O9‘9 “SONY Le | = Q, = ee = = aes (Sal _en ae IS z Sy => =| a oe a ee : an === |W RE gS ==] FS] Ve == ey SS | =. 22 eee ase aoe pc eee epee ea a een Sonate Sig Pam 5 EEN gu a ees ea ne ca © mane seen aes Wee ia gga ecas| pine ee] w& or Met ge oligo ake ee saa g = = =a ———— afl — — = = bo a = ee 2 ee ok =p o Lives = Se at (== = “ 0 pee pe mg | = ™ Y3aSIO_ fe enim |e See Ss s ONO " —E- par aes = E - = 8 ie a ee SH 2 ‘ I - Sale 4 SFr Ses eeedeaae|| | Siew a) ©. I = 0 tiion™ Pee S eee S io a | as — Fy i om 9 A ee pone Epes) = ly =e = eget ptee 4S age 14 =H Ee &| NOLW INDIO |. == a= Sat i a i my Sa SEE ee eines ai focctats ee — — =B-- rg 6 ieee os See B 2 ee SS q | | Fats = == ee . eae z “WULIed suOT}IPUOD 9Y} eIDYM ‘aoueYy ‘yuER pue 3oeq 10}8M oy} usemj0q odid jo Uol}1od [eo17I0A ay} 10 TosH 94} Ul ATUO PezersUeEs st UOT}EINOND Sursnes S910F OY} ‘ATTeoT}Ie1d *7ey} pooysrapun oq p[noys 3 = 209°9 8 ‘yuIod MOT }2 poorjd Yyorq 137eM “9099 °31uy “uorje]No119 uO Yoeq 13}eM jo uoleAazo jo poyq— 409°9 pue 909‘9 ‘sory a = 3 rs S| ep Se ies =) 4 — ==> Y SAONVIVE el pg Se (eS ; a ee Pe "| : ae ee qc Met = = a Se fi eae dre Y = eae cae a on ok pa Sie Pa te cage lappa a ag go = ee Bralkng teenie theo 5 w ee Ss EEF Penmaes b Ren ge a ae eS ar i ee B eae a N a Reece ene ie a os { pore == Se i 4 fF |=—= == SB = a Dae ae gear ged get ae glaeg s gear Se ir Be ah GS walleye S a} Gag ar empire 2) Se eee 2a 2 et ae | gaa = a ee Tes ais — ~ he 7 Se -9 SS — — — == o rt tlie sa nmnat ie "2 OE ecco ee See 3 fe = ee =o HS x AOVS BOLUM 4) io Se === aide ee) ee vy NOILOANNOD) JLe=—= =H: WOVE YSLVM JO = 02 = =H = nal ite pret patery NOILO3NNOD a SH = oI ase == = = =e ENIOG MO acigfes Seen rere) aIVIQAWYSINI ES === SBe an ee ~ See Sa SS ae Bie genie ogee Span Spa saree Rene 2 om ae pee ee ee = eS f= 00 ae SS SSS ee Se S piers a . Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,483 - 3,029 1} HOT WATER (HEATED AS USED) : i mht rane a RHR ll nt errr CIRCULATION STORAGE HEATING Fics. 6,608 and 6,609.—Extended or long riser water back connection to storage tank showing circulation with faucet partly open amr CIRCULATION QUICK HEATING Hi Mt juli ith uti itt i it ATH | and'closed Evidently with this arrangement a small supply of hot water may be obtained before all the water is heated in the tank by partially opening the faucet. For best results a flow tee (such as shown in fig. 6,608) should be used with the long riser connection, otherwise a fully opened faucet will draw off water through the riser faster than can be heated in the water back. Fig. 6,609 shows circulation when faucet is closed, or for storage heating. the heater should be located at the lowest point as shown in fig. 6,606 rather than at some inter- mediate point as shown in 6,607. 3,030 - 1,484 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply Figs. 6,608 and 6,609 show circulation of water with faucet partly q opened, and closed, in a long riser installation. The elevation of the heater with respect to the tank is im: portant as before pointed out. Where a heater is placed at an intermediate position, the amount of water heated will depend upon where the cold flow pipe is connected to tank, WATER: HEATED ONLY STHIS PORTION OF WATER NOT HEATED Fics. 6,610 and 6,611.—Low and intermediate point cold flow connection of heater giving full volume and part volume heating respectively. When connected at the low point F, evidently all the water in the tank will be heated, and when connected at an intermediate point 18, only the water above the elevation of this point will be heated. The proper con- nection will depend upon conditions of service and upon whether one or two heaters be used. When this connection is made at the low point as in fig. 6,610, all the water will be heated, but when connected higher up, as on to the hot flow inlet opening (E fig. 6,611) only a portion of the water will be heated. Where both a water back and a coil heater are provided, Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,485 - 3,031 y Hi in i iT ht i i Q3alLv3H YaLyuM YALVSH SVS AG JO NOILYOd SIHL SPECIAL CONNECTION Fics. 6,612 and 6,613.—Combination coil and water back installation illustrating semi-parallel and semi-series connection. In it mil Wh i ih i itt i ! i ca ih nti iH hy ASMARSERURERSN in i Li! Thus they may be connected as in fig. 6,612, giving semi-parallel flow, two volume heating, or as in fig. 6,613, giving a semi-series flow, two volume heating. deciding upon the method of connecting combination coil and water back heaters the conditions of service should be carefull considered. YSLVaH YAHLIA AQ G3LV3H LON YSLVM 40 NOILYOd SIHIL) . they should be so connected as to increase the flexibility of the system. . SEPARATE CIRCULATION PIPES fame TTT | CUT ee puny! | Fias. 6,614 and 6,615.—Single and divided circulation pipe lines serving three and six faucets respectively. In operation (fig. 6,614) hot water leaves the tank at M, and rises through supply line serving faucets E,H,W, reaching high point L, and due to gradual lowering of temperature descends through return or circulating ptpe to low point of tank, entering at R. Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,487 - 3,033 In order to obtain full volume heating without exposing the surface of the heater to sediment, the author’s cylindrical mud drum as shown in fig. 6,616 may be used to advantage, especially in the case of coil heaters having small bore coils. Circulation Pipe.—In order to avoid the delay and waste of fuel due to drawing off a considerable quantity of water before it will run hot, a continuous circulation between the boiler and up to the various faucets is provided by means of a cir- culating pipe. agg aa pee eek ee ger rs MUD DRUM ae =e meee i SEDIMENT Fic. 6,616.—The author’s cylindrical mud drum arrangement which avoids the use of the internal sediment pipe (shown in fig. 6,612) giving full volume heating and clear water cold flow. Fig. 6,617 shows a single circulation pipe serving three faucets on differ- ent floors, and fig. 6,618, divided or separate pipes forming a U-shaped return. Various other forms are shown in figs. 6,619 to 6,622. As can be seen, Figs. 6,614 and 6,615— Text continued. In fig. 6,615, similar conditions obtain, hot water leaving tank at M, rising to dividing point L, thence through supply pipes serving faucets E,H,W, and A,R,F, to high points JI’, and returning through separate circulation pipes uniting at L, and at entering tank at R. The arrow in each figure indicates the flow and the solid black pipes the return or circulating pipes. 3,034 - 1,488 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply EXPANSION HORIZONTAL TANK SUPPLY SUPPLY 'R Fics. 6,617 and 6,618.—Horizontal storage tank in basement heated by range on floor above. Fig. 6,617, tank supplied from city main, single circulation pipe line; fig. 6,618, supply from attic tank, divided circulation pipe line, showing expansion pipe. a Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,489 - 3,035 YG, . fh af fo " Shy Diy aernuteriirisencensall — H —— COMBINED Pa UNTO WLEGEDSWRBOR ORS ==2=-2 UTLOLATOOTEBCR 3 : i HOT WATER E : H AND E i H CIRCULATION FL sn af ioe PIPE RE Hos ‘aw: fe) (LOOP SYSTEM) (= § a tH j it AT at ; i HOTTER WATER i t / ON THIS SIDE : : H E i : i ioe: i Z i cf ap te ne rr | od) (po AE | : ic Fy He el i Bt al 3 J HI SS ; = ———. SSS ar am mail oom ; H i ! ae j | = — : 2 See! Sees ace 3 sess Soe 3 aes See eae aes bel || Sep eliee ae ; =H See | = ae PoE reso ay tees a Fics. 6,619 and 6,620.—Common circulating pipe and combined supply and circulating pipe serving faucets E,H,W, and A,R,F. In fig. 6.619, the circulation temperature for each pair of faucets as W, A, is the same because the supply divides at L. In fig. 6,620, one side will be hotter than the other, the temperature gradually falling along the line, hence, much more water must be drawn off through faucet F, than through faucet E, to obtain hot water. This is a most unsatisfactory arrangement and has nothing in its favor except a saving in pipe. 3,036 - 1,490 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply the particular method employed will depend principally upon the location ‘of the various faucets and whether the erector be liberal or stingy in the use of pipe. ‘The illustrations should be carefully studied to avoid mis- takes and resulting unsatisfactory operation. By an inspection of the figures, it can be clearly seen that there is a con- tinuous circulation of water through the system whether any faucet be opened or closed. Hence when a faucet is opened, hot water is at once obtained. Although some of the fuel used is spent in obtaining this cir- culation, the waste of fuel is considerably less than it would be in the absence of a circulating pipe, when considerable water must be drawn II | ill Hilt iff! {II | | | i | l \ Ty! {tI TMU i li 111 (hl i | | II | li | | Fic. 6,621.—Loop arrangement of circulating pipe where all faucets are on the same flow tank at side. The supply pipe divides at L, and the two arms serving faucets E,H,W, and A,R,F, should be horizontal to avoid air pockets. The circulation is plainly indicated by the arrows. off before hot water is obtained. The saving will depend upon the number and location of faucets, and upon the conditions of use. A general principle upon which all correct installations are based is that the water should flow direct to the high point and Sanitation: 1, Water Supply 1,491 - 3,037 from there descend to the low point; in other words, no part of the pipe should be pitched for down flow between boiler and high point, and no part of the return should be pitched for up flow between high point and low point or cold flow inlet. Tappings on Top Head of Vertical Tanks.—Usually two = fae wae Toe peasy Sy Cd a = aa a i Peayal | =— ao al HS: 1 if | t «$9 CALLED E THREE TUBE TANK (ONLY TWO TUBES) He if [n et tee te ri THRU Wifi TUBE It pitt Fic. 6,622.—Loop arrangement of circulating pipe where all faucets are on the same floor, tank at center, illustrating the piping of a so called three tube tank. In the tank there are two tubes; supply tube M, and circulation return tube S, both discharging near bottom of the tank. The operation of the system needs no explanation; however, the erroneous name “three tube tank” is due to the fact that three pipes are connected to the top of the tank and because very few mechanics know the difference between a tube and pipe; the distinction should be carefully noted as explained in the text. The tank is properly called a two tube tank. taps are provided, one for the cold water supply and the other for the hot water supply. The usual arrangement is shown in fig. 6,624 and a more efficient one thermally in fig. 6,625. Where a circulation pipe is used, the three tap, 3,038 - 1,492 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply a erroneously called two tube, arrangement shown in fig. 6,626 | is convenient as it saves an extra fitting. For multi-faucet installations, 4 taps, fig. 6,627 are sometimes used. Tanks may be obtained with any number and arrangement of tap- pings. Tappings in excess of four (altogether) are customarily charged extra. | Flow Tee on Long Riser Connection.—Where the hot flow ~ WRONG WAY AIR POCKET = tL | . Fic. 6,623.—Wrong way of piping loop circulation serving one floor. The two supply arms, LM and LS, should be horizontal instead of inclined to prevent the formation of air pocket at L, with resulting disagreeable ejection of air from the faucets when turned on. pipe or riser from water back is extended and connected with the hot water supply pipe, a special flow tee should be used as shown in fig. 6,628. The object of this tee is to cause the water drawn out of tank to be taken from the supply at the top of the tank rather than from the riser. Evidently from the illustration it is clear that the flow is direct and easy from tank to hot water supply pipe, and difficult for flow from the riser, Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,493 - 3,039 A - SN a, / N\y, yas a) (\ n \ Ih | i\ \ = = : : = GE Z WS l8Saeooa 00 0 Za vs ive | menpeare i LILIUM a LITT Fics. 6,624 to 6,627.—Various tapping arrangements for storage tank tops. A, two tap center and offset, most common method; B, two taps, both offset, best for thermal efficiency; C, three taps, so called three tube; D, four taps—this arrangement is sometimes desirable on large installations where there is a multiplicity of faucets. HOT FLOW HOT WATER SUPPLY Fic. 6,628.—Flow tee for hot water supply connection when long riser is used from heater. Evidently, as indicated by the arrows, such device will permit hot water to be drawn from top of tank with the minimum short circuiting from riser. 3,040 - 1,494 Sanitation: 1, Water Supply because water flowing out of riser would have to reverse its direction on account of the direction tube, which extends down into the tee past the riser connection. Horizontal Storage Tanks —Frequently there is not sufficient HOT. WATER CQLD WATER SUPPLY STEAM SUPPLY = CONDENSATE ee en Fic. 6,629.—Storage tank having internal steam coil heater. Where thereisa supply of steam this is a desirable feature, the coil may be used as an auxiliary heater in combination with a water back, or as a main heater depending upon the amount of steam available. space available between floor and ceiling for a vertical tank, and in such case a horizontal tank or a vertical tank used as a horizontal tank is installed. The same principles that were given for vertical tanks hold for horizontal tanks and if these be understood and applied the usual mistakes made in con- necting horizontal tanks will be avoided. Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,495 - 3,041 A regular horizontal tank is the same as a vertical tank, but is provided with tappings properly located for horizontal setting. The general arrangement of these tappings is shown in fig. 6,630, and the — COLD WATER SUPPLY a, il I; l'| { | | af 7 } I I Coe Gast eee ee ee ee aa INTERNAL COLD WATER TUBE Fic. 6,630.—Usual method of connecting a horizontal storage tank showing circulation. iT eas ANT! SHORT CIRCUIT HOT WATER SUPPLY 7 INTERNAL PIPE oe oe Fic. 6,631.—Author’s method of connecting horizontal storage tank for minimum short-cir- Cuiting between the cold and hot water. The cold inlet-distribution pipe L, divides up the flow of the incoming cold water and directs it to the bottom of the tank in the general direc- tion of the cold flow outlet. The anti-short circuit internal pipe F, prevents hot water com- ing in from the hot flow pipe passing directly up and going out through the hot water supply pipe when water is being drawn through faucet. The reason for this is because on heavy demand, the water back cannot heat the water fast enough and consequently relatively cold water would mix with the hot water going out, thus cooling off the supply. 3,042 - 1,496 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply author’s arrangement employing distribution and anti-short circuit tubes, in fig. 6,631. It is easy to make mistakes in setting horizontal. tanks, as shown in figs. 6,632 and 6,633. HOT WATER COOLED BY . CONTACT WITH COLD WATER TANK TURNED UPSIDE DOWN COLD WATER SUPPLY Fic. 6,632.—Wrong way of connecting horizontal. storage tank I: boiler upside down. The incoming cold water is discharged at top of tank where it will mix and cool off the hot water. WRONG WAY i AND STEAM POCKET ==S==>) COLD WATER ei ee hale HOT Hee oT AK NESS M eich Pe FLOW SS PIPE cc ce ee ee ee eee SS See ee ee ee eee ee ee = Sh a a ere ees I eres a eens (stern i eee A ees oe tees oneal ene | HOT WATER re _. fl SUPPLY —— af: Fic. 6,633.— Wrong way of connecting horizontal storage tank II: hot flow pipe enters too high and hot supply taken too low. Evidently there is no way to purge the tank of air and steam; this will result in rumbling and reduced capacity of boiler. : p== sey é Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,497 - 3,043 These wrong settings should be carefully noted so as to avoid mistakes with resultant unsatisfactory operation. The right way to connect up a vertical tank used as a horizontal tank is shown in fig. 6,634 and one of the numerous wrong ways in fig. 6,635. Battery of Storage Tanks.—On large installations where there HOT WTR, SUPPLY RIGHT WAY INTERNAL TUBES SEDIMENT CocK—” Fic. 6,634.—Right way of connecting vertical tank used as a horizontal tank. Note internal tubes causing cold water to be discharged at bottom of tank and cold return to be taken from bottom. sewer ha A La onan or, rate Oar Whben Ln erer eOcngnUbers peltce; > A oa 3 COLD WATER SUPPLY INTERNAL ®* E TUBE SEDIMENT COCK COLD RETURN Fic. 6,635.—Wrong way of connecting vertical tank used as a horizontal tank. Note large air and steam pocket formed because the hot water supply is not taken from the top. 3,044 - 1,498 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply is not enough room vertically for a single tank large enough to serve the installation, twe or more tanks operating together may be used; there are various ways of combining the tanks, two methods being shown in figs. 6,636 and 6,637. © COLD RETURN (PARALLEL) Fic. 6,636.—Two tanks connected in parallel for large supply of moderately hot water. NOTE.— To find capacity of tanks any size, give dimensions of a cylinder in inches, to find its capacity in U. S. gallons: square the diameter, multiply by the length and by .0034. NOTE.—The size of hot water tanks for apartment houses is usually proportioned to e the number of families supplied. When water is to be supplied for all domestic purposes, the capacity may be as in the table following. Size of Hot Water Tanks Capacity....... 250 325 400 475 600 700 1,000 1,250 ee Pe ae raat se = —_———— | qq“ SIZE esac seta ras 6X30 | 8X30 | 10x30] 8x36 | 1036 | 12x36 12X 42 | 12x48 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,499 - 3,045 Double Storage Tanks.—For installations in tall buildings requiring high pressure on the hot water supply line to reach the upper stories the expense of a large and heavily con- structed storage tank is avoided by use of a double tank, con- sisting of a small high pressure tank, built within a larger low pressure tank as shown in figs. 6,638 and 6,639. The inner tank supplies hot water at high pressure for the upper stories, and the outer tank serves the lower stories at COLD WATER SUPPLY (SERIES) fee a SB eo ae ee : Fic. 6,637.—Two tanks connected in series for small supply of extra hot water. NOTE.—The size of storage tank which should be employed for any particular work de- pends chiefly on existing conditions, such, for example, as the water supply and the nature of the building. A safe rule is to allow a 35 or 40 gal. tank for a building having one bath room, and to add 30 gallons additional capacity for every extra bath room. NOTE.—Jn practice it is found that about 100 sq. in. of water back heating surface in actual contact with the fire is sufficient to give good results with a 40 gal. tank, heavy water consumption, and with a 50 gal. tank with moderate water consumption. 1, Water Supply tation: i S 3°) Y fo) i=) es = 1 Co) = - om -AJOATJONPUOD YUL} JOUUT OY? UI 10}eM 9Y} SuNVoY JO peojsur Yue} yovs oy poprAoid st Jo}yeoy o}e1edos vB }eY} Ydooxs 8E9‘9 °3Y UL SB JUIES 9Y} SI wo272D4Lad0 ]D18UaL ay], “poy}eur Io}vey s[qnop oy} Aq po}eoy Yue, osv10}s vjqnoq— 6Ey‘9 “Sy “uler0uy J9}eM 94} Sur} eoy ‘ YUL} JBUUT 9y} Jo [[eYs oY} Ysno1sy} AjEATONpuUod po}}wsueI] Sutoq porddns snyj Jeoy oy} Jo zed 19}e0y o[Suis odie] B Aq pozeoy SI JepIog 19}NO dy} Ul J9}eM OYJ, “PesO[d ‘YW SABA YOoYd oinssoid ssooxo Aq Surpjoy ‘qf edid ySno1y} 1sp1I0q 19u -UI 04} pue ‘J oATeA YOoYO Bugsy] ‘MA did Ysno1y} JopI0q 19jNO 9} S19}Us 19}BM PjOd ‘SeuT] YOM WIOIJ UMEIP SI 19}eM JOY Se ‘uw077 -piado uy °AjaAtqoodso1 sour A[ddns 10}eM Joy vinsseid Mo] pue Ysiy oy} ‘,M\ pue ,q pue AjeAr}Oedse1 soul, Ajddns 10}eM pjoo eimsseid moj pue Ajddns pjoo einsseid Yysty ay} ore ‘AA pue | “poyjawm uo1ynpuod vy} Aq po}eoy YUL} v8vi0}s sIqnoq— gEg‘9 “Sy Y31LV3H YyaLVaH AIONIS a9ouvy (ge =s MO ee | : HHL ANVIL GQOHLAW YALV4H 4a18nog ANVIL sYuNSSaudd es mee ByunSSaudd MOT B3UNSS3ud HO!IH littl TT Tee eo een 7 1 ple lytic il! GOHLAW NOLLONGNOS | | Li Witt ity } F [Ty lily, fl | HHL : BuNSsadd MO7 LOH = = ——— — a Shee DS} JYunssS3sayd HOIH LOH JYNSS3Yud HOIH G10D 3YNSSAUd HOIH LOH = i BuNSS3ud = SS iE “ 1 oN Ee Me: HH = AM E Legh ee M =| E HW sain woaH9 x | Sanitation: 1,W ater Supply 1,501 - 3,047 low pressure. Since the inner tank is under pressure exter- nally, it will withstand the high pressure necessary for the upper stories without undue stress in the shell. The illustrations show the conduction and the double heater methods of heating the water. HIGH PRESSURE E ae wT i LOW PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE FAILS Fic. 6,640.—Operation of double tank system. 1. High pressure fails. When this condition obtains as indicated by low level M, of water in high pressure supply pipe E, the pressure in pipe W, will cause check A, to open allowing.the supply to flow into inner tank thus caus- ing that tank to remain full. HIGH PRESSURE FULL TTT at : GLOSED Ww cL = LOW PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE FAILS Fic. 6,641.—Operation of double tank system. 2. Low pressure fatls. When this condition obtains, the excess pressure in pipe E, will hold check A closed maintaining a full supply to the inner tank so that it will not collapse in case water remains in the outer tank. 3,048 - 1,502 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply An important precaution in the use of a double tank is that the inner tank should never be empty when there is water in PUMP eee Ca HIGH NOT 2) : ie PRESSURE E. RUNNIN —= a OPEN rc oO = U av) m ” $ op) Cc v m ER HL 0 Ce eee i LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY CUT OFF Fics. 6,642 and 6,643.—Operation of double tank system. 3. Effect of pump operation sup- plying high ‘ressure line tank. When the tank is full and pump not running as in fig. 6,642, the high pressure in pipe E, will hold check A, closed against the low pressure in line W, which however, is sufficient to open check L, and supply water to the outer tank. Now, if the pump be started to replenish the water in the tank, the heavy suction may pull water out of line Ww, faster than the low pressure alone can supply it, hence, under such conditions the pump side of check L, will be subjected toa partial vacuum and will close, thus cutting off the supply to the outer tank as shown in fig. 6,643. the outer tank because of danger ot collapse of the inner tank. This is rendered impossible by means of the check valves A Sanitation: 1,Water Supply 1,503 - 3,049 and L, and the placement of drain cocks F and R. The opera- tion of the tanks is shown in the accompanying illustrations. HIGH PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE —— _— ———— HIGH PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE Fic. 6,644.—Operation of double tank system. 4. Drain cock F, to inner tank open. Water cannot drain out of the tank simply by opening drain cock F. The circulation however, will be changed since the inner tank is put into communication with the water back, resulting in the water in the inner tank being heated by conduction and also by the water back in circulating through the latter. NOTE.—When hot water tanks are to be heated by a steam coil placed inside of the tank, the size of the coil to be used can be determined, approximately, by allowing 15 gallons for each square foot of wrought pipe coil surface and 20 to 25 gallons for each square foot of brass or copper pipe coil surface. These proportions have been found to give good results in ordinary work. 3,050- 1,504 Sanitation: 1,Water Supply SUL EMPTY — eee Pane | (2) v Z my @ FS 6) 7) m we] Fic. 6,645.—Operation of double tank system. 5. Drain cock R, open. This will drain the outer tank independently of inner tank. EMPTY pes Fic. 6,646.—Operation of double tank system. 6. Drain cocksF and R, open. Clearly this will drain both tanks and since the outlet to outer tank is in advance of that to inner tank the tendency will be to drain the outer tank faster than the inner tank, as should be, so that there will be no water in outer tank that would tend to callapse inner tank when the latter is empty. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,505 - 3,051 Sp Se ee ee aie eee CHAPTER 113 Elements of Sanitation 2. Drainage Drainage is the most important phase of sanitation, and upon the proper installation of the pipes and fixtures compris- ing the drainage system of any plumbing installation depends the health of the occupants of the house. A drainage system must take care of the discharge from the fixtures, dispose of the poisonous gases arising from the discharge, and prevent the escape in the house of any of the gases. To perform this three-fold duty it is composed essentially of: 1. Pipes. 2. Vents. 3. Traps. Fig. 6,647 illustrates the essential elements of a drainage system, and fig. 6,648 the names of the parts. These two illustrations should be carefully studied and the names of the various parts remembered to avoid confusion in a further consideration of the subject. Broadly speaking, the drainage system comprises the installa- tion in the house, and the sewer system outside the house, but in this chapter only the house drainage system is presented, a a te ad a ate meses a Ta eee —— 3,052-1,506 Sanitation: 2, Drainage the sewer system outside of the house being taken up in the next chapter on sewage disposal. VENTILATORS WATER CLOSET GROUND SOIL TRAPS Fic. 6,647.—Typical drainage system showing essential features in the arrangement of the Piping and location of traps. TRAP Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,507 - 3,053 It is very poor economy to try to save a few dollars by installing an inadequate drainage system; some of the fixtures and pipes used may seem unnecessary but they all have their place and should be employed, otherwise the health of the occupants of the house will be endangered. RETURN BENDS CAGE | GUTTER VENTILATION STACK *: c=. HIGHEST WASTE DRAIN FIXTURES OTHER THAN CLOSETS BRANCH VENT PIP TO FIXTURE FRESH AIR INLET PIPE /| MAIN SOIL SEWER 4|. STACK SEWER Z LEADER SS ee ALMOST HORIZONTAL TRAP MAIN SEWER Fic. 6,648.— Piping of drainage system illustrating the names of the various pipes. TRAP 3,054-1,508 Sanitation: 2, Drainage Every device that is necessary to dispose of the poisonous gases arising from the sewage passing through the pipes should be employed and every precaution taken to insure the proper working of these devices. A house drainage system consists essentially of: 1. House sewer. 2. House drain. a. Main. b. Branch. 3. Soil stacks. a. Main. b. Branch. 4, Ventilation stack. a. Soil. b. Waste. 5. Fresh air inlet pipe. 6. Vent stack. 7. Drains. a. Leaders. b. Area. c. Safe. d. Sub-soil. 8. Safes. 9. Traps. a. Main. b. Leader. c. Fixture. An inspection of figs. 6,647 and 6,648 will show the place- ment and arrangement of the various members comprising the house drainage system. These will now be taken up in detail in the order given. House Sewer.—This comprises an underground pipe Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,509 - 3,055 connecting the house drain at the main trap with the public sewer in the street. The size of the house sewer corresponds to STREET DOWN PITCH STREET | CURB SEWER Ss —-[WYSY \WARK GY TW 9” HOUSE SEWER a Fic. 6,649.—House sewer or connecting house drain at main trap end with the street sewer and showing its downward pitch to secure proper flow of the sewage into the street sewer. that of the house drain and it must have sufficient pitch down- ward to the street sewer to insure proper flow of the sewage into the street sewer as shown in fig. 6,649. A special form of check valve known as a back water valve is sometimes used to prevent the water in street sewers backing up into the house drain- age system during heavy rain fall, high tide, etc., as shown in fig. 6,650. House orain BACK WATER VALVE. , "oust sewer "ee tas Vie | ik i] = === SSS ZAM —= a V/s CELLAR —— [IN TSU —~He edo Gf Fic. 6,650.—Back water valve used to prevent back flow of water from street sewer into house drain in time of heavy rain fall or high tide. This valve should never be used tf tt can possibly be avoided. 3,056-1,510 Sanitation: 2, Drainage This valve should never be used unless absolutely necessary since its weight may permit only the liquid to pass to street sewer under normal conditions of the latter, holding back the solids. When used it should be placed in an easily accessible place because the house drain might become choked by its failure to operate. House Drain.—The large, almost horizontal pipe in the cellar which discharges all the drainage from the house into the house sewer is called the house drain. It should pitch downward the same as the house sewer to insure proper flow of the sewage. LEADER MAIN ‘ SOIL STACK j fern DEEP SEAL TRAP are G WASTE STACK a HOUSE Y Uy DRAIN : FRESH AIR Y ; CLEAN OUT INLET PIPE ZG Z CE B 1 MAIN Yj CLEAN OUT TRAP Z DOWN bregoaT = Y c aE Z HORIZONTAL LINE a Fic. 6,651.—House drain or line of almost horizontal pipe in the cellar, and which receives the discharge from the various stacks and discharges it into the house sewer. A main trap C, pro- tects the house system from gas from the sewer and the leader trap D, prevents escape of gas in the house system at that point. Two other important provisions are clean outs as A and B, and a connection for the fresh air inlet pipe near the main trap as shown. On small installations one main house drain is sufficient, but for large houses one or more branch house drains may be necessary because of the scattered locations of the numerous fixtures to be served. Owing to the poisonous nature of sewer gas, this is excluded from the house drain by the main trap, and the drain ventilated by a pipe near the trap opening into the fresh air outside and known as the fresh air inlet pipe. ; fer house drain with the two safety devices is shown in fig. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,511 - 3,057 —————— ee” es= _ 0 ECO The illustration also shows the main soil and waste stacks connecting with the drain, also a leader, with leader trap interposed. An important provision for the house drain is a clean out or opening accessible by removing a plug, because drains often become clogged and must be cleaned by in- serting rods through the clean out opening. The illustration shows two clean outs, one, A, at the end of the pipe and another (formed by means of a Y fitting) at any convenient intermediate point. —e— VENTILATION STACKS ——= INCREASERS loomed MAIN : SOIL STACK 1 1 I VENT STACK | CONNECTION | { { WATER CLOSET re | CONNECTIONS i | | | | { H WATER CLOSET t | | ! | | | ° | ! | CONNECTION i} WASTE STACK CONNECTION i HORIZONTAL RUN OF SOIL STACK HOUSE DRAIN Fic. 6,652.—Main and branch soil stacks and their connections. Avoid horizontal runs if possible, but when they must be installed, provide clean out as shown. When it is considered that the flow of sewage in a house drain is due to very little pitch (sometimes only 14 in. per foot), it must be apparent that “stoppage” can easily occur, hence it is quite necessary to provide convenient access to the 3,058-1,512 Sanitation: 2, Drainage ee ne ee ee eee interior of the house drain by means of suitably placed cleanouts as shown. Soil Stack.—The stack which receives the discharge or “soil” from water closets is called the so7l stack, as distinguished from those which drain the other fixtures, such as bath tub, wash stand, etc. This is a vertical pipe, having its lower end connected to the house drain, open to the atmosphere through the veritilation stack and having connections to receive the soil from water closets at various intermediate points as shown in fig. 6,652. It also sometimes receives the discharge from the other fixtures through a waste stack which may connect with it instead of with the house drains. In some cases both ends of the vent stack are connected «with the soil stack. Offsets in soil stacks should be avoided as much as pos- sible. If horizontal runs be necessary they should be provided with cleanouts as shown. Connections to soil stacks should be made at acute angles (Y branches) instead of at right angles (T branches). On small jobs a single soil stack suffices, but for a multiplicity of fixtures variously located, branch soil stacks are sometimes necessary. Ventilation Stack.—This is a continuation of the soil, or waste stack through the roof and although it is usually made the same size as the stack to which it is connected, it is ad- visable to increase it one size, especially when it is connected to a stack smaller than 4 ins. The object of the ventilation stack is to give free access to _the atmosphere and thus prevent back pressure. Ventilation stacks are increased in size before passing through the roof in order to prevent them becoming choked by frost. Fig. 6,654 illustrates this. Under no circumstances should a ventilation stack be Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,513- 33059 extended into a chimney because a back draught would carry the foul air into the house, and also because they are liable to become obstructed by soot or birds’ nests. Fresh Air Inlet Pipe.—On the house side of the main trap there should be connected to the house drain, a. pipe leading VENTILATION STACKS gee ), WASTE | pea MAIN SOIL, STACK Fic. 6,653.—Soil and waste ventilation stacks being an enlarged continuation of the soil and waste stacks respectively. The tops of such stacks should be left plain and open, not fitted with cowls. When there are trees around the house, the tops should be protected with wire cages. Ventilation pipes should be at least 15 ft. from windows and extend 2 ft. above the roof. Some authorities advise the distance to be not less than 3 ft. outdoors and having its end open to the atmosphere. This is the fresh air inlet pipe and its object is to supply fresh air to the drainage system and permit a circulation of the fresh. air 3,060 - 1,514 Sanitation: 2, Drainage ete ene A ee ee ee CO through the system, driving the gases out of the system through the circulation pipe which projects above the roof. The mo- tive force which produces the circulation is the same in prin- ciple to that causing a draught in chimneys, that is, when the air or gases in the drainage system are lighter than an equal volume of the outside atmosphere, air will flow in through the fresh air inlet pipe and drive the gases in the system up COWL NO COWL CHOKED WITH ICE ROOF NO (NCREASER INCREASER WRONG WAY Fics. 6,654 and 6,655.—Wrong and right way to construct ventilation stacks in cold climate. In fig. 6,654 the cowl with its restricted opening and no increase in the size of pipe are two conditions which will probably cause the stack to choke with frost and become useless. Evidently in fig. 6,655 this trouble is avoided by increasing the size of stack and in extremé¢ cases protecting it with some form of insulation as asbestos, hair, felt, etc. : through the soil stack, ventilation stack, and out into the atmosphere above the roof where they will do no harm. The arrangement of the fresh air inlet pipe and the circulation just described are shown in fig. 6,656. The conditions are usually such as will give the circulation indicated by the arrows which prevents the system becoming fouled with poisonous gases by removing them as generated. Accordingly if a trap lose its Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,515 - 3,061 seal by any of the usual causes, only relatively pure air would enter the building due to the scavenging effect of the circulation from the fresh air inlet. In a properly designed system, there will hardly if ever be any “‘blow- back’”’ or discharge of air through the fresh air inlet, but for protection in case this happen, the fresh air inlet must, according to many of the health department laws, be at least 15 feet from any window or door. For the free flow of ventilating air the fresh air inlet pipe should be at Fic. 6,656.—Fresh air inlet pipe illustrating the circulation of fresh air through the system, entering at L, and discharging through ventilation pipe above roof at F, as indicated by the arrows. least as large as the house drain and should be free from a multiplicity of elbows. Use easy bends and as few as possible. The inlet end of the pipe should be protected by a U bend, or equivalent so that the inlet looks down to prevent any obstruction entering the pipe. Evidently the inlet should be at a suitable elevation above the ground so as to preclude snow shutting off the air supply. The length of the fresh air inlet pipe, as later explained, should not be less than the distance 3,062- 1,516 Sanitation: 2, Drainage from its junction with the house drain to the stack which it ventilates to avoid back puffs or discharge from the fresh air inlet. Vent Stacks.—In distinction from a ventilation stack, a vent stack is @ spectal line of pipe run parallel with the soil and waste siacks into which the branch vent or back air pipes from the fixture traps are connected. The object of the vent stack is to supply air to these back VENT STACK ae U LOOP ARRANGEMENT ARRANGEMENT SOIL SOIL STACK STAGK HOUSE HOUSE DRAIN DRAIN Fics. 6,657 to 6,659.—Various methods of connecting vent stacks. Fig. 6,667, direct to house drain; fig. 6,658, U arrangement or vent stack and house chain connection; fig. 6,659, loop ES ala The offset leg of loop is frequently used for soil, but this is not the best method. air pipes so as to prevent loss of seal in traps by syphonage and back pressure. | Figs. 6,657 to 6,659 show several methods of arranging the vent pipe. The various systems of venting as suggested by these arrangements are explained at length later in this chapter. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,517 - 3,063 Drains.—There are numerous drains other than the ones already described and which may be called clear water drains, as distinguished from those serving the soil and waste. These clear water drains carry off water from the leaders, area, safes, and subsoil. With exception of the subsoil drain they are protected from the soil and waste drainage gases by traps. Thus in fig. 6,660 the leader and area drains discharge into CAGE "a TANK LEADER PERFORATED GRATING AREA LEADER AND AREA DRAIN SE Bee HOUSE DRAIN (liye AREA DRAIN Sy SEAL TRAP Fic. 6,660.—Various clear water drains showing safe leader and area drains with their con- nection to house drain through leader trap with exception of the safe drain which is piped to discharge into kitchen sink. SECTION ON MS 2g, Ao [og = Tr ‘an \ do Fig. 6,661 side view; fig. 6,662, end sectional view. The illustrations show the open joints through which the drain water enters; the protection of these joints by layer of stone and connection of the drain with the house sewer. SV, \ (\,. HOUSE SEWE V1? AA tows | eA (( GROUND LINE yy \s M, HOUSE aa GELLAR FLOOR Te We yh Wey WA {] 77 in y 2 => FA = \\ \~ Fics. 6,666 and 6,667.—Hydraulic principles. 1. Fluids rise to the same level in the opposite arms of a Utube. Let ABC, bea recurved tube; if water be poured into one arm of the tube it will rise to the same height in the other arm because the pressure acting upon the lowest part at B, in opposite directions, is proportional to its depth below the surface of the fluid. Therefore, these depths must be equal, that is, the height of the two columns must be equal in order that the fluid at B, may be at rest. Unless this part be at rest, the other parts of the column cannot be at rest. Moreover, since the equilibrium depends on nothing else than the heights of the respective columns, therefore, the opposite columns may differ to any degree in quantity, shape, or inclination to the horizon. Thus, if vessels and tubes vary diversely in shape and capacity, as in fig. 6,667 and be connected witha reservoir, and water be poured into any one of them, it will rise to the same level in all. The reason for this will be further understood from the application of the principle of equal moments, for it will be seen that the velocity of the columns, when in motion, will’be as much greater in the smaller than in the larger columns, as the quantity of matter is less; and hence the opposite moments will be constantly equal. Hence, water conveyed in aqueducts or run- ning in natural channels, will rise just as high as its source. Between the place where the water of an aqueduct is delivered and the spring, the ground may rise into hills and descend into valleys, and the pipes which convey the water may follow all the undulations of the country, and the water will run freely, provided no pipe be laid higher than the spring. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,523 - 3,069 ¢ Finally with increasing pressure of the sewer gas, when the water surface B, recedes below the turn in the pipe at C, sewer gas will pass around this turn and being lighter than water will rise in the other leg L, and escape as shown in fig. 6,668. The illustration shows the sewer gas bubbling up through the water in column L, and escaping. 4S “OeS=| SEAL BROKEN SEWER GAS see HOUSE DRAIN PRESSURE FORCING TAS ae WATER INTO LEGL for "a Wy ioe Ne “yy ty Sy yh Ae Fic. 6,668.—Operation of S class trap. 2. Sewer gas escaping due to “loss of seal” caused by excess sewer gas pressure Over atmospheric pressure. This condition is possible when the drainage system is not ventilated or the vent is stopped up. Syphonage.—In order to understand the operation of traps in general, the student should first consider the principle of syphonage. The element of syphonage is a useful one in closet traps but undesirable in fixture traps, and as will be “sed IOMOS JO SdvdsSa 03 odid 9soO]D 0} YZnous OU St }eY} ‘eos UTe}o1 OF YSnous jou Ayjensn ‘uoydAs jo Suryveiq 19033e dex} ur Jurureusos Joye ‘py SuoydAs YeoIq pue J9jUs 0} Ie Surmoje *AytAvIs Aq usyo1q dey JO Zo] JUS Ur 103eM Jo UUINIOD prjos ‘Ey {Azran13 Aq dex Jo wi0}}0q 0} Youq Suiddo1ip pue Zuryeeiq sovjins pus ynq Joej 10yjO jo yno pauoydAs Zulog Jovem ‘4 sabpuoydfis pue wnjuawmom 0} onp dex} Jo NO ZUIMOZ [Is Joye ‘A}duie der} Jo Sa] suo pure [Mog ‘gq {no pue dex} ysno14} SuIMOP Joye [MOG ‘q ‘posseiduI0d Me Jo Snyjs ‘[Moq wo AyIAvIS Aq MOP 0} Suruurseq I9}eM ‘poAour -21 Jeddo}s ‘9 21938 M des} pue 1oddo}js usemJoq odid ul Ie Jo Snyjs SuLMoyYs ‘197eM Jo [NJ [Moq “gq ‘AYduIe [Mod YIM JozeM Jo [INF dei} Jo 0323s JeuLIOU SMOYS ‘yw °3Iy 4° de1} poyUsAUN UO aseuOYdAS jo paYyY ¢g “der, ssejo S Jo uotjeIedQ—9/9‘9 0} 699‘9 “SOI LNO YSLVM ONIOYNOS WOLNAWOW ANY SYUSHAISOW LY dO 3YNSSAud OVYEL Wd OL LNAIDNISANS LON \ 13371 YsSLVM YSLNA OL UIV ap GP\ONIMOTTY oS ALIAWYS } 30vsuNS re Was 30 Ad WOVE d3LVM: ™ $sot ONINNAY ONIVW ayuda ~ 937 NI ALIAWYS NaNO” UBLWM A NOHdIS x N tation xz @) ff LNO ee DNIMOTS dvyul ONIAV3I | YS LYM dVUL ~— YIVv | G3SS3udWOD 3,070 -1,524 Sani Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,525 - 3,071 later shown, provision must be made to prevent syphonage where undesirable. By definition, a syphon is @ bent pipe or tube with legs of unequal length, used for drawing liquid out of a vessel by causing at to rise within the tube, over the rim or top. The shorter leg is inserted in the vessel and the air exhausted from the longer leg, when the pressure of the atmosphere causes the liquid to fill Fic. 6,677.—The syphon. Let A BC, be a bent syphon, or tube, of which the leg A B, is | plunged into a vessel D E, containing water. If thesurface of the water be F G, the leg of the syphon, A B, will be filled with water as high as the surface, that is, up to H, the portion H BC, remaining fullofair. If, then the air be drawn off by suction through the aperture C, the liquid also will follow. And if the aperture C, be level with the surface of the water, the syphon, though full, will not discharge the water, but will remain full: so that, although it is contrary to nature for water to rise, it has risen so as to fill the tube ABC, and the water will remain in equilibrium, like the beams of a balance, the portion H B, being raised up high, and the. portion B C, suspended. But if the outer mouth of the syphon be lower than the surface F G, as at K, the water flows out, for the liquid in K B, being heavier, overpowers and draws the liquid B H toward it. The discharge, however, continues only until the surface of the water is on a level with the mouth K, when, for the same reason as before, the efflux ceases. But if the outer mouth of the tube be lower than K, as at L, the discharge continues until the surface of the water reaches the mouth A. é the tube and run out of the lower end. This flow depends upon the dif- ference in vertical height of the two columns of liquid, measured down- wards from the bend, and ceases when they become of equal height or when the level in the vessel has fallen to the bottom of the shorter leg. 3,072 - 1,526 Sanitation: 2, Drainage The operation of a syphon, known as syphonage, is shown in fig. 6,677, and the effect of syphonage in breaking the seal in figs. 6,669 to 6,676, From the explanation of syphonage is seen the necessity of providing means of overcoming its tendency to empty the trap whenever water is discharged from its fixture. Operation ef Drum Class Traps.—Fig. 6,678 shows an ele- SEWER GAS OUTLET PIPE APPARENT SEAL Fic. 6,678.—Operation of drum class trap 1: Normal condition of trap in shutting off sewer gas; the water is at the same level MS, in the two legs L and R, indicating that the sewer gas pressure in leg R, is the same as the pure air (atmospheric) pressure in leg L. The dis- tance EW, that the inlet pipe is submerged is no indication of the actua: seal of this class trap as explained in the text. mentary drum trap, one end connected to house drain or other part of the drainage system containing poisonous sewer gas. The inlet pipe projects through the top of the drum, ter- minating near the bottom. Normally the drum and inlet pipe 1,527 - 3,073 itation: 2, Drainage San ‘Suryeeds Ay}0L}s ‘st yeas 84} Petite} ATUPUIPIO SI JeYM JO ‘MA JojyeM Jo yidep oy} ‘9/99 *3y ul "des} S oY} JO ey} YIM poreduiod Jeas si jo SSOUDAT}IOYo OY} SI WNP oy} JO o1njeoj JUOIOYUI JURIOduT UY ‘ses JeMas Jo odeosa 94} SuTjUAAeId , JoyeM deI},, JO WMIP 9y} UI JeyeEM oY} Aq edid jayIno vy} wo Yo mys st edid yejur ey} snyy, ‘adid yofno 9y} Jo ‘s | ‘Jeag] ay) 07 dn mnyeMm ule}UOD “oinsseid ypeq Aq [Bes JO ssoj [B9‘9 °3y ‘dex pouon -lodoid [ 03 ¢ B& 40} [Bas 70NjI0 pue zuaivddp MOYS 089‘9 pue 649‘9 “ss ¢z ‘desz} ssepo winip jo uarye1edQ— 1g9‘9 01 619‘9 “SOL NaxvOYXg vas >y _~> seh a: bai ONISTY SVD YSM4 ONIdVvoSa SV9O YyaMAS Bee 8 ‘ “ Yi N BOWL a 6=WATER ml FLOWING WATER WATER AIR FROM DISCHARGED SY PHONED Na oe a LOSS OF TO TOP OUT OF BREAKING TRAP WATER OF TRAP INLET PIPE BY SYPHON 4 BTN Mii ih i \ Fics. 6,682 to 6,689.—Operation of drum class trap, 3: Effect of syphonage on unvented t! trap. Fig. A, shows normal state Of trap full of water, and bowl full before removing stopper; note air in inlet pipe between stopper and trap water level MS; B, stopper re- moved, water beginning to flow by gravity from bowl, compressing the air and forcing down trap water in inlet pipe; ©, compressed air discharging from leg L, through leg R and out; D, bowl water flowing through trap and out; E, bowl and inlet pipe empty to top of trap; F, the volume of water H (fig. E), is here shown (fig. F) syphoned from inlet pipe and re- presented by H, in the drum; the water H, having displaced a similar volume D, from the trap; G, the suction produced by the water discharging through the outlet pipe causes air to enter through pipe and break the seal; H, water remaining in trap after breaking of syphon; note the trap water has receded from its original level M,S, to m,s, corresponding to the loss D (fig. G), due to syphonage. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,529 - 3,075 only the apparent seal. True, if the water were evaporated out of the drum, the seal would be broken when the water level reached level W; however, owing to the comparatively large volume of .water in the drum, it will take longer to evaporate a depth EW, sufficiently to break the seal, than the same depth in an S trap having same size inlet. Accordingly the depth EW, of water in a drum trap, is no index of the actual seal and is therefore properly called the apparent seal as dis- tinguished from the actual seal. Considering further the seal of the drum trap, suppose the trap to be so proportioned that the volume D, of water in the annular space R, to bottom of inlet pipe be, say 3 times the volume H, of water in the leg L, as shown in fig. 6,679. Here the water level is the same in both legs L and R, which condition obtains when the pressure of the sewer gas is the same as that of the atmosphere. Now, with increasing pressure of the sewer gas the water will be forced downin R,and upinL. The water will rise in leg L, until the water level in R, recedes to the end of the inlet pipe or level W, when the height of the column of water E’W’ (fig. 6,680), in the inlet pipe will be four times. the original height EW (fig. 6,679). Accordingly it is seen that under conditions of back pressure, the actual seal E’,W’ is four times the apparent seal EW. Further, considering loss of seal by evaporation, there is nearly twice the amount of water to be evaporated in the drum trap (fig. 6,679) as in the S trap with same size inlet fig. 6,665. It should be noted that the considerable head E’W’, of actual seal in fig. 6,680, will correspond to a safe margin of back pressure over that. which would occur in any properly installed drainage system. If the pressure should increase more than shown in fig. 6,680, the water in the leg R. will be forced down lower than the end of the inlet pipe, and sewer gas will enter the inlet pipe and escape, breaking the seal as shown in fig. 6,681. It must be clear that an inherent feature of the drum trap is that in construction the diameter of leg R, may be made as many times larger than that of leg L, giving an actual seal as deep as desired. The operation of an unvented drum trap is shown progres- sively in figs. 6,682 to 6,689. Studying the action of this Scan donee stp 3,076- 1,530 Sanitation: 2, Drainage es class of trap as here illustrated, it will be noted that there is very little loss of trap water by syphonage during fixture dis- charge and that it is practically impossible to syphon enough water to cause loss of seal. A disadvantage of this form of drum trap just considered is that it has an internal leg or partition, the condition of which cannot be determined, and evidently if a hole be worn or corroded through the internal leg, it would form a passage for the escape of sewer gas without means of de- tection, as shown in fig. 6,690. To overcome this, the leg is put on the ~ ye \* “os INTERNAL EXTERNAL 7 | \LEG LEG i ESCAPE OF SEWER GAS NO oe WARNING LEAK - WARNING Fics. 6,690 and 6,691.—Internal and external leg drum traps. In case of defect, there is no warning of escape of sewer gas with internal leg, whereas any defect in an external leg is announced by leakage. outside as in fig. 6,691. In this case, if a hole be worn in the leg, it would become known by leakage. Operation of Syphon and Non-Syphon Traps.—Traps which are liable to lose their seal by self-syphonage are those of the S class; these are sometimes called syphon traps in dis- tinction from the so-called non-syphon traps or those of the drum class which cannot lose enough water to destroy the seal by self-syphonage. Here, it should be noted, that the itation: 2, Drainage San 1,531 - 3,077 TRS dee SS ta §Q>) SS n aby fe Tale} aS Sell act Ue ei) Vek ab) Se} Yo} felt! SSS esSgsssSsscac BIS Seat eB ugyese 2 S g Biel (58), ea Co Clee omy ort a5) O Den eo Ge oes Fe eee Pee pe ee ee aOSss & SS LSeors Os esac fo at ny. beer oe Se eS Se ere een) soe ¢B ow 8 ae ee eM ee Sr SS fie) Ons OS Bw) Ge Shcae a oi pes ‘= SS So oS .& Og aa 6s 8 a oO TA a) oe S . o) w = POM QA VES SregS & oes 8/072 eee AO. in CO Or 2 gir 7 BR a) G8 Ss Zea ae a s 2. RO elo) Y Re S x ws q ) a, & No! Sang eon se GH fo} D> fs aw PS o a fe} pel do OS w s S Ss Sie Se) Om 8 u& _— 45 ors Wares. oo STO Bat) 3 aac Wee a6 s eS 0.6 S.-S iS -2 Res > o> & a Goes Oe i Se OD ee SD 2 ey Ee oO a Sto es TS ES Seog PENS ONO se ip “Oa = op “dei uoydAs-uou v poyjeo st dex} winip ayy ‘des Ss oy} yy paredutoo se Tews Aaa Buleq siy.[, *eseuoydAs-jjas 0} onp ssoy oY} Buleq ‘JT 0} ‘S‘PAT WO JOAgy UI [ej oy, “wp pue ‘y ut sjaAoq] oy} 921 -jenba 10 ‘y 82] [[Y 0} wINIpP oy} WOIJ Use} Jo}BM JO OUNIOA 9} 0} oNp Bure ‘JaAe] JO SULIOMOT SIT, “SIA [PAV] TBWIOU oY} UeYy JMO ‘fT UOTPeAVjo OURS }e oq [ILA ATJUSPIAO SIq} pUe ‘UINIp oY} UI SB OUILS 9} SI ‘YY UT [aAg] 19}! OY} [IJUN ‘g6g‘9 - SY ur UMOYsS se “Y So] OJUI YOR MOV [IM wNIp oy} Ul Burureussr JoyeM 9y} Jo Jed ‘adid ojseM oy} OFUT JNO UMIp st ‘ST JOA] TeUIOU VAOgE JoyEM oY} [][e “Un}UsuIOU pue uoYdAs oY} Jo Suryeoiq [enpeis oO} onp yey} ‘Burummssy -uoydAs oy} syRoiq YoY Ie Ul MeIp TIM uorjoNS oY} “FP [PAI] 0} porjduro ‘st yey ‘(Z69‘9 BY) Y Ba] JoyTUL oy} JO 4NO SI 107eM oY} Se MOOS se ‘de1} UOYdAS-UOU B Jo o31eYD “SIP 94} Ul “poeds o[qeiepisuod 72 SUIAOU JUALIND OBIVYOSIp oY} Jo wnjuawou sy} Aq poyUoWENe st Paya oy} ‘Teas B soNpoid 07 dei} 94} Ul Jo}2@M YZnous jou soultjowlos Zuravg] odid 9}seM oY} OFUL 9INIXY oY} WI poBeyosip JoyeM oy} Te Ayfeorjowid yons 0} ‘st der} uoydAs 10 ‘Ss Ue UO asnuoydas-fjas Jo YOaya oy, *sdes} uoydAs-uou pue uoydAs jo uosiredwi0og—' F69‘9 01 Z69‘9 “SOI NOHdAS VAAAT AYSAODSY ONIMVINE YIV t 7 WOLNSWOW ONY NOILONS Y AG SOVNOHGAS ATES NOHdAS (aartv> 0s) NOHdAS-NON SJOVNOHAAS JT3S~ Aa SSO1 3,078- 1,532 Sanitation: 2, Drainage other foreign matter which would interfere with its proper working. To prevent lodgement of foreign rnatter, the construction of the trap should be such that the discharge current will sweep over the entire internal surface of the trap, as in the S trap, or the centrifugal type (tangentially connected) drum trap as shown in figs. 6,695 and 6,696. WHIRLING MOTION BY Ss EL F Ss CO UR | N G CENTRIFUGAL FORCE GREASE, LINT, ETC. EJECTED BY, DISCHARGE CURRENT eH) fi TANGENTIAL CONNECTIONS’ ’ Fics. 6,695 and 6,696.—Self-scouring principle in traps: The discharge water should sweep over the entire internal surface. In fiz. 6,695, the S trap, fulfills this condition by directing the flow through a bent pipe of constant cross section producing the maximum scouring effect. The drum trap, fig. 6,696, is rendered self-scouring by connecting the inlet and outlet pipes tangentially, introducing centrifugal force which causes the current to flow with whirling motion sweeping the interior surface of the drum as it ascends to the outlet. Operation of Mechanical Traps.—Typical mechanical traps — are those provided with a ball to form an additional or me- chanical seal for the trap. The ball in some is heavier than the water, and in others, ae giving two classes of mechanical trap which may be called: S Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,533 - 3,079 1. Gravity. 2. Buoyancy. as shown in figs. 6,697 and 6,698. The gravity class as seen has a ball heavier than water, so that it tends to sink. The inlet entering through the bottom and the outlet at the side. After each discharge of the fixture the ball falls to its seat on the opening formed by the inlet at the bottom. MECHAN ICAL WATER SEAL if iH BALL HEAVY GRAVITY BALL Fics. 6,697 and 6,698.—Gravity and buoyancy types of mechanical trap. When no discharge is taking place, the gravity ball (fig. 6,697) being heavzer than water sinks by gravity and seats itself over the inlet opening; similarly the buoyancy ball (fig. 6,698) being lighter than water rises and seats itself under the inlet opening, thus, in both cases, forming a mechanical seal which renders the trap more resistive to loss of seal by syphonage or evaporation. This trap is intended to be effective against syhponage by means of the ball covering the outlet when a partial vacuum is formed in the waste pipe, and to be effective against back pressure by the ball covering the inlet to the trap. The buoyancy class has a ball lighter than water, so that it tends to float. It is so constructed that the ball rises and covers the inlet of the trap after each discharge. Mechanical traps, although they give a very effective seal under abnormal pressure conditions, cannot be depended upon, be- cause they are not self-scouring, resulting in the accumulation of filth, which soon destroys the mechanical seal. 3,080 - 1,534 Sanitation: 2, Drainage DISCHARGE FROM FIXTURE BALL LIFTED ==} FROM SEAT MMA BY DISCHARGE CURRENT BALL PUSHED ||| DOWN FROM SEAT BY DISCHARGE CURRENT Fics. 6,699 and 6,700.—Behaviour of gravity and buoyancy types of mechanical trap during discharge from fixture. Observe, heavy ball (fig. 6,699) is forced up and light ball (fig. 6,700) forced down by discharge current from fixture. REGULAR SEAL EXCESS Fics. 6.701 and 6,702.—-Comparsion of ordinary and deep seal S traps. Note in fig. 6,702, excess depth of seal available to meet abnormal conditions. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,535 - 3,081 Figs. 6,699 and 6,700 show the operation of gravity and buoyancy mechanical traps during discharge from fixture. Operation of Deep Seal Traps.—The ordinary depth of seal is sufficient for traps that are not subjected to any unusual conditions such as undue back pressure, or long periods of non-use. A comparison of the ordinary and deep seal trap is shown in figs. 6,701 and 6,702; here, the excess or reserve ye% eA : D SEWER ae AVAILABLE iL GAS Me BACK PRESSURE : ESCAPING But I i fifi mi AVAILABLE a BACK PRESSURE oak HEAD - Fics 6,703 and 6,704.—Operation of ordinary and deep seal traps when subjected to undue back pressure. In the ordinary seal trap, (fig. 6,703) undue back pressure will force ail water out of leg L, into leg R, to elevation m s, destroying the seal, thus allowing sewer gas toescape. In the deep seal trap (fig. 6,704) the same amount of back pressure will force some of the water out of leg L into leg R, leaving a margin of seal as E W, preventing escape of sewer gas. Comparing the two traps it is evident that a seal H’ D’, much larger than H D, is available as a back pressure head to prevent the escape of sewer gas. depth of seal of the deep seal trap to meet abnormal condi- tions is plainly shown. This reserve depth is desirable where there is liable to be undue back pressure as in figs. 6,703 and 6,704, or long periods of non-use as in figs. 6,705 and 6,706. Operation of Grease Traps.—More or less grease is discharged 3,082 - 1,536 Sanitation: 2, Drainage wy SEWER GAS DEEP SEAL J ESCAPING MARGIN Fics. 6,705 and 6,706.—Operation of ordinary and deep seal traps when subjected to long periods of non-use. This is a case of loss of seal by evaporation and evidently since the deep seal trap holds more water than the ordinary trap, it will take longer to evaporate the water out of the deep seal trap, than out of the other. The illustrations show, loss of seal in the ordinary trap by evaporation, and a good margin of seal depth remaining in the deep seal trap after an equal amount of evaporation showing that a deep seal trap should be used when liable to be subjected to long periods of non-use. LARGE AREA FOR EVAPORATION SEDIMENT LODGES HERE EDIMENT Fic. 6,707.—Old fashioned bell trap for sink. It is liable to become choked by sediment lodging in the bottom and soon looses its seal by evaporation. This tybe of trap should not be used. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,537 - 3,083 through the waste from the kitchen sink, and to protect the drainage system from the accumulation of congealed grease adhering to the pipe walls a grease trap is provided. The principle upon which a grease trap operates is that con- tact with cold surfaces causes warm or fluid grease to separate from the liquid by congealing. Accordingly, the first requisite in construction is that the walls of the grease trap be cold. This is obtained most efficiently by providing a water jacket so that H 2 ine Fic. 6,708.—Refrigerator trap located on discharge end of drip pipe from ice chamber. The | object of this trap is to prevent warm air entering through the drip pipe; it also serves to keep out insects, etc. the entire trap with exception of the top is surrounded by running cold water. The water pipe supplying the kitchen sink is connected at the inlet and outlet ends of the water jacket, thus cold water flows over the trap surfaces every time water is drawn at the sink. There is a baffle or par- tition wall across the center of the trap to prevent the waste entering the trap, short circuiting to the outlet and carrying the grease with it. These requirements are shown in figs. 6,709 to 6,711. A water jacketed trap is called a ‘‘chilling trap’. Operation of Closet Traps.—In the development of the water 3,084 - 1,538 Sanitation: 2, Drainage closet a great multiplicity of types have been introduced. Of the survivors, and with respect to the trap action, closets may be classed as: WASTE INLET PLAN WATER WATER INLET aS) (QU eee me | PARTITION | WATER INLET ee SECTION THROUGH MS Fics. 6,709 to 6,711 .—Water jacketted grease trap. The arrows in figs. 6,709 and 6,710 show circulation of the cooling water, first traversing the bottom, then the partition and lastly, the side walls. In operation, cooling water enters at H, and leaves at D, thus keeping all surfaces.cool. Water from sink carrying melted grease enters at L. and striking the cold eduray SUPA ttyl Note—Fic. 6,711 on next page Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,539 - 3,085 1. Hopper. 2. Wash out. 3. Syphon. 4, Syphon jet. oO. Pneumatic syphon. 6. Semi-pneumatic syphon. The wash down or hopper closet has a conical bowl, as shown in fig. 6,712, which is attached to a trap of any desired form. For outdoor use, where there is danger of the trap freezing, the hopper may be long as shown in fig. 6,713. Short hoppers are fitted with a flushing tank overhead, long hoppers with a valve below frost line. In the washout closet, as shown in fig. 6,714, there is a pan or dish containing a shallow puddle of water to receive the excreta. CONGEALED GREASE PARTITION SEMI- CLEAR =] LIQUID ELEVATION WASTE i S| wane INLET ea JE =] OUTLET SECTION THROUGH LF Fic. 6,711 Fics. 6,709 to 6,711—Text Continued. walls causes the grease to congeal, the latter being lighter than the water rises and floats. Th® water flows over the partition and down to the outlet F, most of the grease being held in the first compartment by the partition. From time to time the cover is removed and the con- gealed grease skimmed off. 3,086-1,540 Sanitation: 2, Drainage 42 WATER SUPPLY VALVE HANDLE SHORT HOPPER LONG HOPPER | | | GROUND LINE | | | | FROST LINE | | DRAIN | == ===} PIPE "| 2a | — ———— Se, ——=EL A = — =_— ae Ics =. = WATER SUPPLY BD Fics. 6,712 and 6,713.—Short and long hopper closets. Eachis provided with a flushing rim to evenly distribute the flush water so that the entire hopper surface will be scoured. In the short hopper type (fig. 6,712), the trap is connected close to the bowl. For anti- freezing service a long hopper is provided set so that the trap will be below the frost line as shown in fig. 6,713. The flush water is controlled by the valve which has alongstem. After flushing, the water in the supply pipe will drain down to the trap water level through the small drain pipe. This not only drains the supply pipe but insures ample trap water after flushing. NOTE.—Wherever there is a systematically organized and well conducted board of health, it has been well suggested that their duties should include some power of veto upon the right of building houses upon unwholesome sites. All scavenging and disinfecting must, in order to be effective, be thorough and systematic—which conditions can only be secured by the most careful public direction and supervision. —Waring. NOTE.—The drainage question is essentially a question of health and life. Dr. George Derby stated the whole case when he said ‘The well are made sick and the sick are made worse for the simple lack of God’s pure air and pure water.’’ Air is infected and water is tainted, not only by defects in the public works, but quite as often and quite as dangerously by imper- fections in household arrangements.—Gray. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,541 - 3,087 The puddle of water is to prevent the excreta adhering to the dish. i In operation, when the flush is applied, it ‘‘washes out” (hence the name) hl | the excreta over the edge of the dish into the trap and soil. A disad- s vantage of this closet is that the seal S, cannot be of full depth because the | excreta, paper, etc., will require a larger and more forcible flush than avail- able for proper ejectment. | Another point in design is that the depth of puddle P, should not be WASH OUT FLUSH DISH Fic. 6,714.—Wash out closet. In operation, the flushing water is distributed by the flushing, run through either an annular slot, or perforations to evenly distribute the flush. The flush in some types is restricted to the sluice A, but an improvement consists in extending a run all around as indicated in dotted lines so that the entire bowl surface is scoured. In any case a sluice getting an extra wash across the disk is necessary to sweep the excreta over the edge. {| After discharge through the trap, the water in the pipe from a high tank connection insures iN filling the trap. Low down tanks are constructed to give an after fill for the same purpose. Wi more than 134 ins., otherwise the flush water may pass under the solid excreta and fail to carry it over the edge of the dish; if made less than 114 ins. deep the excreta may adhere to the dish. | | Figs. 6,715 to 6,718 show the syphon closet and its various : modifications. | | 3,088 - 1,542 Sanitation: 2, Drainage The distinguishing feature of this class is the strong syphonage secured partly by the crooked outlet and the several jet arrangements. The pneumatic syphon closet has two traps, as shown in fig. 6,719. In operation, the flushing water when started, surrounds the conical upper end of the air pipe, forming part of the exhaustion. The water li WASH DOWN IL SYPHON rg) || SYPHON cuss | RIM S Se naa AN \ MI nh — —— — Ny CROOKED QUTLET Fic. 6,715.—Syphon closet. In operation, the flushing rim distributes the flush water. In flushing the trap water is forced into the soil pipe causing a partial vacuum which syphons off the contents of the bowl. The crooked outlet breaks up the discharge and increases the strength of the syphonage. Fic. 6,716.—Wash down syphon closet. This is the same as the syphon closet with exception of the wash down opening supplied with water by connecting with the flushing ring as shown. In operation, a strong stream of water, in addition to that discharged through the flushing ring, ““washes down” the contents of the bowl and helps to make the syphonage more ener getic. The crooked outlet breaks up the discharge and increases the strength of the syphon- age. flowing through the exhauster draws air out of the space between the two traps, causing the latter to fill with water, the initial condition for start- ing a strong syphonic action. When the water supply is shut off, air enters exhauster and air pipe, admitting air between the two traps, thus break- ing the syphon. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,543 - 3,089 | ; | The semi-pneumatic is a combination of the pneumatic and fi) syphon jet principles. | In operation, the flush water divides immediately after entering the nn | bowl, part going to the syphon jet and part to the flush rim, as usually ih arpanged, except that the part of the water which operates the jet passes Wh, through a contracted nozzle. This nozzle has a trap to prevent air get- ting into the flush pipe or rim of the closet from the space between the two | | | , COMBINED WASHDOWN Anbd JET SYPHON iii Fic. 6,717.—Jet syphon closet. In addition to the usual flushing rim, there is a small hole at: the bottom of the bowl pointing toward the trap, and is connected with the flushing rim as shown. In operation, the flushing water is evenly distributed around the bowl by the WA flushing rim; at the same time, a stream or jet of water flows out of the small hole and forces ; its way through the trap water in a jet carrying part of the trap water with it into the soil: pipe, there forming a partial vacuum which syphons the contents of the bowl into the soik pipe. Thecrooked outlet breaks up the discharge and increases the strength of the syphonage. Fic. 6,718.—Combined wash down and jet syphon closet. This closet as shown has wash down and jet openings W and J, both receiving their water by connection with the flushing ring. In operation, water issuing through hole W, washes down the contents of the bowl ; and that through J, quickly starts and augments the strength of the syphonage. traps. The trap helps to spray the water as it issues from the injection nozzle, by which action the fouled air between the traps is exhausted with the water into the soil pipe. Loss of Seal.—A trouble frequently encountered with traps is the disappearance of the trap water which renders the trap 3,090 - 1,544 Sanitation: 2, Drainage re ee ee eee inoperative, allowing the sewer gas to escape; this is known as “loss of seal.’”’ The seal may be broken in several ways, as by: 1. Evaporation. 2. Capillary attraction. 3. Back pressure. 4. Oscillation. EXHAUSTER FLUSH RIM AIR PIPE FIRST TRAP SECOND TRAP Fic. 6,719.—Pneumatic closet. Its essential feature comprises two traps with an exhauster connected between traps as shown. 5. Syphonage. 6. Momentum. 7. Asperation. NOTE.—The various items of the work of draining the house concern both the architect and engineer. The latter, inso far as it relates to the admission into the public works of sewerage of the liquid refuse of the house, and the making of the necessary provisions to prevent any injury being done to the public interest by reason of careless or improper connection or the admission of improper substances; the former from the still more important considerations connected with the proper arrangement of the house as a domicile for human beings. ri oD oe 0 | 19 w+ a 1 Sanitation: 2, Drainage “UOI}IPUOD [eUuLIOU ‘4 fysNy Jo pus “q ‘ponuruos ysny ‘q ‘penurjyuos ysny ‘5 ‘surseq ysny ‘g ‘Surysny sJojeq ‘yw JosojD 9eUINOU Jo UOIJeIIdQ— GZ1‘9 03 OZL‘9 “SOI SdVYL HONOYHL BOW1d ONINVL ANUVHOSIG NOHdGAS ‘WaLSNVHXA YALSNVHXA HONOYHL -HONOMHL \ yov"a NIMBLNA XIV je SE Hc ONIHSNY A@ NSNOUG i dV, NOHdAS [a NOLLIGNOD }7 4 GaNNILNOO | “IWAYON JO Na Hsn4 | G YSLYM dVY¥l GNOD3S_ HLIM G3aT13 he ctieg een a tS ___ svat isan, EB ~~ sos NN TUHIEREARERACRONN N! ONISTH z Sos |: wry EAI YSLVM dVUL 3 Al | Sade GANNILNOO 5 NNS3e if kweae | ONIHSNT4 Hsnt4 {| 9S HSN14 uy auodae || V TI EIT I ity] \ Wa add Fics. 6,726 to 6,733.—Various types of closet A, hopper; B, washdown; ©, syphon; D, wash down syphon; E, jet syphon; F, combination wash down and jet syphon; G, pneumatic; H, semi-pneumatic. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,547 - 3,093 Evaporation.—When a trap is not in use for a long period, the water gradually evaporates, resulting finally in loss of seal as shown in figs. 6, (34 and 6, 7357 Capillary Attraction.—By definition this is a@ manifestation of surface tension observed in all liquids. In fine tubes and bores, the surface tension is sufficient to balance a small column of liquid maintaining it at a level above the outside: In a trap any accumulation of lint, hair, or a string over the crown of a trap as in fig. 6,737 will act similarly and carry off the trap water. , P. % oF) Low LEVEL BY NORMAL LEVEL i741 EVAPORATION | | | \ tity til By | | EVA SEAL BROKEN Te Fics. 6,734 and 6,735.—Loss of seal: 1, By evaporation. @ Back Pressure.—lf the sewer be unvented or improperly vented, under some conditions gas will be generated therein, which will produce a back pressure in the drainage pipes, in some cases: sufficient to force the trap water'down in one leg far enough to break the seal and allow the gas to excape as in fig. 6,739. Oscillation.—This generally occurs in high buildings having a long soil, waste and vent stacks. When puffs of wind blow down through the ventilation, pipe, there is a tendency to force the seal of the traps back towards the fixtures as in fig. 6,740, followed by wind. conditions which the next instant may produce a partial vacuum in the system, drawing the trap water back and causing some of it to spill over the crown as in fig. 6,741. If these> conditions continue, giving rise to alternate excess NORMAL LEVEL 3,094-1,548 Sanitation: 2, Drainage | ||! ' t \ j | 1 ’ | | I dt it I | 2 CAPILLARY ATTRACTION Xe) PRESSURE Fics. 6,736 and 6,737.—Loss of seal: hanging over leg and into waste pipe. NORMAL LEVEL pressure and vacuum with attending “oscillations” of the trap water, enough will eventually be lost to break the seal, as in fig. 6,742. ve CAPILLARY alee ACTION 2. By capillary attraction. In Fig. 6,737 note string OVER ATT BROKEN EXCESS BACK PRESSURE: PUSHING. WATER OOWN IN LEG 095 -3 549 2, Drainage 1, itation San "1PL‘9 °3Y UL se odeosa 07 sed JOMaS oy} SuLMOTTe pue des) oy} BuIA}duIe AyoIT}UA ‘QF 1‘9 °*3 Ul SB UMOIO dy} JOAO Jo}eM OY} [Te ATED OF qualygns eq aseo oWel}xe ue Ul ABU Jo}yeM JO UUINJOD SUIAOUI 94} JO WNUeWIOU ay} PUB poUle}}e St aSieypsip jo AOojea YSIy B UNI [edTVJeA BuO] BI}xe Ue SLY odid as1eyosip 24} Us \A—"*wnzUuawMoyy ‘Teas B ULOJ 0} JUSTOYNS }OU st ‘PPL‘9 “Sy Ul UMOYS Se ‘sgUIIJOUIOS SIq} pue ‘yoeq [ey ACU yey ydaoxa Joye Aue Noy des} oy} SULARET ‘gdid 9}SBA\ OY} OFUT UMOID oY} JAAO JoyeM Jo APO I9SIL] ay} MOTJOJ PUL JoTINO sq} 0} asl 0} de} oY} Ul JozyeM Vy} BSNBD 0} SpUe} YoryM ‘opis Je[UL oy} UO UeY? dex ay} Jo apis JepNo oy} UO JoyeeIs YONU AyBurpso0so8 SI J97eM JO PYSIomM oy], “des oy} Moped soue} -sip otos Joy odid 93sem pue des} o11jU9 ay} S][Y JoyeM oY} aZ1eyosip oinjxy SsuLMmg—‘asnuoydfig suo1nyi9so Kg °F 2109S JO 88OT—ZPL‘9 OF OVL'O “SOA NOLLWITIDSO AG | NOILVTIOSO YSLVM dVut JO SSOT aYNSS3Yd SS39%K3 VAAAT WWYON 5 SYPHONAGE WATER BEING CARRIED ‘ QUT OF TRAP BY SYPHONAGE WATER — IN TRAP [7 BY BACK FLOW Fics. 6,743 and 6,744.—Loss of Seal: 5. By syphonage. wr” SEAL | BROKEN ALL WATER CARRIED OUT © MOMENTUM} ||| oF TRAP By MOMENTUM LONG i HIGH WASTE PIPE VELOCITY OF DISCHARGE Fics. 6,745 to 6,747.—Loss of Seal: 6. By momentum. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,551 - 3,097 Aspiration. —By definition the term aspiration means the drawing in of air. A trap can lose its seal by aspiration, on the discharge of a trap located above and connected to the same stack as in fig. 6,748. As here shown, the discharge in the form of a solid “‘plug’’ of water is passing down the stack and creating a partial vacuum behind it. As it passes the lower trap the water in this trap flows out into the vacuum as in fig. 6,749, thus breaking the seal and in extreme cases emptying the trap as in fig. 6,750. Venting.—A proper system of venting must be provided to allow the free passage of waste from the fixtures, otherwise ‘PARTIAL PLUG OF WATER VACUUM DISCHARGED FROM UPPER TRAP SEAL WATER BEING BROKEN SIPHONED OUT OF LOWER TRAP Fics. 6,748 to 6,750.—Loss of Seal: 7. By aspiration. 3,098 - 1,552 Sanitation: 2, Drainage the drainage system would become air bound, which would check the movement of the waste. The venting system con- sists of: 1. Ventilation stack. 2. Fresh air inlet. 3. Trap vents. The ventilation stack and fresh air inlet have already been explained. The additional illustration, fig. 6,751, will show the relation of these vents and ascending ventilating current VENTILATION INCREASER FRESH AIR INLET wes x NRL RON AW —=___. Fic. 6,751.—Main vents of ventilation system showing ventilation stack and fresh air inlet with normal ventilating fresh air current indicated by arrows. of fresh air which occurs under favorable conditions, simiiar to draught inachimney. This is intended to prevent the accu- mulation of sewer gas in the system. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,553 - 3,099 Of course at times the current may reverse and foul air flow- ing off through the fresh air inlet; because of this possibility the fresh air inlet must be located and constructed in accordance with regulations to prevent danger to the occupants of the building. To prevent the loss of seal by syphonage, back pressure, etc., traps should be vented. This is done by connecting a vent pipe to each trap so that air may be admitted and thus destroy any vacuum due to syphonage.. The vent pipe is connected at various points; fig 6,752 shows it connected at the crown but this is not the best location. AIR COMING IN THROUGH VENT TO fl BREAK VACUUM DISCHARGE FROM FIXTURE NORMAL CONDITION DISCHARGE Fics. 6,752 to 6,754.—Trap with vent pipe connected to crown illustrating the principle of vent- ing in preventing syphonage. In operation, as soon as the discharge has passed out of the leg L; of the trap (fig. 6,753), the tendency in an unvented trap would be to syphon the water out of leg R, but at the instant here depicted, air rushes in through the vent pipe as indicated by the arrows and breaks the vacuum, allowing the water in R. to fall back and re-establish the seal as in fig.6,754. While theoretically the proper point for connecting the vent is at the crown of the trap, it has the objection of bringing fresh air directly upon the seal of the trap, which accelerates evaporation. By connecting the vent a little to the side of the crown as shown in figs. 6,755 and 6,756, the © . evaporation is less rapid. é 3,100- 1,554 Sanitation: 2, Drainage ee The method of venting just shown in figs. 6,752 to 6,754 ig called crown venting as distinguished from a better method known as continuous venting. Fics. 6,755 and 6,756.—Vent offset to side of crown to reduce rate of evaporation. VENT. SOIL STACK VENT STACK Fic. 6,757.—Continuous venting showing waste fitting, vent and soil stacks and connections. Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,555 - 3,101 In general, continuous venting consists im connecting the outlet of the trap into a waste fitting located in such a manner that a vent pipe may be connected into the top of the same fitting as shown in fig. 6,757. The advantage of continuous venting over crown venting is the less danger of the vent connection becoming fouled with grease, lint, etc. The supply of air being brought in less directly on the trap tends to lessen the rate of evaporation. In continuous venting the outlet for the trap should be run nearly horizontally into the waste fitting. VENT ee ee ee ee ee ene a a aoe ene en Se aes ae Se eee ae ae ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ed —— se we eae ene sess $ 1 To a) [=f = =ez » Foe | eT) { BATTERY OF FIXTURES || soit! STAG COMMON DRAIN Fic. 6,758.—Circuit venting for a line of fixtures whose traps discharge into a common drain. It consists of an extension of the horizontal line of soil pipe and the connection of this extension into the main vent stack at a point above the fixture traps served by the extension. This thoroughly ventilates the extension and protects the traps against syphonage. A method of venting called circuit venting is used to take care of a battery of fixtures discharging into a common drain line as shown in fig. 6,758. The circuit system is used chiefly for water closets. In this system the vent and soil stacks are usually at opposite ends of the line of closets. When both stacks are at the same end of the horizontal drain, the latter is extended as in circuit venting and then raised vertically to a point above the fixtures, then horizontally over the entire line and into the main vent. This is indicated by the dotted lines in fig. 6,758. tation: 2, Drainage I San 3,102 --1,556 “qoyUr Ite Ysory YSrO1Y} pozWIPeE ySe}s USA UT 4UDIMS ITE Ysory preMdn TeuLIOU SUIeIp OSnOY UI sBr1eYdSsIp ‘Z9)/‘9 -3By ‘smosIe P2770P Aq peyeoIpul Se payxday9 3nq Yoe}s YUSA UI PosIdAeI JOU USM) 1e ‘uleIp ssnoy pue yes JUBA SurIe}US ss1eYsIp ‘[97‘9 “BY ‘SYOe}S [IOS pue JUBA UI SurAjoAeI pur ‘41 Jo JuOI UT yUeTMD ive Zurysnd odid jios Surpusssep aSr1eypsip ‘997,‘9 “By fy ye JIA 4q uexo1q oseuoydAs pue ‘dex Zuravoy esieyosip ‘6G2‘9 “Shy -uoressdo SUIMOYS Wayshs ZutU2A doo J—zo/‘9 0} 6G2‘9 “Sony ——’ T AIAVHISIG S9IYVHISIC EE eae ae WRN ens wel RE Sanitation: 2, Drainage 1,557 - 3,103 a ee eeer eee eet The loop method of venting is designed to avoid the ten- dency to “puffing” under the action of fixture discharge. Instead, however, of reversing the general air circuit and drawing air from the roof to fill the void, the roof current in the vent stack from the loop connection up, is merely checked, more or less and the air already rising in the loop turns down the soil stack and fills the void. OFFSET FOULING Fics. 6,763 and 6,764.—Crown and offset connection of vent. In fig. 6,763 a sudden dis- charge of water will drive up into the vent carrying with it any foreign matter as grease, lint, etc., tending to choke the vent, whereas with offset connection as in fig. 6,764, the cur- rent of water does not tend to enter the vent. The action of the loop method of venting is shown progres- sively in figs. 6,759 to 6,762. Fig. 6,759 shows the loop consisting of the main vent stack and a length of vertical soil pipe alongside, connected as shown. With the loop system, when a discharge takes place from 3,104- 1,558 Sanitation: 2, Drainage the fixture, air is pushed in front of the discharge down the soil pipe with the same tendency to a vacuum behind the dis- charge. nanan SEE Ge Ep OL RE NS oS re gine nt ML SORE ee Sanitation: 3, Sewage Disposal 1,559 - 3,105 CHAPTER 114 3. Sewage Disposal on By definition ‘‘sewage’’ 7s the waste matter carried off in sewers; drainage water together with the solid refuse conveyed in it. The carrying off and disposal of sewage are the major prob- lems in plumbing and the most important because upon the design and installation of that part of the plumbing which has to do with the sewage depends the health of the occupants of the building and frequently the community as well. Having provided a proper drainage system for conveying sewage out of a building, it must be disposed of in some way ‘such as will not endanger the health of those living in the vicinity. There is a multiplicity of methods for sewage disposal, the choice being governed by local conditions, cost, etc. Broadly, sewage disposal includes: 1, Ejectment, 2. Distribution, 3. Purification. Sewage may be ejected or conveyed from the building to the point where it is distributed or pumped either by: 1. Gravity, or 2. Mechanical means. 3,106- 1,560 Sanitation: 3,Sewage Disposal The most common method is the simple flow by gravity through an inclined sewer to the nearest river or body of water where distribution takes place, the sewage becoming so diluted by mixing with the large body of water that it is rendered harmless. This is shown in fig. 6,765. Where the house drain is below the sewer level, mechanical means is employed to elevate the sewage so it will flow into the sewer, as shown in fig. 6,766, This is common in large city buildings having sub-cellars. Purification Methods.—In the absence of the natural method ) wee ag ove G&S oe ‘ ae RE z. ‘ S, be: 5 gx "GROUND" LINES s 2”! DUE SAM NEA HOUSE SEWER EAS GRAVITY FLOW POINT OF DISTRIBUT Fic. 6,765.—Ejectment of sewage by gravity as by inclined house sewer. The illustration also shows the distribution of sewage by mixing with arunning stream. Here no attempt is made to purify the sewage before distribution. Such a method should not be employed unless the quantity of water available be proportionately very considerable. In fact, in some districts ia saish local ordinances against discharging sewage into rivers even when cesspools are employed. of getting rid of sewage by public sewer emptying into a running stream or large body of water, various methods are employed to render the sewage harmless, as by the use of: 1. Cesspool. Sanitation: 3,Sewage Disposal 1,561 - 3,107 a. Leaching. b. Water tight. c. Combined tight and leaching. Septic tank. Mechanical filter. Surface filtration (irrigation). Sub-surface filtration. a. Filter bed. b. Absorption trench. 1 W bo AWN = SIDEWALK STREET an / Y ony Wh G an \\w } “" Wis Way sat \ tt ot 97 “ZY € . Aqiers = is 7 eT lage J mie ciltan Wi, Wa cigar tg . LE ele See oie a : Hi. a ramets Eee) ae Way - Sa ANE oe : : ex Vice eh (AIS CANW7/Z Mee, Ee EE a a Sg : % v) by e i \ RECEIVER .; / = PUBLIC Ecce meee | MECHANICAL ale: ORAIN MEANS LEVEL OF HOUSE DRAIN Ey BELOW SEWER LEVEL Fic. 6,766.—Ejectment of sewage by mechanical means. Evidently, where the house drain is below the level of the sewer or point of distribution, means must be provided for elevating the sewage to the level of the discharge point. In such case the house drain discharges into a receiver from which the sewage is elevated by a pump operated by a steam engine, electric motor or gas engine. 6. Chemical precipitation. Cesspools.—By definition, a cesspool is @ covered pit for the reception of filth from drains, sinks, etc. 3,108 - 1,562 Sanitation: 3, Sewage Disposal A leaching cesspool is merely a hole in the ground, usually circular, and deeper than its diameter. The walls are generally of brick with dry joints, and the top is covered with a flag stone or other suitable covering, as shown in fig. 6,767. In operation - LEACHING CESS POOL HANEY fa . NoT ve ; SURFACE Gyn allan ee Se. ie OF GROUND we sisi SOR 4 409) Fur, ‘afhar® cs POLLUTED Np wy) le, Wn iy Gent oy . \, ND ; FAN occas tla a, \ rz NS) SZ A SAK sya lig SAVES ; ce at, WS x SUS Ne = Zz sae | on Vas : 1D NE) ie = =~ KWH Coe Aus IM ZAR CZ oo ny ee yr De Big IIS, ZEW USA Se @ ES yy i® ‘EARTH sa - Mz Z / S eka BY VEINS. Ne IWS = ow “ANN OLLUTED R POLLUTED. WY LW; < (De Nanay Te Ve \ BY WASTE FROM GESSP00 WATE" | qi BOTTOM Fic. 6,767.—Leaching cesspool showing its inherent defects. This very unsatisfactory and dangerous method of sewage disposal should not be tolerated. the sewage is discharged into the cesspool and the liquid part of it gradually ‘seeps into the ground, the latter acting as a purifying agent so that after it has traversed a certain depth it becomes purified. Sanitation: 3,Sewage Disposal 1,563 - 3,109 Cesspools are not sanitary and the waste will pollute and saturate the earth in the vicinity. This polluted matter will eventually come to the surface by soaking up through the ground, where it will decompose and evolve unwholesome and dangerous odors. If the cesspool be near enough an underground vein of water it will render the water unfit for use. Accordingly where well water is used it is N\ WATER TIGHT CESS POOL CQVER a eee phe A iiite DISCHAF whf ‘le vale ull i" A eTN yZ ait hw Wih au A i oop i} 1) Yip atin pI el tl i YA WZ TD | ELK WA YATT Oe Wl al ma exunt wh i - 7s Ay) SPN am WATER PROOFINS FAG SMALL HY ED” BACTERIA SOLIDS SETTLING Sa ==N), BREEDING \ ON BOTTOM a \! SURFACE UFR > TIGHT BOTTOM “NON-INTERMITTENT FLOW Fic. 6,768.—Water tight cesspools. In construction, the water proofing should be first class otherwise the poisonous liquid will seep through and pollute the ground as does the leaching cesspool. The water tight cesspool is suitable for installation where there is a safe and con- venient point of distribution as discharge into a river, etc., but it requires frequent cleaning. ” highly important to locate a cesspool as far away from the well as possible. The cesspool should be at least 300 or 400 feet distant from a well or spring located at a lower level than the cesspool. In the leaching cesspool there is practically no bacterial action to reduce solids to liquid, hence the solids must be removed from time to time. When located in a strata of gravel 2 re) 4 yy 3 w ns (@) . Q = oO uz ar < pie : & =- O° FLY £4 = oe OK . fi 9 eas fe j ica Es 7” Be veg ae fu Cee oo FO n? 2 59 ie ae wos = é a : (U) J i SN) Ton aa aii 7 See i f cS) ny 2 wT WE Su ur= Fa pees SS = je HHH U BSE ES MOR $ $ SS = A\\8 = : 3% RAMEN 9 = VS Re Sees SAQA ie Os: Ne Sect ee: ee 12 Wwe = a tl & ES Z <2 ZS eS SW foes SS Saneer: ps Sie Ae SN | "Gon ke PSNe Y wee eae = % LN) = <= = st SA. | SS: . WY wy eee oe 28: “> Sts y= 5 cS \ . a= WES Jet v -oO- | Jes ~Z3 WENEAN ro HE RHA AHHH AH go” = iz piston mS Kay ul Ny HEN VU Pete J I| et ins Wn, toee WA Kay ZE| LR y CE \ 6 Zs - \ Zi Ziff CW, FST, 7 5 6 NN i ) ASN JEN = 4 INEZ] ds = " COMPRESSED DOWN IN LONG LEG BY AIR PRESSURE RISING LEVEL | \ == FN INCREASED Se =- FLOW SEIS AEG | | FILLING LIQUID FLOWING: INTO LEG ESCAPING | ||| FURTHER |!| REDUCTION OF AIR PRESSURE Bee aera ee te AIR ENTERING BELL Fics. 6,774 to 6,782.—Operation of septic tank intermittent bell syphon shown progressively- Sanitation: 3, Sewage Disposal 1,571 - 3,117 be a difficult matter. The discharge from a septic tank contains much organic matter in solution, which must be changed into oxides and nitrogen compounds, and this final process of purification depends upon the action of an entirely different class of bacteria than those which breed in the septic tank. The bacteria necessary for the final stage of purification are VENT HELPS OXYDATION (SHOULD BE CLOSED IN COLD WEATHER HILL ae REMOTE aie Hiorg anata” SURFACE jm se Means prea oe) z ff N BACTERIA ATTACK — BELOW GROUND Fic. 6,783.—Surface discharge from septic tank. Purification of sewage after discharge due to oxidation above surface of the ground and bacterial attack below surface of the ground. Condition of tolerance: a hill to secure distribution, sufficiently remote from house, porous soil permitting percolation to secure bacterial attack. to be found near the surface of the earth, hence usually surface, or sub-surface, systems are employed. Surface Filtration.—This consists of discharging sewage from septic tank on the surface of the ground. This is a ques- tionable method of final disposal and should only be resorted to where a suitable place is available as permitting the 3,118-1,572 Sanitation: 3,Sewage Disposal discharge to flow down the side of a hill of suitably porous soil _ sufficiently far from any building as not to be objectionable. The sewage flowing over the surface of the ground will be sub- ject to an oxidizing action due to contact with the air and to aid the oxidizing action in purifying the sewage there should be a vent near the septic tank, ventilating the sewer and bring- ing air in contact with the sewage as it flows through the sewer. In very cold weather this vent may do more harm than good by chilling the liquid, accordingly it should be provided with a cap or equivalent means of closing it in cold weather. This system of surface filtration is shown in fig. 6,783. The oxidation due to contact with the air does not completely purify the sewage, the final stage of purification taking place as the liquid percolates into the ground, there being attacked by the bac- teria found near the surface of the ground. Sub-Surface Filtration.—In this system the sewage from the — septic tank is finally disposed of by discharge below the surface of the ground where it is subject at once to bacterial attack in its final stage of purification. Success of the system depends on the nature of the soil with respect to its ability to absorb the liquid discharged. Evidently such system is only employed on a small scale, chiefly for private dwellings. Numerous methods are em- ployed in the proper distribution of the liquid sewage over the sub-soil filtration area, as described in the sections following. Mechanical Filter Dry Well.—This is a form of leaching basin for the final disposal of sewage from a septic tank, de- signed to arrest any solids that may be carried over in the discharge from the septic tank so that the efficiency of the limited leaching surface is increased. It is usually constructed the same as an ordinary leaching cesspool that is bricked up with open joints and earth bottom. Sanitation: 3,Sewage Disposal 1,573 - 3,119 — Two or more vertical lines of tile, inverted Ys, are provided and the well filled with crushed stone to secure the filtering action. A distribution cone is placed on the end of the sewer discharge pipe as shown in fig. 6,784. In the intermittent discharge into the well from the septic tank evidently as the sewage percolates through the crushed stone, the latter will intercept the solids, allowing the liquid DISCHARGE FROM VENT DISTRIBUTION SEPTIC TANK? CONE WWE. DD KICO—FFRE IMISSS0wel »w9» ; \\ RS S = UV Swe A WD ra ZY a CLOSED- VE CLOSEO \SEEE (zal — BRICK CRUSHED = (WEP? OPEN JOINTS | STONE GEA: Ve z= INVERTED Apa TILE TVS WEE LEACHING Gani s oe, ; . s) Kas So 6g [SEES LEACHING SG PRISIIW VAR? SURFACE Fic. 6,784.—Mechanical filter dry well designed to eliminate solids from the sewage before the liquid reaches the leaching surface. to gravitate to the bottom and through the walls; thus only clear liquid comes in contact with the earth. There should be a large vent, to provide an adequate supply of air which is necessary for the satisfactory working of the filter. Absorption Trench.—This is virtually a horizontal dry well in which the sewage is distributed over the crushed stone filling by means of tile pipe w-th open joints, as shown in- aS er 3,120-1,574 Sanitation: 3, Sewage Disposal coy Tes ie Bee, MAW EA LE EHR ead Od es ee yo fig. 6,785. Evidently more leaching surface is easily obtainable than with the dry well, and located nearer the surface of the ground a stronger bacterial attack results as the bacteria are found near the surface. The trench is suitable where there is sand or gravel at the surface and clay below. The air vent is important for reasons already mentioned. Filter Bed.—In this method of final disposal, the sewage 15 distributed over a considerable sub-soil area by means of numerous wavs Ins Noise TI Pe’ SCHARGE FROMI|) TILE PIPE | VENT ' PAPER AWSEPTIC TAN OPEN JOINTS, 4M! TAY Wire jP \ AN rol \ae Ma Ve Wil Aw a ws ALI ir ma eee : 7! 7K Zz A ci om fo a Nini a) a) A W) i aces Die APS Ole oN COWMISVATAG 7 FILTERING AND DISTRIBUTION a MATERIAL CRUSHED LEACHING STONE. SURFACE. Fic. 6,785.—Absorption trench showing tile pipe with open distribution joints, crushed stone filter, and extended leaching surface (as compared with a cesspool or dry well) due to length of trench, also vent to supply air for oxidizing action necessary for the proper operation of the filter. parallel lines of tile laid open joint and connected to a header which in turn is connected to the discharge line from the septic tank, as shown in figs. 6,786 and 6,787. As distinguished from the absorption trench, the pipe is incontact with the earth instead of being embedded in crushed stone. The pipe should be laid as near the surface of the earth as practicable because the number of bacteria are greater near the surface, gradually decreasing in number with increasing depth and not found ata greater depth than five feet. The next favorable soils for the breeding of bacteria are sandy soils, be- Cause oxygen penetrates easier than in the heavier soils. The effect of the sewage discharge is to cause each particle of the soil to become coated with a microscopic gelatine in which the bacteria live and breed. Now these Sanitation: 3, Sewage Disposal 1,575 - 3,121 bacteria attack the sewage as it filters down, gathering the impure organic matter contained in the sewage and after it drains through, oxygen pene- trates to the bacteria and reduces the organic matter to harmless elements. This happens during the period of intermission between discharging of the syphon, hence an intermittent flow is necessary for proper operation. Chemical Precipitation.—By the addition of certain chemi- cals to the sewage, chemical action is set up which greatly in- SES L ‘2 Z AS t WS VDI LEU y Y -: Ki PE WW) (7. IRS NUS « WAM vA Zz a NY, AW \ (\ ~ ={n) : [AAA Wt Ai7< St SX ot a = yy ZW AYE AM SS \ tl vy SY 1 // == afi A) CAAT UV Rou } NOFA Zs WHIM ZAW\\Z DS» = == a WY SS ZG TINA YN KK ‘WZ TAA ie be ow (Ts NT 7 KKK \ ioe A\ Za WAZAN le T N\\ NE EreyAnor DISTRIBUTION OPEN HEADER PIPES JOINTS INTERMITTENT i ki BELL SYPHON (ij (ees DISCHARGE I PLAN SEPTIC TANK i Fics. 6,786 and 6,787.—Filter bed showing parallel connection of a number of tile pipe lines with open joint, thus distributing the discharge over a large area. creases the rapidity with which precipitation takes place. The best chemical to use depends upon the sewage and local condi- tions. The chemical should be added to the sewage and thor- oughly mixed before it reaches the settling tank. This may a 3,122-1,576 Sanitation: 3, Sewage Disposal ee ee be effected by the use of projection or baffling plates placed in the conduit leading to the tank. The most useful chemicals are lime, sulphate of alumina and some of the salts of iron, Long, narrow tanks should be operated on the continuous rather than the intermittent plan. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,577 - 3,123 CHAPTER. 115 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints Before taking up ’’roughing-in”’ work, the plumbing student should know something about soil pipe and the large variety of fittings used; he should have a thorough knowledge of the joints, how they are made up and the reason for using certain fittings, etc. There are two kinds of soil pipe used for drainage as: work, classified according to the kind of joint and material, 1. Bell and spigot cast iron pipe. a. Plain. b. Coated. c. Lined. d. e. Extra heavy. Standard weight. 2. Wrought pipe, threaded. (Cast or malleable iron recessed threaded fittings; Durham system.) The thickness of cast iron pipe for any given size varies according to class as 1 standard, 2 medium, 3 extra heavy. The weight known as standard is sometimes used on buildings under four stories in height, and for vent pipe and soil pipe extensions above the highest fixture. Extra heavy pipe and fittings are used in tall buildings and in most ordinary work for all soil and waste purposes below the highest fixture. The standard length of cast soil pipe for all sizes is five feet, exclusive of bell, 3,124-1,578 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints The following table gives weight for various sizes of soil pipe. Average Weight of Cast Iron Pipe (According to Abendroth) =, Diam. in ins. 2 3 | 4 | Ss) | 6 | 8 102 1S | Weight in lbs. per 5 ft. length WEANGALG ck tence, 1734 | 2214 | 3214) 4214| 5216} 85 | 115 | 165 | 225 Extra heavy........ 2714|474%| 65 |85 |100 | 170 | 225 | 270 | 375 _ - Bell and spigot cast iron pipe is generally conceded as the best pipe for drainage work; the other kind in the opinion of the author should never. be used, because wrought pipe has a much shorter life than cast iron pipe and the joint although recessed, tends to collect paper and other foreign matter more so than does the bell and spigot joint because of the burrs left on the ends of wrought pipe when cut and not reamed out. Another objection is that in installing the pipe, it must be in perfect alignment, otherwise the pipe cannot be screwed into the fitting or vice ‘versa; whereas the bell and spigot joint presents no such difficulty and the work accordingly does not have to be performed with the same degree of precision. Bell and Spigot Joints.—A line of pipe is composed of nu- merous lengths of pipes or units which must be connected by some form of joint so that the junctions will be water and air tight. In the case of cast iron soil pipe the bell and spigot form of joint is used. NOTE.—The grades of cast iron soil pipe mostly used are standard and extra heavy. On best work extra heavy pipe is used because it will stand more caulking and consequently a tighter and stronger joint can be made. It has greater strength to support a long line of pipe and is more durable because of its extra thickness. It is easier to cut extra heavy pipe with a oe and cold chisel than light pipe 4 medium weight pipe is obtainable from some oundries. : Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,579 - 3,125 In this joint each piece is made with an enlarged hub or bell at one end into which the plain or spigot end of another piece is inserted when laying. The joint is then made tight by cement, oakum, lead, rubber or other suitable substance which is driven in or calked into the bell and around the spigot. When a similar joint is made in wrought pipe by means of a cast bell (or hub) it is at times called hub and spigot joint (poor usage). Fig. 6,788, shows the bell and spigot ends of two lengths of pipe tele. _ sc obed or in position for packing so it will not leak. © BELL- —»¥ PACKING SPACE OR SOCKET Zn ! -SPIGOT RECESS Fic. 6,788.—Bell and spigot joint a as used for connecting lengths of Cast iron soil pipe. In making up. the joint two, materials are required: 1. Oakum. 2. Lead: vee Oakum is shredded rope or hemp jibre and should be of the ~ best quality. It usually comes in 50-lb. bales as shown in- fig. 6,789. Some plumbers think that old scrap lead will answer, but this is a mistake because soft lead should. be used for reasons later given. Making up the joint consists of three operations: 1. Packing the oakum. 2. Pouring the molten lead. 3. Caulking the lead. 3,126- 1,580 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints he I Sa a a SRR Sa SS Nc aa rae ee Packing the Oakum.—The pipes being placed in the tele- scoped position shown in fig. 6,788, the plumber first caulks twisted or spun oakum into the annular packing space or socket, similarly to packing a stuffing box on an engine, work- ing it around and then driving it in tightly with a yarning iron and hammer, as shown in fig. 6,790. The socket should be packed at least half full of the oakum. A good Fic. 6,789.—Plumber’s spun oakum as usually put up in 590 Ib. bales. quantity of oakum packed tightly and a less quantity of lead makes the best job. The oakum must be thoroughly compressed so as to make a solid bed for the lead. Oakum even without lead can often be made to hold a heavy pressure of water. Figs. 6,791 and 6,792 show two patterns of yarning iron used in com- pressing theoakum. Special irons are needed to reach close places as where the pipe is laid close to the corner of a wall as in fig. 6,793. Numerous a gS LAT EE a Ie AD OO nn Ee Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,581 - 3,127 | Ars aa YARNING IRON— ae | orrser_-! QU) > 4 OAKUM IAEA S asic! See La e/ CZ Se aa =a Peecien ] Siz pee AT LEAST HALF FULL ~~ Fic. 6,790.—Making up bell and spigot joint I. Packing the oakum with yarn- ingironandhammer. The offset in the yarning iron gives room between. pipe and stick of iron for holding the tool while hammering. | ii | | Fics. 6,791 and 6,792.—Yarning irons for ham- | mering or compressing the oakum packing in | | | bell and spigot joints. Fig. 6,791 flat pattern; l | fig. 6,792 concave pattern. The blade is long Wa} and thin in order to reach the bottom cf the Wi hub. The offset in the handle is to keep the | hand out of the way of the pipe when using it. | vi Paes Doce AS gest aoe oar ei EY 5 I | | Wal il 3,128- 1,582 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints —<$<——— cases of close work occur, there being a multiplicity of tool shapes to meet all conditions. to 6,801. ee HE ull Wy ‘il 1G. 6,793.—Offset yarning iron for packing oakum in joint where pipe is close to wall. iia) a i Some special tools generally used being shown in figs. 6,794 PIPE CLOSE TO CORNER OF WALL In this connection it should be noted that yarning or caulking irons sae peaiact combined in one tool can be obtained as shown in figs. 6,802 Oo ’ Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,583 - 3,129 For joints near the ceiling it is necessary to use a ceiling drop tool to pack the socket as shown in fig. 6,799. The handle of this tool is quite heavy, so that the yarn may be first forced into the socket by a series of jerking blows with the Fics. 6,794 and 6,795.—Right and left upright yarning tools. hand as in fig. 6,807. The offset at the handle provides a sur- face for blows with a hammer in packing the yarn tightly in the socket, as in fig. 6,808. The following table shows the amount of oakum and lead for making up joints on various size soil pipes: ae il Fics. 6,796 to 6,801.—Special yarning and caulking tools. A, straight right (and left tool, B, upright tool; offset right (and left) tool; C, straight ceiling drop tool; D, ceiling drop S) tool; E, right angle (right and left) tool. NOTE.—A first class mechanic will lose a great deal of his producing effect with in- ferior tools, and perhaps spoil costly jobs. Caulking tools should be made from the best grade of tool steel. There is a very great multiplicity of shapes of yarning and caulking tools available, designed to reach every conceivable inaccessible position. Jt is accordingly in- excusable for a plumber to attempt a caulking job without the correct shapes, because such Practice only results in unnecessary time and a botch job with accompanying extra expense and questionable tightness of joints. An honest workman will accordingly not only possess the proper tools but will not ‘‘forget” (?) to take them with him when starting for the job. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,585 - 3, U3 RIGHT, WOOD HANDLE LEFT, woop HANDLE Fics. 6,802 and 6,803.—Combined caulking irons and hammers, with wood handles. F ig. 6,802, left; fig. 6,803, right. RIGHT, WOOD HANDLE Fics. 6,804 and 6,805.—Combined yarning irons and hammers. Fig. 6,804, left; fig. 6,805, right. NOTE.—In gmall size pipes, the strain from handling sections “made up” before placing in permanent position is more in the line of compressing the lead and splitting the hub. With the larger sizes, any strain tending to throw the lengths out of alignment does more toward stripping the joint out of the hub. Two and 4 in. diameter, need as great depth of hub as the larger sizes, not only for general strength, thickness and permanence of align- ment in place, but because these sizes are more often handled ‘“‘made up.” Large sizes are put in place before any joints are made up and are usually placed so as to be almost inde- pendent of joints, so far as support is concerned.—Gray. 3,132-1,586 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints hail Oakum and Lead for Caulked Joint | Size of Pipe Material eae: wae ee eee ee a — ih Rel Bo. es 6 7 Bo baald Th Oe | 8 Ge | Pe Bie). 944 | 12 Wil nBes Tedd.) : cn. it Readies... Sh eg 244 3 33, | 44% | 54 | 6 7M | (is. redid.) 0k:% Bee Ht Pouring the Molten Lead.—When the yarn has been tightly | COMBINED HAMMER AND IRON Fic. .6,806.—Method of using right and left concave combined yarning, or caulking irons and hammers. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,587 - 3,133 compressed in the joint, evenly all around, the next operation is pouring the lead. The table just given shows the amount of lead required for the various sizes of pipe.* It is important that the socket be filled at one pouring hence, first melt up plenty of lead, and then dip out of the pot with the pouring ladle an ample supply to fill the socket without a second dipping. Dos. } HONS Ss KA f N Ni OFFSET FOR HAMMER BLOWS fics. 6,807 and 6,808.—Method of using ceiling drop tool in packing socket near ceiling. Fig. 6,807, first operation, forcing in the yarn with hand blows; fig. 6,808, ‘second operation, packing down the yarn with hammer blows. Before pouring care should be taken to see that there are no projecting strands of oakum, otherwise when the lead is poured *NOTE.—The actual amount of lead required will of course depend upon the proportion of oakum and lead put into the socket. About one lb. of lead is required for each inch in bore of the pipe on the average for each joint. 3,134- 1,588 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints DANGER LINE DANGER LINE V4 LEAD | | HURLED =) \\y \ hl Bs FACE OF [ius 9 Amit OPERATOR “a y, EXPLOSION OF MOLTEN LEAD wed, Ara Le AST ees eas som Ngee Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,589 - 3,135 these strands will be consumed leaving minute ducts through the lead to cause leakage. Care should be taken that socket is quite dry before pouring, as the molten lead would turn any water into steam causing an explosion. -There should not be any moisture in the joint when the lead is poured, because the sudden generation of steam by contact of the molten lead with the moisture will hurl the lead out of the joint with explosive force, pos- sibly injuring the plumber. To guard against injury from explosion, the plumber should stand as far away from the ladle as possible and out of range of Fic. 6,812.—Square braided asbestos lead joint runner in position on pipe against end of bell. Evidently this closes the socket all around except at the junction at the top near the clamp. the direction in which the lead would blow. The right and wrong way of pouring a vertical joint is shown in figs. 6,809 and 6,810. If it be necessary to pour a wet joint, first tightly pack the oakum, then sprinkle in a teaspoonful of powdered rosin, or oil if rosin be not available. The object of this is to prevent the flying of the molten lead when it strikes the moisture. Extreme caution, however, should be taken in pouring where there is moisture. When lead is to be poured into a horizontal joint a joint runner as shown in fig. 6,812 is used. 3,136-1,590 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints The method of attaching this type of runner to the pipe is shown in fig. 6,813. As here shown, and also in fig. 6,815 the end of the socket is closed by the joint runner all around except at the top, so that when the molten lead is poured into the socket through this small opening it will not escape but will be held in the socket by the joint runner till it cools and solidifies, The runner is then removed and the lead caulked to insure a tight joint. LEAD ENTERS HERE JOINT RUNNER Tae! LLL LLL. a Gores SOTA -—_rrrrrn—r—n—n—nr—ee EMD: OF SOCKET CLOSED ALL AROUND EXCEPT AT TOP. Fic. 6,813.—Sectional view of bell and spigot joint with joint runner in position ready for pouring the lead illustrating the closure of the socket all around except at the top so that the lead will not run out of the socket when poured. CLOSED De : s AT ~ 7G ne 703 at bis Sn eee ide Lae” Fics. 6,814 and 6,815.—Asbestos joint runner with attached screw clamp shown in open and closed position. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,591 - 3,137 Figs. 6,814 and 6,815 show another form of joint runner with clamp at- tached, the runner being shown in open and closed positions. To avoid possible injury from flying lead the plumber should stand out of range the same as in pouring a vertical joint. F igs. 6,816 and 6,817 show the right and wrong position in pouring the joint and the grave pos- sibility of injury to a careless workman. Never monkey with molten lead—its no man’s friend when it suddenly comes in contact with water. LINE \\2 ot ee er oe | i | Fics. 6,816 and 6,817.—Right and wrong way to pour lead in making up a horizontal bell and sp got joint. Note the danger line and keep back of it to avoid injury in case the lead “blows.” NOTE.—An inefficient or unscrupuious workman will not possess, or will “forget” (?) to bring a joint runner, and as a poor makeshift will use a fire clay-roll, formed about a strong cord by hand with clay just damp enough to bend and pinch in place. While a joint can some- times be poured with this rig, in most cases, the weight of the lead, aided by steam bubbles formed from the moisture in the clay displaces the runner and the joint has to be repoured. Such practice is inexcusable, and is neither fair to the workman’s reputation or the man who Pays the bill. The same thing may be said of the pipe fitter who uses a coupling on the end of a pipe as a nipple holder. Good jobs cannot be done with makeshitts. 3,138-1,592 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints eee Sometimes it is necessary to pour a joint upside down. This may be done by placing the joint runner around the pipe and clamp- ing as shown in figs. 6,818 and 6,819, a pouring gate being formed by build- yy | v5 fa ' A \\\ =<) 4 A \ ‘W Y = A apis SN SS Cie ngage) 4 » 4 a? NY iS GY iS ; t ae lS CS POs, AS Z Z BELL \ BZ Zz UPSIDE DOWN & Z RUNNER Ree Re ears SSL ESR ROTI VPP | SOUR RRR = FIRE CLAY POURING GATE Fics. 6,818 and 6,819.—Method of pouring joint upside down. ing up wails of fire clay between the runner and the bell. -Caukling the Lead. —After pouring the lead, the next opera- tion is caulking, which is done witha caulking tool. These are similar to yarning tools except that the blade is shorter and heavier. Some caulk while the joint is hot, others after it has cooled. The best method is to caulk moderately tight while the joint is hot so that the lead will better adjust itself to irregularities of the socket walls. After the joint has cooled the caulking is fin- ished by driving the lead into contact The runner is first placed around the pipe and turned up, in which position it is clamped. A pouring gate is then formed with fire clay as shown. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,593 - 3,139 i | with the spigot surface on one edge and against the inner sur- | face of the bell on the other. Where the joint is fully acces- sible regular pattern tools are used as shown in figs. 6,820 to | 6,823. HH | Fics. 6,820 to 6,823.—Regular caulking tools for caulking in accessible places. Fig. 6,820, Wil light stub pattern; fig. 6,821, heavy stub pattern; fig. 6,822, convex’ pattern; fig. 6,823, | concave pattern. The thickness of blade of these tools ordinarily ranges from % to 44 in. | varying by 16ths. | ] } | \ { q | | ae : i} } | } | | | | | \ . | i Fics. 6,824 and 6,825.—Right hand and left: hand offset caulking tools for caulking the back | side of a pipe run near corner of wall. | | | Hi | i 3,140- 1,594 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints Similarly, as in yarning operations, there is a multiplicity of special caulking tools to facilitate caulking in close places. Figs. 6,824 to 6,837, show some shapes very frequently employed and how they are used. Cutting Soil Pipe.—In any job of pipe fitting there will be numerous places where it is necessary to cut a length of pipe to make up the line. This is because the pipe is cast in standard Fics. 6,826 and 6,827.—Right hand and left hand S iron caulking tools. These tools are some- times used in preference to 7 and / offset tools. lengths usually 5 ft., hence unless the distance between the first and last joints of a line be a multiple of 5, there will be an odd length less than 5 ft., necessitating the cutting of a 5 ft. length to obtain the short piece of pipe needed to complete the line. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,595 - 3,141 a Fic. 6,828.—Throat caulking tool. | EILING } Wi uo Cn | | | Fic. 6,829.—Ceiling drop caulking tool. Fic. 6,830.—Pitching out tool for removing lead from a made up joint. Ns ; IN | Fics. 6,831 and 6,832.—Combined S caulking tool. Fig. 6,831, blades at one end; fig. 6,832, blades at both ends. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,597 - 3,143 | | The full 5 ft. length will have a bell (or hub) on one end and a spigot (or bead) on the other as shown in fig. 6,833 and called single bell pipe. Fic. 6,833.—Single bell cast iron soil | HH i i Pipe made in standard 5 ft. lengths and various thicknesses ih or weights.’ | | 3,144-1,598 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints Fic. 6,838.—Mueller soil pipe caulking hammer designed to be used with the Mueller caulking tools illustrated in the accompanying cuts. Fics. 6,839 to 6,844.—Mueller pattern caulking tools. Fig. 6,839 combined r and J, iron; fig. 6,840, handy pattern combined r and J, iron; fig. 6,841, eighth bend iron; fig. 6,842, right drop pattern iron; fig. 6,843, left drop pattern iron; fig. 6,844, combined 1 and /, iron. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,599 - 3,145 | | the spigot end would be of no use, resulting in waste. To avoid this, a double bell pattern pipe is used as shown in fig. 6,848; when this is cut each piece will have a bell so that it may be used. Accordingly in ordering pipe | for any installation a few lengths of double bell pattern pipe should be i included to avoid waste in cutting. Evidently if a length of single bell pipe be cut to obtain a short length, | |) HiIl Hy HH aay i a Wi il ill | HW i | | ii i || Hi Hil Hi) WME THA i i HAL | } Wh a 4 i WI) WA III 5 : WEE Fic. 6,845.—Method of using Mueller helper pattern caulking iron in caulking branch of T | | fitting. TAL . | aH Int wy 3,146- 1,600 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints Fic. 6,847.—Method of using Mueller “handy pattern’ com- bined r and / caulking iron in caulking throat of elbow. Fic. 6,846.—Method of using Mueller “helper pattern” combined 7 and 7 caulking iron in caulk- ing branch of T fitting and elbow. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,601 - 3,147 TOUCHING ———- SIGs. 6,849 and 6,850.—Methods of supporting soil pipe in cutting. Fig. 6,849, on floor; | | fig. 6,850, on earth. Wil Hi Fics. 6,851 and 6,852.—Mueller “helper pattern” 7 and / right and /eft caulking iron. 3,148 - 1,602 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints _ On cutting, first make a chalk mark entirely around the pipe where it is to be cut. This mark should be true, not rambling. A hammer and sharp pointed cold chisel is better for cutting than wheel pipe cutters. The pipe should be firmly supported on the floor with a block at the CHISEL = Fic. 6,853.—Method of cutting cast iron soil pipe with hammer and cold chisel, the pipe being firmly supported on a mound of earth. Tee cutting line as in fig. 6,849, or preferably on a mound of earth as in fig. 6,850. The cutting is done as in fig. 6,853. In cutting, the use of chisel and hammer as here shown is safer than cutting with wheel cutters on account of the liability to crack the pipe. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,603 - 3,149 Fic. 6,854.—Method of using Mueller combined 7 and 7 drop pattern caulking iron in caulking high joint near ceiling. Fic. 6,855.—Method of using Mueller r and / drop pattern caulking irons in caulk- ing high joint near ceiling. 3,150 - 1,604 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints The pipe is easily cracked with wheel cutters because it is often not of uniform thickness throughout and because with the cutters this variation “in thickness cannot be so easily detected as with the chisel and hammer. ———— Fic. 6,856.—Method of using Mueller eighth bend pattern caulking iron in caulking eighth bend elbow. Se . fy if ape rd ee ww tens Wty iA aN AN Yan \ (AA, Xi Wifes \ li SSA Wy ROUGH SURFACE Ay Iu, Wh Fic. 6,857.—Double bell cast iron soil pipe after cutting with chisel and hammer showing appearance of cut. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,605 - 3,151 With the latter, the ear is of great assistance in determining where the pipe is thick or thin as indicated by the sound produced in hammering. When using a chisel and hammer, the chisel should be nar- row and sharply pointed, and the hammer of medium weight. Fig. 6,857 shows appearance of double bell pipe after cutting. Two types of wheel cutter are shown in figs. 6,858 and 6,859, for small and large pipe respectively; the small cutter is shown in position on the pipe ready for cutting. Fics. 6,858 and 6,859.—Wheel cutters for cast iron pipe. Fig. 6,858, Redfield four wheel cutter; fig. 6,859, Ellis eight wheel cutter. These cutters are operated the same as wrought pipe cutters. A difficulty encountered in making up a joint with a cut piece of double bell pipe is that there is no spigot or bead on the end to center the pipe, and care must be taken to keep the cut end centered with the bell so that the packing will be of uniform thickness all around. If in packing the cut end be pushed to one side, it will be difficult to make a tight joint. Figs. 6,860 and 6,861 show the right and wrong way. Wrought Pipe.—Considerable information on wrought pipe is given in Vol. I, Chapter 106, which includes data on the 3,152- 1,606 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints manufacture, and strength of the pipe; system of screw threads used in jointing, etc. | Formerly wrought iron was almost exclusively used in the manufacture of wrought pipe, but because of its expense and also on account of the improved methods in the manufacture of steel pipe, conditions have been reversed and now almost all wrought pipe is made of steel. FOR PACKING PIPES CENTERED PIPES NOT CENTERED 4 Fics. 6,860 and 6,861.—Right and wrong way to make up joint with cut end of double bell pipe. Unless the pipes be centered with each other there will be at one point inadequate space for packing, making it difficult to insert the oakum at this point and to pour the lead resulting in a leaky joint as shown in fig. 6,861. NOTE.—The National Tube Company state that “the wisdom of their decision to make steel pipe only is shown by the fact that between 80 and 90 per cent. of the pipe used to- day in the United States is steel pipe. In addition to the advantage of better service by using steel pipe it is possible to save from twenty to thirty per cent. on the first cost, due to the fact that pipe steel is made by machine rather than by hand process.” Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,607 - 3,153 The term wrought tron is often erroneously used to refer to pipes made to Briggs standard sizes rather than of the material, hence, in ordering pipe, if iron pipe be wanted instead of steel, care should be taken to specify genuine wrought iron, or guar- anteed wrought tron pipe. It is customary for manufacturers to stamp each length of such pipe as genuine wrought iron to distinguish it from steel, and no wrought iron pipe should be accepted as such without the stamp. To adapt wrought pipe to different pressures, it is regularly made up in several weights as follows: 1. Merchant. 2. Standard. 3. Extra strong (or heavy). 4. Double extra strong (or heavy). Merchant pipe is “short weight”’ pipe. It is necessary to guard against this short weight pipe which formerly was extensively made to meet the demand of sharp jobbers; but now repu- table companies have given up the manufacture of such pipe. Merchant pipe is usually 5 to 10 per cent thinner than full weight pipe. It should be carefully avoided in work of any importance, as the extra cost of maintenance will soon overbalance the small difference in first cost. As a precaution against merchant pipe, orders should specify full weight pipe. For drainage work no lighter pipe than standard weight should be used. The use of this pipe with recessed threaded fittings constitutes what is known as the Durham System. This differs from ordinary wrought piping; in the recessed threaded joints of the fittings, the distinction being shown in figs. 6,860 and 6,861. The object of recessing the fittings is to bring the walls of the pipe and fittings flush with each other to avoid the projecting shoulder seen in fig. 6,862, which would form a place for the accumulation of lint and other foreign matter. The recessed fitting does not entirely overcome this trouble because instead of a shoulder there is a pocket due to the recess as seen in fig. 6,863, and here matter is liable to collect. Aside from this defect, the 3,154- 1,608 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints wrought pipe used in the Durham system is less durable than cast iron. Its principal use is in high buildings because it is lighter than cast iron and takes up less space. Owing to its light weight it is placed in high buildings ORDINARY RECESSED FITTING (DURHAM SYSTEM) POCKET FOR LINT TO COLLECT Fics. 6,862 and 6,863.—Distinction between ordinary wrought piping and Durham system. The only difference is the recessed fittings used to bring the walls of pipe and fittings flush to avoid shoulders which form resting places for the accumulation of lint and other foreign. matter. G2, Fic. 6,864.—McWane pre-caulked bell and spigot joint, showing jute packing, lead packing, iren wedges in bell. Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,609 - 3,155 with not much more provision being made for supporting its great weight than is made with cast iron in a private dwelling. The fittings used in the Durham System are described in Chapter 120 on drainage fittings, and the method of making up the joint in Chapter 121 on pipe fitting. Fic. 6,865.—McWane pre-caulked joint cast iron pipe line being connected up in a large southern city by an unskilled workman. Coated Cast Iron Pipe.—Standard pipe is dipped in hot asphaltum by the manufacturer to prevent the deteriorating effects of corrosion and to fill up any sand holes, flaws or other defects that may have occurred in manufacture. Extra heavy 3,156-1,610 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints pipe is also coated in this manner to prevent corrosion, how- ever, it is often left plain so that any defects may be discovered and remedied. Pipe for Corrosive Wastés.—The rapid growth of the use of acids and other corrosives in industrial work, as well as the increasing number of schools, colleges, and hospitals contain- ing chemical laboratories, make more necessary a knowledge of this special plumbing requirement. Among industrial users, the most common are battery service stations, photo-engravers, manufacturing jewelers, and those industries which manufacture enameled or plated articles and therefore must use acids for cleaning the material. Several kinds of pipe are used to meet the severe require- ments of drainage systems for corrosive wastes, such as 1. Non-corrosive metal. 2. Lead lined. Non-Corrosive Pipe.—An example of non-corrosive pipe is Duriron pipe illustrated in fig. 6,866. This pipe may be cut with a cold chisel and hammer, just like cast iron soil pipe, but the metal is so hard that the chisel will make only a slight scratch on the pipe. Running around the pipe two or three times with the chisel, using about the same weight hammer blows as with. cast iron will cause the pipe to break clean. A pipe cutter having a coil spring above the specially — hardened cutter wheel will save much time on a job. In making joints on Duriron pipe, asbestos rope, at least 85% pure, should be used in place of hemp or oakum in order to make an acid proof joint, and the lead should be poured at Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints 1,611 - 3,157 as low temperature as possible. If too hot, the bell or hub may be cracked while caulking. d [hehe () | y| iy : ‘S BLS ANGRY = ca a ~ Ne = of iron which has been in use for a number of years for chemical plant equipment but has only recently become available in the form of soil pipe and fittings. It is a homogeneous l metal of about the same weight as cast iron. Though requiring no coating or treatment it | has an appearance somewhat similar to galvanized pipe. While it is not absolutely proof against all acids, it is claimed to be so nearly so that it may be expected to outlast any building in which it is installed except under the most severe conditions in industrial work. Lead Lined Cast Iron Pipe.—This pipe is sometimes used in places where acids enter the drainage system. In making | up a joint with lead lined pipe, the pipe itself should be cut : off at a point that will allow for heating the lead over the end | Fic. 6.866.—Duriron laboratory equipment. The pipe and fittings are made from an alloy ; ! 3,158-1,612 Soil Pipe and Pipe Joints erence ee rE eee Seen eee Ag ee of the pipe. When placed in the bell the hot lead will make a perfect joint, and the iron will be protected from contact with the acids. Lead-lined pipe may be secured in two forms, screwed and flanged. ‘The former is cut and installed just like steel pipe. Soil Pipe Fittings 1,613 - 3,159 CHAPTER 116 Soil Pipe Fittings Specifications for Soil Pipe and Fittings.—The following details regarding the manufacture and dimensions of soil pipe and fittings represent standard practice and is here given by courtesy of The Central Foundry Company. Quality of Iron.—The iron composing the pipe and fittings must be of such composition and the condition of manufacture sO maintained that the resulting pipe and fittings are of a compact, close grained metal and are not hard, brittle nor - difficult to cut with file or chisel. The constituents of the iron must be so regulated by utilizing raw ma- : terial of known chemical composition and by calculating the chemical i constituents of the charges daily that the iron maintains uniform physical | characteristics. The following limits of analyses of the castings are required: The silicon in no case will be less than 1.85 nor the sulphur above .11. . | With silicon 1.85 to 1.90 the sulphur must not be above .06 | “ “ 1.90 “ 1.95 “ “ “ “ ¢$ “& AO ) “ {9 1.95 “ 2.00 “ “ 6“ “ “ “ 08 “ “c 2.00 “ 2.05 «“ “ “ “ “ “c 09 | “ “ 2.05 “ Daley “ {4 “ “ “ “ .10 I] ‘ O72 de Lane OVer thee <4 abe wee? Aes SS The manganese content shall be such as to give the iron proper closeness of grain without brittleness, and must not be below .20 nor above .60. The content of phosphorus must not exceed 1.10. The iron used must be of : good quality and contain no admixture of cinder iron or other inferior metal. | *spunod ul o1e s}YyS1em [Ty ‘odid pozeooun urejd jo soy} se usye} oq [[eys ssuij1y pue edid jo sjuswemseow pue s}YysIom oy} ‘[e1oues U[—'s}y4sIOM 1e | %1z eC ORREaay cy. N 4 qny yum sdery “q 10°S % ee |. £177 WeA qnH YUM sdesy Ss % co ve "qua, qn} yam sdery “Ss GEM cies 45 we RYAN iG METS SOM EYS| : 8% -pue A uolzeurquio) Te ** sqny ]][e “seyourig [ Sait: Y ' ,c0idn peddey | ee) Azeyiues poddey ,7o¥dn paddey ‘sassoiy poddey oiasin oar eG oSSOtg) AME RIUES Pepe re eset eee eee egagcousy ssyog Posey a]qnoq es AY 21qn0q ““sayoueig K ajqnoq © “any ajqnog eae yA "**qny ajqnog ‘spueg e "**qnyH aqnoq ‘spueg % “qny 79q ‘spueg uinjay ysay JOO YM ‘spq Alley 10 saynemyIyA "spg ANISH JO ddyNeMIIIAL : Sata 4 Sulonpay [eiods "tir. spueg Y aqnog ce et CPS She oes Ye 02 | M1 : 30[U] }22H-MOT YUM spusg % “| Mot PT | 6 {3°14 “HH WU Spuasg % s[eseues Rare eet sreeee spuog y Suronpoy yereds Fittings Soil Pipe uS¥9 | ¥%9 : mAs ALAS ‘s8uljq4 -payejnoyeo oq Aeul s3unqyy say30 jo ‘sqy3iom ayy YiIMoloy vjep aud wo1y ~~ -umoys aie ssuyy ajdejs ay} AjuCO SONILLIA JO SLHOISM 3,160 - 1,614 $ 1,615 - 3,161 Fittings Soil Pipe : ‘sreq sey} osoy} JO Sj[Nso1 oBeIdAe OY} UO paseq BuUIsq 4so} ‘SIeq 9014} OpeU oq ][eYS o1oy} UOTIeI -do sinoy Io} uLY} ICU! JOU JO S[BAIOJUI Je JeoYy YOR WOI,Jj—]elleyAL JO S}SeJ, *peyefnoyeo aq ACUI SSUT}}Y JayjO Jo s JYZIOM sutAuedwios0r 94} UIAIS Y}IMoIOY LjYep 9Y} WO ‘ssuiWy sdejs Jo s}YySIOM JY} SOATS V[Ge} VU L, ‘spunod ur are szysIam [Ty TEEESCRD 99 eialisleiaria ss wie SiShy sills, s) Cena. Mab oenyitewe sane) Sho 1s Wolehal «> eysifisl 5 6: Mace at CONCH | hetase ALTREC aa eae ine ate she os fess a eepiete | * jolene apa a bs Mile Ps oko) Siig) i317 3,186 - 1,640 Soil Pipe Fittings DIMENSIONS FOR BEND OFFSETS J Ears | ete AR) {/ : a DN Fic. 6,886.—Bend offsets, 2 to 6 inch. _4 Inch 1-8 Bend Offset H : een eae ee | 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Soil Pipe Fittings 1,641 -3,187 =i) DIMENSIONS FOR BEND OFFSETS il) Binet 1-8 Bend Offset vt) ag | 456 6 Inch 1-8 Bend Offset : 5 55% 536 | 586 inside of hub nearest spigot to end of spigot. Other long bends are measured from end of spigot to nearest point on inside base of hub. Long tees, Y’s, etc. are measured from the base wf the hub on main to the end of the spigot. NOTE.—To determine the right or left hand inlet or outlet in bends, branches und offsets, place them with the hub facing toward you, and with spigot lower than hub. On traps, place in regular position with the hub end nearest you. NOTE .—Always state weight of pipeand fittings desired, whether standard, medium or extra heavy; also whether plain or tarred. If for Canadian use, whether plain, tarred or oiled. } | | | | | a if NOTE.—Suggestions for ordering fittings. Long 14 bends are measured from the i Fittings il Pipe So 3,188 - 1,642 spunog soyouy spunog Ssoyouy 13194 9ZIS VSI dZIS qn} 2yqnoqg qn}] 28mg 40 qnyy aIqQn0g J204g “QnNY 219QN0G— 388'9 “OI "any aj6u1s 40 qny ajqnop 21049—) 389-9 “DI Soil Pipe Fittings 1,643 - 3,189 | | DIMENSIONS FOR SLEEVES AND REDUCERS | | ! | | | i th 4 ) | it WW Wil Fic. 6,889.—Straight sleeve. Straight Sleeve Weight Inches Pounds | Fic. 6,890.—Reducer. Reducer — H ll | ANNUM nnniunwn 3,190 - 1,644 Soil Pipe Fittings DIMENSIONS FOR INCREASERS Increaser 4 4 4 4 4 4, 4 4 4 A Fic. 6,891.—Increaser. Fic. 6,892.—Short tapped increaser. Tapped Increaser < Tapping boss on fittings may be (Cee for 13 ‘to 2 inch pipe threads inclusive. “4 Fic. 6,893.—Tapped increaser. 645 - 3,191 b) 1 Soil Pipe Fittings defy Sor PE *dpiz § Ye— G63°9 “DIY CAO CE GesL ud, 70 ESi wt ‘dpi? qd 40 § Y%—VE8‘'9 “Ol SdVal YOd SNOISNAWIG il Pipe Fittings So ie) x e Loa | i N on) ae se) dviy, suruuny *dps}. GuIUUNYA— 163‘9 ° OL] dvi «So "dpi? S— 9689 “SI Soil Pipe Fittings 1,647 - 3,193 DIMENSIONS OF HUBS AND SPIGOTS G EN of SG N f N 3 e | pL SN y N ul \aas S NC | S L SS . S RN N \ H Ne \ N zZ <- S o ‘Ee | UN \ eee a | \ SN ai NS Fic. 6,898.—Side inlet hub. Fic. 6,899.—Bell or hub and spigot. Side Inlet Hub Soil Pipe Hubs and Spigots Dimensions of Fitting Hubs and Spigots same as above im [4]8(c}e/F |e] a hvu J | 5 * 60 7 ae bg pe 336)3341456)224] 96 16224 26 16 3 43645415361256] bg 314] 5% S36] 5il0S6)229 24 4} « la7| ig| « OT) } sApele |i 78 ERR RY —— 6 73¢l7B¢l8%¢1 « “ ep AT " gassorry AIv}ULG pur sassolp Alejueg peddey puz seay, sassory ‘soay, Arez1UKVg ‘seo], ULY) 19430 Areyues peddey, uo ssug Suyddeuy, ,,z 025, Kt ssuniy poddey, uo ssog suiddyy, ,,Z 03 ,, Kt ; °s6u1}2zY4 102420 OJ SSOQ buirddp,— 106'9 3) Os | Soil Pipe Fittings 3,194 - 1,648 S3SSOd DNiddVL JO SNOISNAWIG 1,649 - 3,195 Soil Pipe Fittings spunog soyouy L : hepsi) aZI sessoln peddey, puv SPM iS soo], poddey, uo ssog Suiddvy, ,,zZ 03 ,,HI °6n}d— €06‘9 “OI *sassoi2 paddn? pup 87 paddr} 04 my Guiddvj— Z06‘9 “D1 SON Id GNW SS3SSOE ODNiddVWL JO SNOISNSWIG WMD WHS OVO Length of telescop- ing: 24 ins. for 2 in. pipe; 284 ins. for 3 in. pipe; 3 ins. for 4, 5 and 6 in. pipe. Soil Pipe Fittings Fics. 6,904 to 6,908.—Pipe and fitting dimensions of hubs and spigots. 3,196 - 1,650 Roughing In 1,651 - 3,197 CHAPTER 117 Roughing In By definition, the term “roughing in’? means the installation of the piping ready for the attachment of the fixtures.* Broadly speaking, roughing in work, comprises not only the operation of assembling the piping, but in the absence of work- ing drawings, the planning of the system as to pipe sizes and selection of fittings, that will give efficient operation with least expense for material and labor; also especially in old buildings the cutting away of woodwork necessary for the installation of the piping. In this respect the skilled plumber should be at least a second rate carpenter—he should know what to cut and what not to cut so that the piping may be installed without unnecessarily weakening the building.* In order to fully present the work of roughing in and yet not tire the student with an unnecessary repetition of similar *NOTE.—Roughing in, broadly speaking, comprises the piping of both the water supply and the drainage systems, but on account of space required to present the subject properly, only drainage work is considered in this chapter, the installation of the water supply system being presented in the chapter on Pipe Fitting. *NOTE.—When the plumber is called upon to install a plumbing system in an old build- ing, a knowledge of building construction is essential in order to so plan the location of the fix- tures and piping that the roughing in work may be properly done, to secure proper drainage, and least cutting away of the woodwork. When the installation is made, without regard to the building construction, damaged floor beams, water pockets, and other faults are the result. To avoid these errors, the author suggests that the student obtain a proper knowledge of the construction of wooden buildings by a study of the author’s Carpentry and Builders Guide No. 3. This knowledge is essential also in making a proper estimate on a plumbing installa- tion in an old building. 3,198 - 1,652 Roughing In LIVING ROOM 15’X 24! PLAN OF FIRST FLOOR SCALE ¥3 1N.=tFT ————— 5 i, < ———— a === =¥ — 7 , PLAN OF SECOND FLOOR SCALE % IN.=IFT Fic. 6,909.—Small wooden house; plan Ist floor, illustrating roughing in work in old building Fic. 6,910.—Small wooden house; plan 2nd floor, illustrating roughing in work in old building. Roughing In 1,653 - 3,199 operations, an example is here given illustrating the roughing in for an old building of small size, thus presenting roughing in, in all its phases, that is, embracing the problems of 1. Location of fixtures. 3. Cutting away of woodwork. 2. Selection of pipe and fittings. 4. Assembling. Exatmple.—lt is desired toinstallin the small building shown in figs. 6,909 and 6,910, a simple plumbing system providing adequate water eAbply and drainage for a kitchen, and a bath room on second floor. Location.—The kitchen being fixed, the first problem is the selection of a room on the second floor for the bath room. In fig. 6,910, room A, is the most desirable with respect to size because it is the smallest and most easily heated. With respect te expense of installation room C, is the most desirable because, being directly over the kitchen the plumbing can be installed with less material and labor. However, using room C, neces- sitates using the small room A, for a bed room, which may, or may not offset the saving in cost. Considering room C, for the bath room, it is larger than is necessary, hence, by running a partition as indicated by dotted lines in fig. 6,910, a closet for linen, etc. is obtained and the size of bath room reduced making it easier to heat in cold weather. An additional door will be necessary at M, for en- trance to bath room, and if desired, the latter may be made directly accessible to the adjoining bed room by providing another door at some point S. The location of the fixtures depends upon convenience, and details of the building construction. Due regard should be paid to the latter point so that proper drainage of pipes under floors may be secured without too much cutting and consequent weakening of the floor beams. ;. S}UsUSINsvaW UI Suiysno1,, Suraisd ur posn se uorjzejUsseid -91 JO spoul siy} Jo sofdiourid oy} Buljyerysny[t ‘wo29aloLd aiydvi3 -04j40 Ul JOefqo Ue jo ,,saza1a,, SNOIIEA—"E16‘9 01 TI6‘9 “SOI Roughing In 3,200 - 1,654 Roughing In 1,655 - 3,201 HH The fixtures to be served are: 1. For the kitchen. a. Sink. b. Laundry tubs. c. Hot water tank. 2. For the bath room. a. Bath tub. b. Wash basin. c. Closet. } The approximate location of the fixtures will depend (as | already mentioned) upon convenience and the building con- | struction, that is locating them so that they will be conveniently used, and easily reached by the piping. The exact location of the fixtures will depend in addition upon | the “roughing in” measurements of the fixtures. Accordingly at i this stage, the fixtures to be used should be selected from the Hill great multiplicity of type available, in order to know the | roughing in measurements so that the pipes may be placed in exactly the right position to connect with the fixtures. To properly present these roughing in measurements, the fixture is repre- sented not by a photographic view or perspective drawing but by ortho- Wi graphic projection, in which only one side of the object is shown in a single view, as illustrated in figs. 6,911 to 6,913. Here the object to be represented in orthographic projection consists of a cube resting on a table as shown. | To illustrate how the views or projections are obtained, assume a clear pane of glass to be placed between the observer and the object at right angles to the line of vision when the observer looks directly at the object. Now when the observer looks directly at the front of an object from a con- siderable distance, he will see only one side, in this case only the front side of the cube (that is, the side next to the observer). The rays of light falling. upon the cube are reflected into the eyes of the observer, and in this manner he sees the cube. The pane of glass evidently, is placed so that the rays of light from the object will pass through the glass in straight lines to the eyes Hil of the observer. The front side of the cube by its outline, may be traced i Hi upon the glass, and inthismannera figure drawn onit (as here taken, asquare) 3,202 - 1,656 Roughing In which is the view of the object as seen from the front which in this case jg called the frond elevation. One view, however, is not sufficient to show the real form ofa solid figure. In a single view two dimensions only can be shown, length and height; hence the thickness of an object will have to be shown by still another view of it, as the top view or plan. Now, place the pane in a horizontal position above the cube which is resting on the table, as in fig. 6,912, and looking at it from above, directly over the top face of the cube, trace its outline upon the pane; as a result, a square figure is drawn upon the glass, which corresponds to the appearance of the cube, as seen from above. This square on the glass is the top view of the cube, or its plan. Fig. 6,913 shows the manner in which a side view of the cube may be traced. The glass is placed on the side of the cube, which rests on the table as before, and the outline of the cube on the glass in this position, is called its side elevation. Usually three views are required to fully represent a fixture and show all the roughing in dimensions.* Roughing in Measurements—lIn selecting the fixtures, manu- facturers catalogues are consulted. These catalogues contain not only photographic views of the different fixtures but ortho- graphic drawings showing the roughing in measurements. In regard to the latter, the measurements may be given direct for a particular size of fixture, or where the fixture is made in a num- ber of sizes the roughing in measurements are represented in the drawing by letters which refer to the same letters in a table of measurements which give values for the letters corresponding to the various sizes. _ Proceeding to select the fixtures, suppose, for the wash basin or lavatory, a style listed in the “‘Standard’”’ catalogue as Marco is selected. Fig. 6,914, shows this lavatory as it appears from the photograph in the *NOTE.—This explanation of orthographic projection is an extract from the author’s Carpenter’s and Builders’ Guide No. 2, which presents the subject at considerable length. The student is advised to study the entire section on drawing as given in Guide No. 2. Roughing In 1,657 - 3,203 catalogue. This simply shows what the fixture looks like, and does not give the plumber any information from which he can install the piping. Compare this with the orthographic drawings of the same fixture as shown in figs. 6,915 and 6,916. Here all the measurements are given necessary to properly cut and connect up the piping. Two views are here required to give these measurements. Fig. 6,915, is a plan or view looking down on the top of the fixture and Fic. 6,914.—Standard Marco pattern lavatory with center outlet, oval bowl, supported on concealed wall hanger; fitted with nickel plated waste plug, rubber stopper, chain and chain stay, nickel plated Medio compression faucets with china index handles, nickel plated 34 inch plain wall supply pipes and nickel plated 1144 inch No. 1 adjustable “P” trap. fig. 6,916, an elevation from the front side. The horizontal measurements or distances from the wall are given, and in fig. 6,916 the vertical measure- ments or distances from the floor. 3,204 - 1,658 Roughing In “Standard” Roughing-in Measurements MARCO—P 4215 E—P 4215 H PORCELAIN ENAMELED LAVATORY Regular Basin Gocks—Bubber Stopper-~1% {nth No.1 Adj. P Trap Order No. Job Letter Ref. 3 4 3 3 3 $ Standard Sanitary Mfg. Co. 30 = rz) = x = oc > _> 7) = 3. = ro] => = ro) 2! ° _= meg = ur) . = <2 @ . os a” — = a (1S o . 3 a cs o = o on GS <= a Issued by Roughing In 1,659 - 3,205 The foregoing illustrates the method of giving the measurements direct. Similarly fig. 6,917 shows appearance of the type closet i} selected, and figs. 6,918 and 6,919 the roughing in dimensions | of same. | Figs. 6,920 and 6,921 illustrate the method of representing | roughing in measurements by letters so that several sizes of fixtures | may be given with one set of drawings. Fic. 6,917.—Standard Ejecto closet with square base; velrite china straight front low down Hil tank; Universal No. 1 double acting top lever with china handle; nickel plated 34 wall supply WW pipe; angle controlling stop with wheel handle; nickel plated flush connection; birch (mahog- any finish) seat and cover; No, 8 cast brass special floor flange with bolts and vertical china bolt caps. 3,206 - 1,660 Roughing In Here the letters W,L,O,C,H,B,T,S, in the drawings refer to values for same in the table. Thus the height H, from flow to top of basin, is for the 20x 24 size 3014 in., and for the 2230 size, 31 ins. In some cases, roughinginmeasurementsare given partly direct and partly by letters as for fixtures in which only some of the measurements change for the different sizes such as bath tubs. | Bit SNIT WWM o oko Ee SE FLOOR sa Ga maa aoe mR tae FFF ER LINE “143 Fics. 6,918 and 6,919.—Roughing in dimensions for Standard Ejecto closet. This is illustrated in the selection of the bath tub where roughing in measurements are shown in figs. 6,922 to 6,924. Here, as seen, all the measurements remain the same for the different sizes except L and B, or the length and base. Selecting the 5 ft. size tube for installation the plumber looks in the table under 5 ft. and reads 6014 ins. for L, and 4434 ins. for B, these values together with the measurements given direct on the drawings 1s all the information needed to properly locate the tub and make the pipe connections. 2x30 223" See Ge 15" | Fics. 6,920 and 6,921.—Roughing in measurements for Standard Laton pattern Rremrcerny es tory illustrating the representation of roughing in measurement by letters, a Z aoe ne ae aid of a table these measurements for several sizes may be given without separa gs each size. 3,208 - 1,662 Roughing In There remains to be selected the three fixtures for the kitchen consisting of sink, laundry tub and hot water tank or so called “‘boiler.’’* Fics. 6,922 and6,924 .—Roughing in measurements for Standard Essex pattern bath tub; selected for installation and to illustrate the representation of roughing in measurements partly direct and partly by letters. *NOTE.—The enlightened plumber will not make the common mistake of calling a hot water tank a “‘boiler” as its function is simply to store hot water which is heated in some ex- ternal devise as a water back, or coil heater. Accordingly the term boiler is erroneously and very illy advisedly applied to a hot water storage tank. Roughing In 1,663 - 3,209 Figs. 6,925 to 6,930 show roughing in measurements for these fixtures as selected, except hot water tank. Before the work of installation is begun, not only the pipe and fittings, but the fixtures should be ordered to avoid delay after finishing the roughing in work. } SE Fic. 6,925.—Standard porcelain enameled one piece apron sink supported on concealed. wall hangers; fitted with combination swinging spout faucet with removable china soap dish, duplex strainer and 114 inch No. 1 adjustable ““P” trap. 3,210 - 1,664 Roughing In The most commonly used material for the drainage system is cast iron soil pipe and fittings. The pipe ordinarily comes in two grades: standard and extra heavy. The standard is too light and the extra heavy, tooheavy. Regularly a medium grade, Es te io foe) Nominal Size Fics. 6,926 and 6,927.—Roughing in measurements for Standard porcelain enameled one piece apron sink. 211 Ss ‘de1} ..S,, pejuea your &{] YIM o}seM SnonUUOD Your 34, pue e1oddo}s raqqni pue s8njid o1sem ‘soysip deos pojejd-joysitr ‘so_puey xopur euryo 7jeq-4no}j UVM sqqiq auvelcgs Wieel}s ‘osuey 91qe3sn[pe ‘uorssoiduio0d peze|d-joyoru your F{ YIM pa} “pus puey 7S uo Japjoy JesulIM pooM piey pue SEs red camo e1qe3snfpe pejyured uo ‘aoeid auo ur [je yorq pue AeI} ArpuNeT WO!9eS-0M} WH [OI pepewueus ulejeoiod piepue}S—'97Z6‘9 “DIT 3; 665 “ploy 1a *q *A4—asod -ind 94} Joj [eI19}eUr a_qeims -un Ajeijuea ue se siequinjd aAIssoisoid Aq pue. sj}icd -x9 SUlIosuIsue Areyues Fj sizeof Aueul IO} pauwapucs ueveq sey odid 3y481am 3Y3I] 10 PILPIeIS, OF Lt LON: 9 1 “yMso1 Sur ~puodse1109 B JnoyIIM ‘spieo0g UuleIp pojeureus YIIM o}0;duIOD YUIS B JO }sod oY} Sse AouOUI jo yUnNowe sures 9Y} jnoqGe jo oinj}Ipuedxs 9y} sueoU ‘peysiuy + pue poy ‘apeur spiteoq UleIp poomM ojeredas oAey Udy} pue ‘spreoq ureIp [2189}UI 910UL Io sUO ynNoYIM YUIS D 2991/98 OF — ALON Roughing In x JIOM SSBjO }SI, UO peyioeds oy pfnoys epeis Aavoy B1I1X9 9} oUITsS jo s0Uesqe oy} U: Roughing In 5,212 - 1,666 Locating the Fixtures.—Preliminary free hand sketches 26 3! PS sees -—<—. ( CENTER LINE TRAP OUTLET ain enameled roll rim two section S trap. The adjustable pedestal Fras. 6,929 and 6,930.—Roughing in measurements for porcel The above roughing is for 31 laundry tray, with 11% in. continuous waste, 1% in. vented permits rim of tray to be set from 31 to 34 ins. from floor. ins. height. Roughing In BATH FooomM aa ae oe KITCHEN Fics. 6,931 and 6,932.—Free hand sketches showing location of fixtures as suggested by owner. quickly made by the plumber to indicate the owners’ preference as to location of the fixtures are executed as in figs. 6,931 and 6,932, with no indication of details or sizes. Usually such ° sketches show a_non- descript arrangement of fixtures without regard to difficulties that might be encountered in piping up such arrangement. The plumber will then examine the construction of the building or inspect plans of same if these be available to see what mechanical difficulties will be encountered in in- stalling the piping; he will note the spacing and direction in which the floor beams run and other details. This examina- tion will show construc- tion, say, as in figs. 6,933 and 6,934. With this in- formation the plumber will take the free hand sketches showing owners’ arrangement and 1,667 - 3,213: 3,214 - 1,668 Roughing In represent the beams in dotted lines as in figs. 6,935 and 6,936. With the stack located as shown, the kitchen fixtures can be piped without cutting any floor beams, which is the condition most desired and accordingly the location of fixtures in kitchen is most satisfactory not only for convenience but also because it does not weaken the building. Of course with respect to labor, saving the beams, will in some cases require more time in taking up the floor or cutting same depending upon the kind of floor. Fic. 6,933.—Plan of kitchen showing frame construction. For instance in the case of a single floor where a pipe is run at right angles to beams only a plank or two would have to be removed, whereas when run parallel with the beams a considerable amount of the floor must be re- moved or cut in order to insert the pipe. Again in the case of a double floor, the labor is the same in either case. However, the amount of labor required in removing or cutting away the floor should not be considered; the chief consideration being to preserve as near as possible the original strength of the beams by locating the fixtures for minimum cutting of beams. Roughing In 1,669 - 3,215 Under cutting of beams will result in sagging floors, cracking and falling of the plaster, and in extreme cases possible collapse of the floor. With consideration just mentioned in mind, the owners’ ar- rangement of fixtures for the bath room as shown in fig. 6, 932 is very unsatisfactory. * Fig. 6,936 shows how the beams must be slaughtered to reach the fixtures, For instance 3 beams must be cut to reach the bath tub connections. wee ee em eb BS eee ee ee ee = eo ee ee ne ee ee ee ee ee A ee a a ee ee er ee) a ea a ee re ee a — Fae Fic. 6,934.—Plan of bath room showing frame construction. which, perhaps without reason on part of owner are placed at an end re- quiring the greater number of.cuts. This however does not weaken the beams to any great extent becatise the cuts are near the ends of the beams where they are supported. The lavatory is in the worst possible position with respect to the stack 3,216 - 1,670 Roughing In = J t Ne x Fics. 6,935 and 6,936.—Free hand sketches showing location of fixtures as suggested by owner with location of beams in dotted lines and trial location of stack to determine the amount of wood work cutting necessary for roughing in. because all the floor beams must be cut and at points near the middle of their length. The plumber should have some knowledge of the strength of beams and is advised to obtain this information by a study of Chapter 28 in _ the author’s Guide No. 2 for Carpenters and Builders, reviewing in the mathematical sec- tion any mathematics that may be necessary for a proper understand- ing of the explanation. To illustrate the effect of cutting into beams at various distances from the supports consider a 2X8 beam having a 15 ft. span and uniformly loaded as in fig. 6,937. If the total load be 2,000 Ibs. each support will carry 2,000--2 =1,000 Ibs. Allowing a safe shearing stress on the beam of 500 lbs. per sq. in. across grain at the supports, then the required sectional area of beam at support =1,000+ 500 =2 sq. in. Roughing In 1,671 - 3,217 Since the beam is 2 ins. thick. depth of beam at support =2+2=1 in. that is, the beam could be cut away at the support (without decreasing its strength) until there was only an inch (depth) of wood left. It has been found by experiment and calculation that the limit to which a beam may be cut without reducing its strength at any point between the supports, will lie on an ellipse whose major diameter MS, (fig. 6,937) is the span and minor radius LF, the depth d, of cut at the supports. Kr HALF ELLIPSE a TOTAL LOAD 2,000 LBS LOAD SUPPORTED AT EACH END 1OOO LBS. SUPPORT 15° SPAN Fic. 6,937.—Uniformly loaded beam illustrating the limit of depth to which the beam may be cut at various points for uniform strength. Cuts as E,H,K,W, for the laying of pipes should not project below the half ellipse /,a,7,f, whose major diameter is M,S, equal to the span of the beam, and whose minor radius L F, is equal to d, the width of beam less the depth of section below cut E. In fig. 6,937, half of the ellipse is taken being the curve /,a,7,f. It is evident from the drawing that the depth to which the beam may be cut without reducing its strength decreases very rapidly with the distance of the cut from the support as indicated by cuts E,H,K,W, taken at various points between the support and middle of the span thus whereas almost ali the beam may be cut away at E, above the support, only about half that amount may be cut at H, a very little distance from the support, and 3,218 - 1,672 Roughing In S at W, hardly enough to lay a 8 small water pipe. With these 2 < properties of beams in mind it ia (er —— 8 can be seen by further inspec- E ltée 3 tion of fig. 6,936, how disastrous i 0 8 it will be to the strength of the cy S floor to locate the lavatory as 13 S. shown, requiring all the beams to { ay! 8A ; 5 tl Al a) be cut and at points near their AZ2ziz ujz ss middle. Sigel Z of F:. ae ea om ee RRS To guard against the burst- aw oO — ‘- Aus ° ° ° oe gt age ae ging of pipes by freezing they H =< P > | gze od Q gz should have pitch so that C74. & ‘a+ Say " gs they may be properly z ¢§ drained without resorting to a 28 blowing out when the house a BS is vacant in freezing =i weather. ‘ my) Oar t wW S's + 3 ae Considering that the waste aq rs cay ; ber ol or ul ga (in fig. 6,936) from lavatory a { Lu cs a8 would have considerable length Zz - fom e) =i On (traversing 8 beams), to obtain 2 2 LJ < 2 S the necessary pitch, depth of the - ; >> n Ys cut would increase at each beam O z< iS 5 3 from lavatory to stack, consider- x =F) 1 x * as ably weakening the beams aS x 2 < | 58 especially those near the stack. ot] RE Weel Es | ee oft seu ha ah ees Another point to be con- : = : a= : ; ete i ay —- £*°)| s7 sidered is thelimited distance | ‘ a <8 from stack at which an un- 4 #3 vented S trap may be used Ve Ws to prevent self-syphonage. = 3: . Fig. 6,938 illustrates this. A$ ° 3 In the figure assume that the i seal of trap is 2 ins. and diam- Roughing In 1,673 - 3,219 eter, 114 making a total of 3144 ins. Now theoretically the trap can be set from the stack at such distance that the waste pipe will have a fall of not more than this distance. In fig. 6,938 if the pitch be 14 in. per foot then the maximum theoretical distance trap can be from stack is 314+14=7 ft. In practice the fall of the pipe could not be carried to this limit, that is, made equal to seal + trap diameter, because the water in the trap would be exactly balanced by the water in the waste pipe and the trap would be iH | easily syphoned by any sagging of the waste pipe or any other causes. Ac- Wit cordingly deduct 14 in. from fall to allow for this. Again when shrinkage of the floor beams takes place the weight of the tub will press down the waste pipe causing it to be depressed 14 in. or more and according 1% in. should be allowed for this making a total deduction of 1 in. from the fall. Since the pitch is taken at 1% in. per foot this is equivalent to deducting 2 ft. from the theoretical distance or 7—2=5 ft. Of course, the waste pipe could be run at less pitch than 14 in. per ft. but such practice is not to be recommended. A better method would be to | install a trap with a deeper seal than to reduce the pitch. | On long runs the effect of momentum of the water in the waste pipe it during operation of the trap should be considered and say an extra half | inch of fall deducted to avoid possibility of the water being syphoned from the trap due to the momentum of the water flowing in the waste pipe. Considering now the owner’s location of the closet (fig. 6,936) this requires cutting one beam, and introducing an extra 90° turn in the soil line between closet and stack. The plumber may make another trial position of the stack by locating it at say position M, shown in dotted lines. HH While this will result in less cutting of beams it necessitates long waste nit lines to bath and lavatory which as just explained are impossible with ordinary non-vented S traps, the kind now being considered. a Evidently a rearrangement of the fixtures is necessary for simplicity and economy of material and labor, also to avoid weakening the building. | 3,220 - 1,674 Roughing In The location of the fixtures in the kitchen presenting no mechanical dif- ficulties in installation and being convenient for owner’s use may be re- garded as fixed. Hence in a rearrangement of the fixtures in bath room the stack is located in best position for connection with the kitchen fixtures, and the bath room fixtures located where the connection can be more easily made with the stack. Accordingly let position S, of stack in fig. 6,935 be approximate location of stack in making a new arrangement of fixtures in bath room. Since: ordinary non-vented S traps are to be used, both the waste to the bath - oO ( ° (QBD}t dado Bi] \y cy BATH Foon Fic. 6,939.—Plumber’s proposed arrangement of bath room fixtures for minimum roughing in work and best drainage. tub and to lavatory should be taken from the soil pipe at higher levels than the closet outlet, to prevent their traps being syphoned by the dis- charge of the closet. There is no danger of the closet being syphoned by discharge of the other fixtures because the stack is so much larger than the waste pipes no solid slugs of water will be possible in the stack. In order to avoid cutting beams, arrange fixtures so their outlets will be on the side of room next to stack. Turn bath tub around so its outlet will face this side as shown in fig. 6,939. Since the outlet of lavatory is above the floor level, place lavatory next to stack which permits concealing its waste pipe without cutting an unnecessary number of joists; this will also Roughing In - 1,675 - 3,221 give room to get closet connection below waste from tub. The arrange- ment is indicated as in fig. 6,939. In case it be necessary to cut a beam to place closet in position A, this can be avoided by turning it around to position B, shown in dotted lines. The owner’s consent to this arrangement should now be obtained and the roughing in work started. Layout for the Roughing In Work.—In designing any drain- age system, special consideration should be given to the arrange- ment of the piping so as to have 1. Direct waste lines. 2. Easy bends rather than short turn elbows. 3. Proper pitch to prevent water pockets. 4. Least number of joints. 5. Accessible location to avoid difficulties in installing and repair. A thorough knowledge of soil pipe and all the various fittings is necessary to intelligently work out the best arrangement for any roughing in job. In this connection the following trade customs and regulations should be noted in ordering. 1. Always state kind of pipe and fittings; whether standard, medium, or extra heavy. i 2. Goods are usually tarred unless otherwise ordered. 3. To determine right or left sides of a fitting, place same in caulking position and face hub. 4. State whether 5 or 6 ft. lengths of pipe are required. In regard to these items standard pipe is too light for a safe job, and extra heavy, is unnecessarily heavy. The medium pipe is about the right weight for house installations. The coating of asphaltum on the pipe is to prevent corrosion and to fill up any sand holes, flaws or other defects that may have occurred in the manufacture. Defects may be detected by tapping the pipe with a hammer. If the pipe be of good material and without defects the sound will be clear and dis- tinct; if cracked, split, etc., the sound will be muffled and harsh. 3,222 - 1,676 Roughing In There are two methods of doing the roughing in work. 1. “By eye” and rough measurements. 2. Entirely by measurements. The first method is a hit or miss process—especially miss in the case of a beginner or greenhorn and accordingly should only be attempted by an experienced plumber. The second method is one of precision and is the better way. N \ n i\) YN AQ PLAN BATH ROOM. SCALE? YaIN=IFT 10-6" Fic. 6,940.—Plan of bath room showing location of fixtures as obtained from roughing in measurements; distances side wall to outlet centers. The reader should understand the difference between a plan and an elevation. Sometimes a combination of both methods will save time. Disregarding the ‘‘by eye’’ or slip shod method and to illus- trate the second method of roughing in, first, in the absence of the architect’s drawings make “‘skeleton sketches’ as required. Since the proposed position of stack may be shifted more with respect to the kitchen fixtures, than with respect to the bath room fixtures, measure up _the bath room first and make skeleton plan as in fig. 6,940 to scale say 34 in. -=1 ft.) and sketch in the fixtures, from the roughing in measurements Roughing In 1,677 - 3,223 locating stack between tub and lavatory. This sketch should be made | along with the elevation fig. 6,942, drawing both sketches at the same time. A clear idea of what these sketches are intended for should be kept in i) mind and no unnecessary detail drawn. They are made simply to locate center lines and fixture outlet positions and may be regarded as prelimin- ? ary to the detail sketches which follow.* Follow some regular order in transferring the roughing in measurements that is, show in the plan, fig. 6,940 distances of fixture outlets from side of room, and in the elevation, distances from center of stack after the latter has been located. The stack should be so located that the waste lines for sink and tubs in kitchen are as near the same length as possible to avoid SOLID HEADS 20 '— 3%"! NO INCH -MARKS Fic. 6,941.—Method of dimensioning drawings as preferred by the author. Note, solid arrow heads that can be seen; fine dimension lines which by contrast are not confused with the lines of the drawing; no inch marks where dimension is in inches only. long waste lines; this will bring the stack about as shown in fig. 6,942. The plan and elevation just completed are drawn on too small scales to accurately show the piping hence it is necessary to make larger drawings laying off the center lines according to the measurements obtained in figs. 6,940 and 6,942.+ state on each sketch whether it be a plan or elevation in large letters (as in figs. 6,940 and 6,942) *NOTE.—Unless you wish to be considered a greenhorn as a draughtsman never fail to | and also thescale. The proper time to do this is when beginning the sketch. i { : tNOTE.—They should know how to make a drawing ‘‘to scale”’ as fully explained in the author’s Carpenters’ and Builders’ Guide No. 2 in the chapter on Practical Drawing. +tNOTE.—The scales indicated on the drawings refer to the orzginal drawings and noé to the reproductions of same here shown as these are considerably reduced in size. 3,224 - 1,678 Roughing In 10-10" < s 10410" ELEVATION SHOWING LOCATION OF FIXTURES AND ROUGHING IN MEASUREMENTS SCALE 4IN= IFT. ric. 6,942.—Elevation of house See fonrion of fixtures as obtained from roughing in measurements; distances of outlet centers from stack center line, etc. Roughing In 1,679 - 3,225 Of course the larger the scale: of the drawing, the greater the precision. Thus the 1”=1’ and 144”=1’ scales read to 14 inch; the 3”=1’ scale, to 4% inch. Unless the plumber be an expert draughtsman he should not attempt to lay out piping installations on too small a scale; better not attempt it on a scale less than 3”=1’. This scale 3” =1’ is the same as saying 1¢”=1”", or 1” =4”, that is the drawing when completed will be one quarter as large as the original. Do not. expect to make an accurate drawing by using a | ‘N Y ES feccce a: BY IST, 28° ’ \ : \WA' Bho “WG \\V, Za FINGERS \ / Wy, SZpo 474 FINGER ir) | RESTING ON 4 L EDGE OF SCALE SHARP POINT PENCIL EXACTLY AT SA DIVISION LINE AND ae pea SUPPORTED BY ; EDGE OF SCALE EDGE OF SCALE ‘Se F NOT ELEVATED INDEX OF SCALE ABOVE PAPER Fic. 6,945.—Precision method of marking off distances on a drawing by use of architect’s boxwood scale and pencil having a sharp point and reasonably hard lead. The draughtsman is here shown marking off a distance of 314 inches using the scale: 3’’=1’. Observe that the pencil is held vertically by the 1st, 2nd and 3rd fingers with the 4th finger resting on the top edge of the scale. The divisions between L and F represent inches and fractional inches- From L (toward the right) only feet divisions are marked on scale. roth — BL ee eS ee fgg S Soe ee © 7 ~ LX eas — 4.IN. STACK, |. —2'-9' U 4X16 CL CON be 1a re G- Ge PLASTER LINE Ser" mo 12X2X 18 1% HALF’S LEAD TRAP Roughing In PLASTER LINE 1 BATH ROOM SCALE 3 INS. =1 FT. Fic. 6,946.—Plan of roughing in for bath room showing dimensions. 1,681 - 3,227 carpenter’s 2 foot rule and a pencil with an acre of soft lead for a point as in fig. 6,943, it can’t be done. The enlarged view, fig.. 6,944 shows errors even with a sharp pencil due to sup- porting the pencil on an elevated edge of the rule and holding pencil in an in- clined position. Compare this with the method of precision shown in fig. 6,945. With these points clearly un- derstood, enlarge to 3”=1’ scale plan and elevation of the bath room as shown in figs. 6,940 and 6,942. Since the scale is 3”=1’, and length of room is 10’—6” then the net length of paper required for’ the plan is 10.5°X3=31.5 ins., and allowing a little margin at sides take a sheet of paper 34 ins. long; its width need be only enough to take in bath tub with a little margin. This width (scaling on fig. 6,940) is say 8 ft. And for the 3”=1’ scale, width of sheet is 8x3 =24 ins. Now enlarge the plan from | fig. 6,940 and the elevation on another sheet. 3,228 - 1,682 Roughing In Next sketch in the best arrangement of piping and fittings and putin dimensions as in figs. 6,946 and 6,947.* In drawing in the fit- tings, it would bea use- less waste of time to show the hubs in full detail, simply draw a rectangle of approxim- ately correct depth rounded at the bottom. The important oper- ation is to properly locate the dotted lines hh’ and dd’ (fig. 6,950) which represent the bot- tom or face of the hubs upon which the spigot end of the next fitting Pat | or pipe rests; that is, these dotted lines are Le the telescoping limits and are the lines from which laying measure- ments are taken. These dotted lines (and the center lines) are in fact the only lines which need to be accurately | SHO FERRULE PLASTER LINE, BATH ROOM SCALE 3 INS.=1FT. CORRUGATED LEAD SLEEVE PA 4X16 CL. CON. ELEVATION n 6 ' q Ww a VY t x rN) ’% iN. ROD HANGER G —1% SOL. NIPPLE 5S 12X2 FERRULE } ——— 0 Nw BL bi Yo IN FALL 194 IN EXT. PIECE- 4X2 SAN. T ‘t *NOTE.—It should be under- stood that these two drawings are made at the same time, that is, each detail is first sketched on one drawing then on the other. In making these draw~ ings it should be understood that the laying length of a fit~ ting or length of pipe is the over~ all length less the telescoping, this is illustrated in fig. 6,948, 12X2XK16 COMB FERRULE I5 bath room showing dimensions. PLASTER LINE Fic. 6,947.—Elevation of roughing in for ee Roughing In 1,683 - 3,229 drawn, the outline of fittings and pipe may be drawn free hand if desired to save time. The following instructions for drawing the sanitary T shown in fig. 6,950 will serve as a general guide for drawing all fittings. Fig. 6,949 shows the T branch in full detail and the reference ‘letters for dimensions correspond to similar letters in fig. 6,950. These letters refer to the actual dimensions of the fitting for all the various sizes as given in the following table: 5'.34 — 5s! 3 OV ALL LENGTH se see ae —= SS eee —= = re EAMING -CENGIE +o ss ae TELESCOPING Fic. 6,948.—Length of four inch soil pipe showing difference between the overall length and the laying length. It is the laying length that is used in taking dimensions or drawing to scale, also in designating pipe lengths; that is, the standard length of soil pipe is five feet whereas its actual or overall length for, say, a 4”’ pipe is 5’-3’’, the three inches being taken up by the telescop¢ng of the hub. Since the telescoping adds nothing to the length of the line it is disregarded . Fic. 6,949.—Sanitary T (branch*) in full detail. Evidently in making roughing in layout it would be a foolish waste of time to draw the fittings in full detail as here shown when the simple representation shown in fig. 6,950 will answer the purpose. *NOTE —The author objects to the use of the word ‘‘branch’’ as commonly applied to Ts, Ys and other fittings, as such application is superfluous and therefore ridiculous. 3,230 - 1,684 Roughing In Sa Dimensions for Sanitary T ow PLP LL RADR RE RR OTTED LINES FOR LAYING MEASUREMENT. I-g FREE HAND M Fic. 6,950.—The author’s method of drawing soil fittings to avoid waste of time as explained fully in the text. The important lines are the dotted lines hh’ , dd’, and gg’, these lines should be located and drawn with precision, all the rest may be put in free hand. To draw the T, fig. 6,950, first draw (in very fine lines) the axes MS and LF, at right angles, or 90° to each other. Suppose the size of T is 4X 2 (as for instance the 4x2 T connecting bath waste to stack fig. 6,947). Look in above table column of sizes for 4x2 and in the same horizontal line under column E, find dimensions for E, to be 5 ins. Lay off on LF, from the: intersection of the axes, E=5 ins.; similarly on MS, E’=7 ins. Draw lines through these points to represent ends of hubs. These lines must be accurately drawn. — cae aoa an = sence SS = Se ae - - a - = a - Now the distance the faces hh’ and dd’, are back of these lines depends Roughing In 1,685 - 3,231 ‘upon the size of opening, that is, depth of hub or amount of telescoping | is as follows: size Of pipes... i 2 5 4 to 6 ins. Amount of telescoping 214 234 3 ins. Accordingly (in fig. 6,950) measure back R=3” for hh’ and R’=2% ins. va for dd’, since the openings are 4 and 2 ins. respectively. Draw lines a little back of hh’ and dd’ to represent back end of hub and complete hubs and branch connection in free hand. intersection of axes given location of spigot end gg’. This line gg’ must be accurately drawn, although the sides may be drawn free hand. This is the simplest and quickest method of drawing fittings with exception of the author’s fully abbreviated system shown in fig. 6,961. In drawing the sides, take diameter 1% in. greater than listed size which allows: 14 in. thickness of metal. The diameter of hubs can be gauged by eye, or ascertained from a table similar to above given dimensions for hubs. 1 Complete tables for all fittings are given in the chapter on soil pipe and soil pipe fittings. Find in table value for G, which is 7 ins. Measure off on LF, 7 ins. from Vat } In order to avoid considerable waste of time and a poor ‘drawing the following outfit is essential: Scale, dividers, draw- ing pencil of proper hardness, T square, triangles, drawing board and thumb tacks. In drawing the plan for bath room (fig. 6,946) represent wall surface by the full lines and show in dotted lines two beams {| 16 in. centers. i i Locate stack and closet outlet center and draw sanitary T and a 4x16 i closet connection. This leaves a distance of 3’—714” between the T and HI closet connection and complete line with a double hub pipe cut to required if length as shown. Show branch of 4x2 T leading to bath tub waste and Wi complete line with 114 218 combined ferrule with wipe joint connection toa half S lead trap. Similarly for the lavatory drain branch, another 4x2 T, with line j consisting of short ferrule, connected by wipe joint to lead pipe with the | ; other end connected to solder union and steel elbow. Note that the stud- tT ding is represented by pairs of dots, two being drawn in full, showing that only one stud need be cut to conceal the lavatory line back of wall. This completes the plan, but it does not show all the fittings on the stack line and gives no indication of the elevations. 3,232 - 1,686 Roughing In To get these relative heights of the fittings an elevation must be drawn as in fig. 6,947. First start with the closet. The distance between base of closet and the closet connection will depend upon the method in which this fitting is connected to the closet. The type closet selected has a cast brass floor flange with asbestos ring gasket arranged for lead pipe connection. This means that there must be a short length of lead pipe and short ferrule be- tween the base of closet which rests upon the floor and the cast iron elbow fitting called the closet connection. UNINJURED zal | ned sae / Imai PIPE SHRINKAGE yy aw Fics. 6,951 and 6,952.—Right way to support closet connection. Supports should be attach- ed as near the top of the beam as possible to avoid the effect of shrinkage which teads to push up the closet. By trial it is found that the necessary distance between base of closet and closet connection is too great to permit placing the latter between the floor and ceiling. Accordingly, after drawing line to represent floor beam and axis sketch in a 4X16 closet connection below ceiling in kitchen as shown. Connect with this a short ferrule, and length of lead pipe, the end of which connects with the closet outlet. Since wood shrinks mostly across grain, support the closet connection by a rod hanger fastened to a cleat placed as high up as possible. This provision together with the softness of the lead pipe will prevent any damage due to shrinkage. If it be necessary to secure the hanger lower down, the old fashioned corrugated lead pipe should be used to permit movement of the pipe due to shrinkage. Roughing In 1,687 - 3,233 Figs. 6,951 and 6,952, show how damage may result from shrinkage when not provided for. The actual elevation of the closet connection depends not only on the necessary distance to closet, but also upon the proper elevation of the T serving the bath waste (fig. 6,947). Hence, draw center line and locate C, elevation of sanitary T connecting with bath waste. It happens that this comes at the proper elevation for the bath trap, otherwise the elevation of the closet connection must be shifted up or down to bring C, at the proper elevation. Next lacate D, at proper elevation to connect with waste line from lavatory. 4 ‘CRACKED CHINA = | FRACTURED _ E Fics. 6,953 and 6°954.—Wrong way to support closet connection and resulting damage to closet due to shrinkage. Since the distance between the bath and lavatory T is less than the | standard pipe length, use is made of a fitting called an extension piece to join them. An extension piece is virtually a pipe unit shorter than the standard length and can be obtained in any length (varying by 2 ins.) from 4 to 36 ins. Use an extension piece if possible rather than a cut piece of pipe to length, because it saves the labor of cutting and avoids the possibility of a botch job due to the absence of a spigot. Roughing In 1,688 234 - 3, *SUOISUSWIp SUIMOYS Usyd}TY 1OJ ur SurySnoi Jo uOTeAST—"9G6'9 tigi TVA ONI 2% La l= NIL 21VvOS NSHOLIM eee NOILVAA14 MNIS “SUOISUDULIP SUIMOYS UIYIITY JOJ Ul ZurySno1 Jo uej{g—'sg¢g‘g “Dy Bij QJ 4 -dVaL avaq T fat NaS a an aN S AIWH Y] NAHOLIM aD, diy ————J1ddIN ONINZAI0S AIVW NV1d rT] ONITGNOD 1 ae 1 2 ae) ee ee ee ae nee —adld LHONOUM %| 43 ainyyas By ‘QWOD z1X NIT UBLsWid asic Ge Ss, AIX ) Roughing In 1,689 - 3,235 The lavatory trap outlet is 1714 ins. above floor line. Draw the horizon- tal center line cutting the stack axis at D’. Now by measurement the distance between C and D’ is 2314 ins. The distance between the lavatory and bath Ts, (assuming lavatory waste to be horizontal) is as follows: Distartes: © oscar pei eteek a Hh teat take eae 231% ins. | | | eS C to hub face (dotted line)..... 2 Hl) « | g Hah RD | Distance: between is sw. fee cee ee 141% ins. | tO ‘Spigetend.’ ot eee v | {| . ELEVATION : | | | 24 IN “os BASEMENT | Ht : SCALE 1IN.= 1 FT. EXTENSION > lECE eae a F TO SEWER HOUSE . DRAIN R H IN} al CLEAN OUT— Fic. 6,957.—Elevation of roughing in for basement showing dimensions. Allowing 14 in. fall (DD’), will permit using a 14 inch extension piece as shown. By methods similar to those just explained for the bath room, roughing in drawings are made for the kitchen as shown in figs. 6,955 and 6,956. For the basement, the elevation. fig. 6,957, will suffice, no a plan being needed. Never make any unnecessary drawings; the basement illus- trates this, as making a plan would be a waste of time. In 1 ghing Rou 3,236 - 1,690 BI (oe ee ea ee 9-4 coma 4OOld NAHOLIN —~ ae f 3) LNVS ONOT b a "NII Sean eee E Le} g WY) as 5 vts Gt eee ry Ez el a 28 i = Ea pa fe h room floors illustrating g. Compare this figure with fig. 6,958. I L .S 5950 and will save considerable time. Fic. 6,961.—Elevation of portion of stack between kitchen and bat the author’s fully abbreviated system of drawin is a development of the method shown in fig. 6 Roughing In 1,691 - 3,237 In this connection note whether a plan or elevation should be made to give all the necessary dimensions. Evidently from fig. 6,957, if a plan had been made instead of the elevation, the length of the extension piece could not have been determined because it would appear in projection so that its true length would not be shown. In fig. 6,957 note the pipe hook supports L and F. The weight of the pipes which is considerable should be properly supported by these devices. In fig. 6,957, the elevation of the house drain and resulting length of extension piece will depend on the elevation of the ground line. The bend and Y branch give easy flow of the drainage. An essential provision is the clean out plug for the Y branch, especially on long lines to sewer. It remains now to complete the stack, and since, using the same scale of 1”=1’, would make the drawing too long, it is best shown by separate drawings for each floor as in figs. 6,958 to 6,960. In drawing the first section of the stack (from basement to bath room) first draw kitchen and bath room floors at the correct vertical distance apart and vertical axis of stack. Next draw the sanitary Ts serving laundry tubs, sink and bath. Now by measurement distance between spigot of long sanitary T and. end of sink T is 6 ft. Evidently only one standard 5’ length of pipe can be used in making up _this section of the stack. Subtract this from total length thus: Laying length of make up............ 6 ft. One-5’ length off pipe:S. iccrekare. . bon. 5° Balance itosmalke-tp tee reece perme ere Lat * This can be made up by use of a 12 in. extension picce as shown in fig. 6,966, or preferably if a 6 ft. length of pipe be available, it can be used for the entire make up thus avoiding the extension piece with its extra joint. 3,238 - 1,692 Roughing In In case some other length of long sanitary T be used, it will be seen by inspection of the following table, that various combinations of long sanitary T and extension piece, of different lengths are available for make up. Long Sanitary T’s and Extension Pieces Length in inches Long sanitary T....| 18 | 24 | 30 | 36 Extension piece.....| 4:|-,-6+}, 8 | 10.|.12.).14 | .16.]18 |.20 1 22 | 24 — —_. Continue the stack, through bath room with two pipe lengths, which will bring the stack 9 ins. above bath room ceiling as shown in fig. 6,959. To complete the stack, add a 4x5 jncreaser and a length of 5 in. pipe which will bring the end of stack well above the roof. From the drawings just made the amount of soil pipe and soil pipe fittings required is as follows: Soil Pipe and Soil Pipe Fittings rrr Ar Bash bo) chen, aerine Se pI Beo het ge ean eter bi chcg Soil pipe Long ——| 45° ny; San. | Extens. Closet San. _|increasers B&s elbow | bend db piece ext. att Basement. 1—4” 1 1 1—24” Kitchen. 1—4” iS 1—12” | 1—4x16;| 1—4«30 Bath room. 2—4” 1 1—14” Attic. 5 1—5’” 1—4X5 i Roughing In 1,693 - 3,239 Collecting these items into the form of an order’ would be as follows: 3 Soil pipe 4 lengths 4” B & S pipe. l length 5” B&S pipe. Fittings 1—4” 45° elbow, TRIAL LAYOUT SCALE LINSIFT. Fics. 6,962 and 6,963.—-Skeleton trial layout for make up of the close connected closet connec- tion shown in fig. 6,965, using 14 bend, and detail showing trial distance of closet con- nection center line below bath room floor. 1—4” Y bend. 3—Extension pieces; 4X12; 4x14; 4x24, 4—4” San. T. 1—4x30 closet. connection. 1—4x30 long san. T. 1—4x5 increaser. . In addition there will be needed ferrules, solder unions,.traps, wrought and lead pipe, etc., as shown in the drawings. In place of the lead pipe connection to closet which necessitates the closet connection being placed below the kitchen ceiling, close nipple connection 3,240 - 1,694 Roughing In can be made as shown in fig. 6,965. Here the waste pipe can be concealed between the floor and ceiling with exception of the 45° connection to stack, Pipe fitters have experienced much difficulty in finding the length of 45° lines. There is no mystery about it; the length of the 45° line may be laid down and measured or calculated either by geometry or trigonometry. Ss CLOSET | = hi Ces C2 F <= 1G 22% DROP DOWN Y_72.1N. SCALE. {N.= | FT. Ned Rod a ; OY = TRIAL LAYOUT | YyOOTI NAHOLIM——> ES) gs. 6,958 to 6,961, by the author’ plained in figs. 6,983 to 6,985. The For instance, the pipe between fittings is system is partly graphic and partly descriptive. Fics. 6,966 to 6,968.—Representation of the stack shown in fi fully abbreviated system of drawing soil fittings as ex not drawn in but simply specified. wiih e Roughing In 1,699 - 3,245 | it 4) | i tH 1 : HE fi 4 1G MINERAL WOOL RETAINS WARM : AIR IN ATTIC ween LETS AIR : | i 1 (Ni : Fics. 6,969 to 6,972.—Various arrangements of ventilation stack end. "pus YoR}S UOLIIUSA IOJ s[Iejop UOoI}INIsSUOD— F169 PUB $16.9 “SOIL 400Y SAOBV Adid GNNOYV SLVINIYID OL FIV WUVM 7 aN BeaoS SLINGY 3OVdS a4Iv ONIAGINS | t—_: asvo ya | = Ti do HE 4, Wayos aS 1 S| SO} = S| 3 sauvod 400W GNV oO | aawivo | <4 age | anH 30. é Fos : : : : Oe ae WaddOD 3gISNi Tol 7 \ of .tnaA &4O OVS) a} Ganyuns a - WAMAaS | ia} ONIHSVI4 a aSNOH 8 FONVIS - Roughing In 1,701 - 3,247 A i} Ui with fig..6,958) and also the use of a 24 in. extension piece nec- essary to make up the odd length. In fig. 6,961, no allowance is made for } the half inch drop shown in figs. 6,964 and i 6,965. Disregard the half inch so as to make up the stack with a 24 extension piece. In:making up the hanch to closet 1} the 18 in. extension piece and 14 bend may swing a little out of the true 45° pos- du Fittings.—The fittings used in this system (known as the Durham System) are the same as the fittings used for | water or steam with the ex- i ception that they are made with a shoulder so that they are of the same inside diameter as the pipe; thus, ] 'S | ition, cutting the closet connection to right Ss eee pL | lengthto bring the inlet in proper position. SSS 11> ACCURATELY Fics. 6,983 to 6,985.—Representation of a soil fitting in full detail, and by the author’s semi-, and fully abbreviated system showing the important dotted lines representing bottom of sockets and end of spigot which must be located and drawn with precision, and the un- important parts which may be drawn free hand. These unimportant parts are only put in to indicate the fitting otherwise they could be omitted. In drawing the dotted lines make only three dashes, one of which intersects the axis through the location point. It is upon the proper laying out of the location points L,A,R, that the accuracy of the drawing - depends and they should not be marked with a pencil having an acre of lead for a point. ii i i Roughing I iil oughing In 1,707 - 3,253 HH | | ; ag = i iNauaw a : | az z | aes = 14) ira) { a 2 | feed : i ot y fe) ‘ a4 i f [| SOF 8 ELEVATIONS } i ee eel | SCALE JIN. = EFT. 4} 2 Px x cost EE! z r 4 oO i Ms ii ut n ft | Ee 1 () i} | Z i z ft (| = = at | S | oul Serre 7 y ee) ‘9 iy = q [ i i ih red ql 8 a ULE S i 7) | + 3 = uJ iL ° o i) (e) hy ior 4 a 2 : : Bes | a) f nee i a 0 | aia x aie ‘ Be ones naan t ! a eters aT 7 | ; | | Fics. 6,986 to 6,988.—Elevation of roughing in for stack showing dimensions with wrought pipe 4 and recessed screwed fittings. i 1) | 3,254 - 1,708 Roughing In- VENT SIDE SOIL SIDE VW Fics. 6,989.— Skeleton free © hand elevation for installa- ~ tion having soil and vent | stacks or loop. Thisisa pre- liminary .drawing showing approximate location of all the fixtures to facilitate in- dicating the best piping arrange- ment to meet the requirements as explained fully in the text. Roughing In 1,709 - 3,255 on this sketch, representing the jae simply by lines drawn in free hand as in fig. 6,989. In determining how the piping should be arranged, the first consideration is which pipe of the loop to use for the soil pipe. This will depend upon. whether the best results, or cheapest installation is desired. Here, it should be remembered that the action of the loop causes air to be pushed before the water discharged from a fixture and a partial vacuum to be formed behind the water. This causes a revolution of the air in the loop. Now the important point is this: air takes the course offering RIGHT WAY NO REVERSAL OF CURRENT CURRENT REVERSED ” PUFF BACK” OR DISCHARGE OF GASES AT FRESH AIR INLET NO DISCHARGE OF GASES AT FRESH AIR Fics. 6,990 and 6,991.—Right and wrong application ofa ventilation loop. Fixtures should drain into thé branch or offset leg instead of the main or stack leg; this prevents a reversal of air current during trap discharge. the least resistance, hence making both pipes the same size, the greater part of a current of air passing upward through them will travel by the pipe which forms a part of the main stack rather than by the branch pipe which branches out of and into the main pipe. By taking the branch hice, for the soil pipe, the bulk of the air current which normally is flowing upward is not reversed but only checked; whereas, rs Ze- PR *d0O] 10 8YDD}S JUBA PUD 7208 But aim wi . NE ts | J -AeY UOT} e]]e}sUI Jo UOTWLAV]O pue uL[g Cae “Od LX “NI . E ht sean es —'s66°9 puke 2669 “Ol oI 9d ‘LX3 “NI 91 Ae ies 1 | 136940 ONIGATONt | — aoe = * Gddvi | Ee q Dd ‘1X3 ‘NIV! ES -—_—_ 1) ata aa rear ul a OO} | Gi || i Sie Kr amecaminns mag el i aN ITEC( (2 ae ‘LAl='NIYIAIVIS | LNA ‘N | 9 J ve ego ANI? NIT ddld 54-G : = ANA ‘NI 1 = Pst oT = eS = ee ae ul VWAA14 ~ t oe “LAI='NI41 ATVOS ; WOOY Hive =) m= a r= 1 Ke) Ww N 3 ie) 711 - 3,257 9 1 ing In Rough *doo] 10 8yDn}8 zUaAa puD sUsYOTY JOJ ul surysno1 JO UONvATTA pue Ue]Tq—¢66'9 PUL FG6‘9 “SOI € 2208 SuUIAeY UOTzET]e SUI LHOIWdN 2xXb MalA AGIS ANJA NI 1 GN39d YOs ONIMOTIV — ‘La t=‘NI% WIS NSHOLIM NOILWAS 13 3,258 - 1,712 Roughing In using main pipe for soil results in reversal of current.and_puff-back at fresh air inlet as shown in fig. 6,991. Moreover whatever offset may be necessary to reach the closet openings will be washed and the straight vertical stack left for the vent affords no chance for the lodgment of rust or other obstructions. Accordingly place the branch pipe of the loop on that side most convenient to receive the discharge from the fixtures. This will be determined principally by the location of the closet and should be placed as in fig. 6,989. Here three of the five fixtures discharge into the branch side of the loop leaving only two waste lines to cross over to the soil side. ——_ a 7 ~~ ELEVATION BASEMENT SCALE 1 IN.=1 FT. 6-6" FRESH AIR WALL INLET PI ; $ 24 IN. EXT PC ee as 24 IN. EXT. pc.>| CLEANOUT IQ IM EXT. PC. Fic. 6,996.—Elevation of roughing in for basement; installation having soil and vent stacks or loop. In laying out the vent pipes they should pitch upward from beginning at trap to connection with vent stack. The point at which a vent line enters stack should be sufficiently higher’ than the trap which it serves, so that there is no possibility of back flow of water through vent line into vent stack. Each vent line should have a separate connection with the vent stack, otherwise if two or more vent lines entered stack through a single connec- tion the relieving capacity of these lines would be reduced in case of simul- taneous discharge through the traps which they serve. Of course two or more traps may be served by a single branch vent line Roughing. In 1,713 - 3,259 without reducing the venting capacity if the branch vent. be progressively increased in size toward the stack so that the area at stack will equal the sum of the areas of the several vent pipes leading to the traps served by the branchvent. The layout in fig. 6,989 with its individual vent lines | while giving ideal ventilation, involves too much piping and fittings for | economy and simplicity, accordingly from these view points, branch vent lines serving two or more fixtures are used. As stated the branch vent line should be progressively increased in size toward the stack in proportion to the number of vent pipes along the line il as shown in fig. 6,997. The following is the method of nroportioning | the branch vent. 1 SLEEVE f 214 Sepik ie i ae C : it aoa Fic. 6,997.—Elevation of roughing in for bath room; installation having so1l and vent stacks or loop, and provided with ‘‘tapered”’ branch vent pipe instead of vent separately connected il to main vent pipe. The enlargement at the right shows in detail the piping of the system | indicated in the skeleton sketch. ~~ i Starting at the closet at A, the minimum size vent pipe permissible is 2ins. This 2 in. vent pipe will connect with the branch vent at B, pre- t ferably by long turn elbow (to reduce resistance of air flow). The branch ti vent will be of the same size pipe (2 in.) up to the junction C, where the lavatory vent is connected. Here the branch vent should be enlarged. The size of vent between C and stack is obtained thus: ; Hh) 3,260 - 1,714 Roughing In Internal transverse area 2 in. closet vent pipe... .3.355 sq. ins. * ** 1% in. lavatory vent pipe. .2.036 sq. ins. Total transverse area to beserved.............. 5.391 sq. ins. There is no size pipe corresponding to this area, as from table giving “properties” of standard wrought pipe (the kind used in this instance). Internal area 214 in. pipe =4.788 sq. ins. Internal area3 in. pipe=7.393 sq. ins. Thus the 214 in. pipe is too small and the 3 in. pipe too large and a choice between the two must be made. Accordingly, owing to the fact that it would be very seldom that both traps would discharge at the same time, the smaller or 21% in. pipe is selected. The junction at C, where the branch vent is enlarged is made with a re- ducing T as shown in fig. 6,998. REDUCING T aa | BRANCH VENT BRANCH VENT LAVATORY VENT Fic. 6,998.—Method of “tapering” the branch vent by means of reducing T at junction of branch vent pipe with vent pipe. An unscrupulous contractor trying to increase his profits will run a branch vent the same size to stack regardless of the number of traps served. This extreme or the other extreme of increasing the branch vent to full area in case it serve a multiplicity of traps should not be followed. Roughing In 1,715 - 3,261 3X2 TAPPED VENT an SHORT NIPPLE wal Cty 2X2K2K2 CROSS ara 2 ie VENT rt FLOOR | =, JOIST ie a PG Ee ae Zk 3X1% TAPPED SAN. CROSS Ci DS te | 637," t+ ares 8 A ees Ree NET | J IST SXI4 TAPPED SAN, CROSS —*] (i feeni Py peal o——! ry)<-—3X%2 TAPPED REDUCER ELEVATION COMBINATION CAULKED AND TAPPED JOINT INSTALLATION SCALE JIN. = 1 FT, 3X3 UPRIGHT Y Fic. 6,999.—Elevation of roughing in for installation having combination of caulked joint and screwed joint piping, illustrating the questionable practice of using extra small stack and main vent pipe, and showing the wrong way tc connect up the loop. Roughing In 3,262 - 1,716 ae sdoo] sy} JOoUUOD 07 fipm 7Y 614 Far SYOVLS Surmoyus vaiv yonba jo sha) y21M doo "L411 =NIY! aIVOS see SNIMOHS ; ; rw Bulapy uoneyyeysut wazsis woying dOO71 HLIM WSLSAS WVHYNG ry _ (SS ty MalA JO} UL Zurmysno1 Jo uoryeasyy— 000'L “Oy = B 3ais 7 _NOILWAIT3 za ge Teas yeaa, ALSVM'NI 91 1055 ASO) N3HOLIM ASS) c WOON Hive ||) t | Roughing In 1,717 - 3,263 In the latter case it would lead to needless expense. Where there are numerous traps served by one branch vent, the proper method of propor- HT tioning the branch vent is to carefully consider the conditions of the par- ticular installation and judge what proportion of the total number of traps 1 on the line are liable to discharge at the same time, and proportion the ete area of branch vent for this number of traps rather than for all the traps on the line. Thus, in a residence, the proportion of traps to be provided for would, as must be evident, be less than in some public place, as the wash room of a hotel. The present tendency in plumbing is tO. fe= am duce pipe sizes entirely too much owing to the I high cost of material and labor. Three inch soil pipes are commonly used instead of four inch; also closets with 3 in. traps are in common use. In the opinion of the author this should not be tolerated just to save a few dollars. This should be evident to anyone, unprejudiced, by noting how a 3 inch closet labors to clear itself, and frequently it fails unless the entire contents of the tank be discharged. i The average person will not bother to hold the valve open for a full dis- charge and sometimes it happens that such closets do not fully clear them- | selves; in such cases, the next flushing sometimes causes the bowl to over- flow. An installation of this kind serving the same fixtures as in the pre- | | | ceding examples is shown in fig. 6,999. This represents a combination of th the caulked joint and threaded joint system using cast iron and wrought te pipe and fittings. The degree of skimping is evident by comparing it with i the preceding examples, although it goes for first class plumbing. Note the violation of the ventilation principle in piping the drains to the stack leg of the loop instead of to the offset branch leg. This is done so that the i branch leg may be reduced in size regardless of the fact that the ventila- | tion current up the stack is reversed during each trap discharge with re- sulting objectional puff back or discharge of gases through the fresh air inlet. f It will be underst6od that the examples thus far given are very small installations and the objectionable features men- tioned are not of such importance as they would be in larger installations. Hi The small installations are purposely given so as to bring it out the details more clearly by permitting the illustration to 3,264 - 1,718 Roughing In ‘ rig.e29 LH, | FIG.770 LH Hy ert : <4 € FIG770LH FIG.895 pau & FIG.730 ] FIG.770LH F1G.770 LH Fics. 7,001 to 7,005.—F. and W. special fittings. 1, fig. 7,001, combination for sink connec- tions as per dotted lines; fig. 7,002, combination for basin; fig. 7,003, combination as specially arranged for sink connection in two family apartments. Note where double fixtures are used that 834 is substituted for 823, and 730 for 770. Roughing In 1,719 - 3,265 be produced on a larger scale, and so as not to confuse the stu- dent by showing a maze of pipe work. Thus far, installations have been shown in cast iron and lead and in combined cast iron and wrought pipe. Fig. 7,000, shows the installation with Durham system, that is with all wrought pipe and recessed screwed fittings (called drainage fittings), it fol- lows the same arrange- ment as fig. 6,993, with the exception that the loop has legs of equal area as should be and waste and vent lines are connected to the proper legs so that there will be no reversal of air current during fixture discharge. Pieces Required - 29 Joints Caulked - 37 REGULAR FITTINGS g Pieces Required - 10 Use of Special Fittings Joints Caulked - 16 = in Roughing In Work.— = ; The installations thus he es 2 far considered are made Wilmer Veli with ordinary form fit- tings usually carried in stock. The advantage is that the dealer is more likely to have these fittings on hand wf SPECIAL FITTINGS Fics. 7,006 and,007 .—Comparison of regular and special fittings showing saving in joints on a four fixture installation. rather than the unusual — 3,266 - 1,720 | Roughing In FIG.780 R.He ]_Fic.821 R.H. ar ay \ ToP VIEW : { iS wel =o a ee saa : 3 a Figs. 7,008 to 7,010.—F. and W. special fittings. 2, Combination for 2 or 3 in. line arranged for bath tub and basin, or bath tub and sink. Note that 773 and 774 can be used where lines break or offset. Fics. 7,011 to 7,014.—F. and W. special fittings. 3, Combination arranged for a 2 or 3 in. line of double bath tubs and basins or double bath tubs and sinks. ' 731 and 732 can be used where lines break or offset. Roughing In —__1,721 - 3,267 or special forms, thus the chances of delay in delivery are less when the ordinary fittings are specified. However the in- mae Y BRANCH Fics. 7,015 and 7,016.—Roughing in with ordinary and special fittings. 1, Stack with ventilation loop. Saves two joints. stallation will have more joints and not be as simple as when special fittings are used. Thus fig. 7,015 shows a ventilation loop stack made with ordinary fittings and fig. 7,016 the same using special fittings, a saving of two joints as 3,268 - 1,722 Roughing In —- ' < DOUBLE IS VENT BRANCH SJIOINTS \ 3S JOINTS 3 JOINTS) DOUBLE UPRIGHT Y BRANCH 5 JOINTS Fics. 7,017 and 7,018.—Roughing in with ordinary and special fittings. 2, stack with double vent branches. Saves four joints. STACK BRANCH VENT LINE~ CLOSET AND BRANCH VENT FITTING TOP VENT BOSTON TY — “CLOSET CONNECTION: Fic. 7,019.—Roughing in with special fittings. 1, closet and branch vent fitting and Boston top vent TY, giving closet ventilation and connection for branch vent line. Roughing In 1,723 - 3,269 indicated in the figure. Thus there is less cost for labor and less number of joints reducing the chances of leakage. Similarly figs. 7,017 and 7,018 show stack with double vent branches: t The double upright Y branch shown in fig. 7,018 is not generally made, Hi if available the two special fittings save four joints. HH , The use of a top vent Boston TY, and a closet and branch vent fitting Fic. 7,020.—Installation with F. and W. special fittings. 7, Plumber assembling No. 70° combination for a double closet line. is shown in fig. 7,019. This combination gives closet ventilation and con- nection for a branch vent line for other fixtures. The Boston top vent TY, may also be obtained in the double pattern to serve two closets. The reduction in joint and simplicity secured by the use of the three special fittings shown assembled in fig. 7,030 must be ap- parent. This combination permits the closet connection to be at right angles to the plane of the ventilating loop. , “uoTeurqui0S OFZ ‘ON SUISn [eM JsuTeSe osojD peSuvize yieEq pue ArTOPAR] ‘JoSo[D ‘9 *sBurj7y Teroeds * MA pure * yf YIM UOHLT]e}su[— ZZO'L “OY ‘UOIJEUIQUIOD O/,), “ON SUIsn oul] ABI} YSeM puL YyUIs JUOpUedepuy ~g “ssuInIy yetoods *\ pue “yy Yim UorTjeT[eIsSUJ— TZO*L, “SIA FIG.945 > f= FIG 770 tH [Sa a i i 7g FRW PAT.LuG ) roe Fics. 7,023 to 7 ,026.—F. and W. special fittings. 4, Combination arranged for a single closet line. 778, 794, and 798 can be used where lines break or offset. | Fics. 7,027 to 7,029.—F. and W. special fittings. 5, Combination arranged for closet and | bath or other fixtures. 796 and 797 can be used where lines break or offset. | 3,272 - 1,726 Roughing In CLOSET VENT ele FITTING L.H. SIDE INLET SANITARY T CONNECTION Fic. 7;030.—Roughing in with special fittings. 2, L.H. side inlet sanitary T, used in combina tion with closet vent fitting and offset vent branch or “‘N.” CLOSET AND rt OFFSET F _— VENT BRANCH VENT BRANCH OR N BOSTON PAT TERN L.H. SIDE INLET SANITARY T Fic. 7,031.—Roughing in with special fittings. 3, Boston pattern L.H. side inlet sanitary T, used in combination with closet and branch vent fitting, and “‘jump over.” 213 -3 727 9 1 ing In Rough jo 89] JUDA 94} YIM Sul}o9uu0D ‘soinyxy 9894] S9AIVS SUT] JUBA YOULIC VY . qn} yyeqG pue AIOJCART woif 9}S2M IOJ UMOYS Se Jour ue SulAey yng ‘oso’ Uy “SU UI SB LT Azeyues edA1 oures 94} SMOYs ESO: ve “SI a = 1 e vases “UOT}JLUIqWIOD Q//, “ON SuIsn surly Avr Ysem pue UIs JUspuedepur ue SI }Y3II vy] UG “woreUIqUIOD C7), “ON SUISN 9UI] JeSO[D JUepUsdepUI SI J0}Ue9 9Y} UT ~“UoTeUIquIOD Cg), ; “ON Sutsn oul] A10jeAR] pue y}eq Jo JusWIESUeIIe UMOYS SI Yet Ty “p “ssurj7y Teroeds “AM pue “yy YIM UONLTTeEsUT— seo’, “OTT *8U1Y 94} UI Surusdo Avex} YseM puke AUIS Jo uOTISod SOJESIPUI MOIIV OUT, “gP/, “ON Sursn Avi} YSPM pue yuIsS ‘AIOJCART ‘eq ‘JeSO[D Surmoys uoneuiquiog ‘g “ssuIy}y [eloeds “fA pue -y YIM uor}e][e}suJ— Feo’), “D1 3,274 - 1,728 Roughing In FIG.945 amp FIG.945 FIG.825 ‘}}) JUMPOVER Vt if ¥FIG.800 FIG.825 FIG.885 FIG.940 FIG.1130 > F.&W. | LUG PAT. FIG.948 FIG.947 FIG.700 TOP VIEW Fics. 7,034 and 7,035.—F. and W. special fittings. 6, Combination arranged for double closets. Fics. 7,036 to 7,038.—F. and W. special fittings. 7, Combination arranged for double closets and sinks. ; FIG.946 FIG.825 “HESS y ‘ Me FIG.950 Wes : H FIG.1030, i FIG.720 2a FIG.1080A JUMPOVER 1G.80 \ f : \ JUMPOVER ') FIG.800 FIG.825 FIG.950 H FIG.1030 FIG.720 JUMP- FIG.1080A FIG.720 OVER FIG.1080 FLG.8.00 ae Fee We AI HM ZN feo L Pier sos esr aay LUG PAT. SSS 5 94 rig.S47 FIG.947 $5 spe 16-8 0F FIG. 1030, aie ho tric. ~w Fig. FIGs: es -4 ie 4 Hogs, naneen | |[} (Gleme oe HE Ha | Seer {I 5, Ti H 1 a A / 4 ; \ ! H itt . ! ) iy \ { } ii Hue 8 ! ‘\ q wea oe eyes 7CLEANOUT TOP VIEW = PLUG Fics. 7,039 to 7,041.—F. and W. special fittings. closets and baths. Fics. 7,042 to 7,044.—F. and W. special fittings. 9, Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown, illustrating expecially fitting No. 947 and vent to basement fixtures. 8, Combination arranged for double ans Be | | ial a ih Wh | | if wed) iy! ined 1) q | Wt } i ii Want BT i | ey 1) LD ie aie. bi} } Hii a j ha Aad H i Bl i Van Pe } 1 | A ae We i Hy | Ai 4 . \] | q i Yat i | t \ Wy | i | | | i i i iy H j | i ; i Wey Hh |) | a Yt ae i | | Weal | Hh i y oi Ae | | [ ei ee HII 1) Ht | He | -UOTJEUIGUIOD OBJ, “ON Aq padres Bureq woOI YZeq Youre Jo qny Yq pue AJOJCAR] 9} ‘sjQSO]D YO SUTAINS WOTJeUIqUIOD gOJ, “ON YIM WooI Yq sjqnod ‘g -s3uqy [eleds - MM pue “J YM UOTeT]TesUJ— CPO‘, “OM “OPL ‘ON Zuuesps 3ury7y Joao dumf 9y} 930N “OPL “ON suisn ‘qn} y}eq pue oe -AR] ‘JOSO]D JO] Ul SUIYSNOI IOOY 9214} SUIMOYS UOVUIqUIOD *T “ssulqyy yeroods “yy pue “4 YUM UOTIET[eIsuUJ— PIO’ L “OA ing In S or) 3 S na »730 -1 3,276 FIG.945 FIG.945 ———> FIG.890 FIG.722 CH ii FIG.722 FIG.947 Roughing In FIG.940 FIG.825 i FIG.1130 MI F1G.950 FIG.800 \ JUMPOVER ‘ FIG.800 wo. FiGaist RH ===> 5 FIG.950 FIG.1131 R.H. _TOP VIEW —————(.) 1,731 - 3,277 the loop by means of the closet and branch vent fit- ting. Note how the vent leg of the loop is carried past the waste inlet of the sanitary T by means of a “jump over’? which is simply a length of pipe having a curved offset at the right point. Evidently the jump over avoids the use of two offset fittings. There is a great vari- ety of combinations that. may be made with special fittings so that roughing in for any assemblage of. fixtures may be accom- plished in the most effi- cient manner, giving proper drainage and ven- tilation without un- necessary complication of piping. In addition to the ex- amples of these already shown, a few of the great multiplicity of ar- rangements possible are shown in figs. 7,001 to 7,094 illustrating the F & W system. Fics. 7,046 to 7,048.—F. and W. special fittings. 10, Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown, illustrating especially No. 722 which provides for one soil and two vent lines. 3,278 - 1,732 Roughing In Each of these fittings eliminates two or more regular fittings thus re- ducing the number of joints and amount of room required between partitions. NOTE.—In the F. & W. system, it is claimed that as fast as rust forms in the vent pipe, it falls into the drainage part of their special tee, from which it is carried away by the flow of water from the sanitary fixtures. In this invention it can be readily seen that an important improve- ment has been made. They have also invented a series of special fittings shown in the accompany- ing illustrations for venting and reventing, by which perfect ven- tilation is maintained at all times. It is also claimed that F. & W. Fittings require less room | between partitions than other FIG. 800 systems; that they are cheaper and when properly connected, are practical, sanitary and durable. NOTE.— When drainage pipe was first put into living apart- ments, no attempt was made to prevent the air contained therein from escaping into the rooms, but it was soon found that disease and even death came to those who were unfortunate enough to live in an atmosphere which man has since discovered to be laden with mi- crobes. To prevent the escape of poisonous gases from the pipe, a self-sealing trap was invented and effectively applied. The trap is gas proof as long as the seal remains perfect, but it was demonstrated that syphonage often took place when the pipe was flushed, thus breaking the seal and admitting sewer gas to Pe Te the living rooms. To prevent c Soa os syphoning water from the trap eee a} «6 and the Pos results sure to follow, an air pipe, called the Fics. 7,049 to 7,054.—F. and W. special fittings. 11, vent pipe, was connected to its Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown. 779, 795, crown and extended through tne and 799 can be used where lines break or offset. roof. JUMPOVER Roughing In 1,733 - 3,279 oe ren nance, tases eee CIN Fics. 7,055 and 7,057.—F. and W. special fittings. 12, Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown in dotted lines. 3,280 - 1,734 Fics. 7,058 and 7,060.—F. and W. special fittings. Roughing In JUNPOVER F16.800 +5 2FIG.I078LH——FIG.740LH Mf JUMPOVERFIG.000 mui (Su m F&\W. PAT. LUG fF 16.925 7 FIG.NOS vane CS-FiGi078LH FCM UA necgeatt) semana eat =O) shown in dotted lines. 13, Combination arranged to suit fixtures FIG.945 740 L.He FIG. F.& W.PAT. LUG FIG.740 L.He 1125 FIG. FIG. 1095 1% FIG.1085 ah *‘ JUMPOVER Kl : if FIG.1081 ni fn FIG.1095 -1105 FIG FIG.740 L.H. FIG.1095. »1085 FIG 14, Combination arranged to suit bath 7,061 and 7,062.—F. and W. special fittings. room and kitchen fixtures. ace Roughing In FIG. 808i Lt. is N(Fic.1078" iN ry! Il J Fig.t078 uH ‘i aan i] | ti [Past H JUMPOVER FIG.800 [il FIG,1082AL.H. FIG.946 FIG.806 L.H. ©} EIG.745 LH FIG.805 L.H. tERETIN RX o e . kitchen fixtures. of closets, sinks and bath tubs. Fics. 7,063 to 7,066.—F. and W. special fittings. 782 and 786 can be used where lines break or offset Fic. 7,067 and 7,068.—F. and W. special fittings. 15, Combination to suit bath room and 16, Combination arranged to suit a line Roughing In 1,737 - 3,283 = = FIG. ule LeH FIG.789 L.He Fics. 7,069 to 7,072.—F. and W. special fittings. 17, Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown in dotted lines. 789 and 792 can be used where lines break or offset. Pane. —. me —_—=—. Ki — aN —— X i ) / ) 18, Combination arranged to suit fixtures asin at right angles to partition in which lines are run. Roughing In oe Ses ae me Fiesta HT FIG.750 R.H} FIG.%06 R.H. Fics. 7,073 and 7,074.—F. and W. special fittings. shown in dotted lines; bath and b 3,284 - 1,738 Roughing In 1,739 - 3,285 FiG.946 FIG.815 LH. FIG.805 L.H. a (9) ~N wo oa ace Le a Aa SI t= CI H i FIG.805 L.H. oh ai eo 1G.750 LeHe G FIG.8T5 L.H. ae yy / FIG.735 L.H. OC aos ‘2W. i F.&W. PAT.LUG \\\!Il] PAT» LU@ fi ‘e act & WASTE BRANCHES TO OTHER Eee aes FIXTURES =x Pees FIG.738 L. | | | roy : in Fil cu Sey Hi weeeeat y © ot S Fics. 7,075 to 7,077.—F. and W. special fittings. 19, Combination arranged to accommodate a line of closets and sinks. 781 and 784 can be used where lines break or offset. Fics. 7,078 to 7,080.—F. and W. special fittings. 20, Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown in dotted lines; note lugs or rests for supporting soil pipe lines. 783 and 787 can be used where lines break or offset. 3,286 ~ 1,740 Roughing In f ci a F1G.815 LH. |INS FIG.805 LHe mt | Fia.736 | | Sau L.H. an IO al N ‘ FIG.805 L.H. & A | F.& W. FIG.815 L.H. PAT.LUG I | Ey i Sera t \ i \ oy Bee nna eae 26) Tt FIG.788 L.He Coro i i L.tie Fics. 7,081 to 7,083.—F. and W. special fittings. 21, Four inch pipe line and 2 in. revent line arranged to suit closet and sink. 788 and 791 can be used where lines break or offset. Fics. 7,084 to 7,086.—F. and W. special fittings. 22, Four inch soil pipe line and 2 in. revent line arranged to suit closet, sink, laundry tubs, bath, or other fixtures. 790 and 793 can be used where lines break or offset. Roughing In 1,741 - 3,287 ea LHe FIG.816 F.& W. PAT.LUG Wd FIG.750 li (Lalas | © } FIG.811 LHe FIG.816 VENT. 4 & WASTE BRANCHES TO OTHER FIXTURES tRON BEAM Fic. 7,087.—F. and W. special fittings. 23, Combination arranged for a line of closets and bath tubs. Fic. 7,088.—F. and W. special fittings. 24, Combination arranged for fixtures shown in dotted lines, illustrating especially frost proof iron roof plate No. 1250, and attic foul air vent. intended to prevent the choking up of ventilation pipe by hoar frost. 901 can be used when necessary to put closet openings below iron beam. 3,288 - 1,742 Roughing In cidaas FIG.946 FIG.821 R.H. 1G.816 le eer een i i F1G.750 L.H.| | ( FIG.761 LH. FIG.806 L.H. = aml FIG.816 —— NLL: FiG.750 LH. | Lo ma a { @)(6), F1G.751 L.H. Pt TI NS F.& W.PAT.LUG i - TOP VIEW FIG.815 LH. oe = a ish Sara att Fat teeter ne Nl FIG.754 L.H. i Fic. 7,089.—F. and W. special fittings. 25. Combination arranged to suit fixtures shown in dotted lines. Note on top and bottom floors all fixtures are completely vented and on center floor bath tub only requires reventing, inlet for which is provided by 806. Fics. 7,090 to 7,092.—F. and W. special fittings. 26, Combination arranged for a closet and sink line with closet opening above the floor, where short hopper and P trap are used. FIG.IO46 2X2 X2 FIG.1O30 FIG.{046 3X2x2 FIG.950 FIG.950 ~— FIG. 726 Roughing In Combination arranged to suit a battery of double closets. Fics. 7,093 and 7,094.—F. and W. special fittings. 1,743 - 3,289 Vent Connections to Traps.— A trap to be satisfactory should be self-scouring, and non- _syphonable. But these two features cannot be obtained in the same type trap. In fact there is no trap that cannot be syphoned, the nearest approach to this being the drum trap, but itis not self scouring like the S trap. The latter, while self- scouring is easily syphoned and accordingly unless its waste line have very little pitch and dis- charge into the stack above a closet inlet (one pipe systems) it should be ventilated. The ordinary method of con- necting the vent to the crown of an S trap is very objection- able because it causes maximum evaporation of the trap water and the inlet to vent soon be- comes clogged, thus preventing entrance of air to break syphon. Fig. 7,095 shows how seal is lost due to rapid evaporation produced by the vent inlet being placed in close proximity to the surface of the trap water. Again in the everyday operation of an S trap with crown vent the centrifugal force produced by the rush of water through the curved 3,290 - 1,744 Roughing In EVAPORATION CROWN VENT ESCAPE OF SEWER GAS CROWN OF TRAP Fic. 7,095.—Crown vent on S trap showing seal broken by evaporation. SOLIDS LODGING IN VENT INLET VENT INLET VENT INLET NEARLY CLOSED CLOSED BY SOLIDS Re 8k) SOLIDS Fics. 7,096 to 7,099.—Progressive closing of crown vent on S trap due to centrifugal force throwing solid matter against and into vent. Roughing In 1,745 - 3,291 crown carries particles of grease and other impurities to be hurled up against and into the vent pipe. These attach themselves to the vent pipe, pro- gressively building up until the vent becomes closed and rendered useless as shown in figs 7,0S6 to 7,099. Fig. 7,100 shows vent operating to break syphon before it is closed up by lodgment of impurities, and fig. 7,101, result when closed. Fig. 7,102 shows the proper method of venting an S trap and fig. 7,103, the satisfactory operation of same. VENT OPEN VENT CLOSED AIR SYPHONAGE OF BREAKING ) eta TRAP WATER Fics. 7,100 and 7,101.—Operation of S trap with crown vent when clean and when choked with solid matter showing that placing a vent in the crown of an S trap is a useless provision against syphonage. The drum trap although it is most difficult to syphon should be vented if every precaution is to be taken against syphonage. However, in small installations, drum, traps are frequently in- stalled without venting. If venting is to be employed, the S trap, because of its self scouring fea- ture is to be preferred. The special use of the drum trap is for bath tubs as it is easily cleaned and also it permits a better pitch on the waste line than the S trap. While the drum can be easily cleaned it is almost impossible to open the clean out without destroying the gasket and when closing the clean out unless the gasket joint be perfect, gas will escape. 3,292 - 1,746 Roughing In VENT PIPE CURVED FITTING a AIR CURRENT WASTE PIPE MINIMUMTEVAPORATION Fic. 7,102.—S trap vented by curved or sanitary T connection, the vent and waste pipes forming the same line. Since the trap water is remote from the vent connection there is less loss by evaporation than by crown venting. Note that the tendency of the air current is to flow up through waste pipe into vent pipe. DIRECTION OF CENTRIFUGAL FORCE VENT PIPE CANNOT BE CLOSED BY IMPURITIES SS / \ IMPURITIES HURLED DOWNWARD} || Fic. 7,103.—Operation of S trap with sanitary T vent connection showing that because of the downward curve of the T branch, centrifugal force acts downward at the vent connection causing the discharge to be directed into the waste pipe rather than into the vent pipe as in the case of a crown vent. It must be evident that the above vent arrangement is not subject to stoppage (as in figs. 7,096 to 7,099) and therefore should be used instead of a crown vent. Roughing In 4ASSIO ONIGEN IDA Als "4 LAL='NI GI 3IVOS ZL NaHOLIM || NOLLWASTa oe es 27% ea = L Ld l= NI%l aIVOS WoO HLVS NOILWAI14 ey 3,294 - 1,748 Roughing In . ee a eee The drum trap often simplifies ventilation problems, especially in awk- ward situations where it would be difficult to vent a fixture properly with pipe. In good practice a drum trap serving a bath tub will be located in an accessible place where the clean out screw top may be conveniently reached. This clean out should be preferably flush with the floor. To illustrate the use of the drum trap and the simplicity secured by dispensing with vent lines, the same installation of fixtures shown in fig. 6,942, is roughed in for unvented drum traps as shown in fig. 7,104. The installation of the water supply system is taken up in the chapter on pipe fitting. Fics. 7,105 and 7,106.—Fleck proving or testing plugs. Fig. 7,105, ratchet style; fig. 7,106, wing nut style. Tests.—All the piping of any plumbing installation must be both water tight and air tight. There are several kinds of tests that should be made. 1. Water (hydrostatic). 2. Air. | 3. Peppermint. 4. Smoke Roughing In 1,749 - 3,295 Formerly the water test was applied after the completion of the roughing in work, but now, and especially on large in- stallations it is applied progressively as the work proceeds to avoid the increased expense in case it be necessary to remove any defective parts, that is, to avoid extra work in taking out defective pipe and fittings, it is best to fill the pipe with water as installed. Defects of material and workmanship are then COMPRESSION RUBBERS. Fic. 7,107.—Fleck straight double testing plug. EXPANDING WHEEL COMPRESSION Fic. 7,108.—Fleck test tee proving plug. brought to light at a time when they can be remedied at the least expense. Earthen drains should be carefully tested for leakage before the trenches are filled. 3,296 - 1,750 Roughing In ‘Plug the low end of the line and fill with water. A pressure of at least 1 lb. per sq. in. should be applied. A leak, if not visible will be indicated by the water settling in the pipe and should be found and made tight. The. water test should be applied to all the soil, waste and vent pipes in the build- ing. In making this test, plug the house drain when it passes out of the build- ing, also the fresh air inlet and all other outlets up to the highest opening. The kind of plugs used to close the openings are known as proving or testing plugs as shown in figs. 7,105 to 7,109. If the branch pipes be of lead, they are closed by soldering caps over the ends. Assuming that the outlets have been tightly closed by the plugs, if, when the pipes are filled HANO WHEEL FOR EXPANDING LOWER RUBBER WING NUT FOR EXPANDING TOP RUBBER - PIPE FOR Fic. 7,109.—Fleck Y branch double testing plug. with water, the water fall, it indicates a leak; if the water remain at the same level, the system is tight. : In looking for leaks first inspect all the plugged openings to see if they be tight. If the weather be too cold to apply the water test the air test may be substituted. In making this test, after closing all the openings with testing plugs air is pumped into the system to a pressure of 10 Ibs. per sq. in. as indicated in a mercury gauge rather than a spring gauge. The type apparatus used is shown in figs. 7,110 to 7,112. A leak is indicated by a fall in the level of the mercury column. To detect a leak apply soapy water witn a brush; if there be a leak, bubbles will form. Roughing In 1,751 - 3,297 It should be noted that the air test gives a practically uniform pressure over the entire system, whereas, in the water test, the pressure is greatest at the lowest level and least at the highest level. Moreover, caution should be used with the water test not to apply it where the height of the vertical pipes is so great as to produce pressures too great for the pipes. After the fixtures and traps have been installed the pepper- mint, or the smoke test is applied as a final test. In making the peppermint test all fixtures hould be set and the traps --T-O_BERN.Z. WARK N = =——7: == Fic. 7,110.—Bernz testing pump with air gauge, ether cock and hose. Fic. 7,111.—Bernz testing pump with regular old style mercury column and hose. The mercury column is fitted with a glass tube which is guarded by a brass shield. This shield is graduated for the convenience of the user. This style mercury column must be emptied after each job. properly filled With water. Two ounces of oil of peppermint should be poured down each pipe that projects through the roof for each five stories and basement in height of the building and one additional ounce for each additionai five stories in height. The fresh air inlet should be closed before using the peppermint. After pouring the peppermint down the pipe it should be followed up with two gallons of hot water. The tops of the pipes should then be closed to prevent the odor of peppermint escaping. To detect leaks, smell each joint of the system and if the odor of pepper- mint be detected it indicates a leak. 3,298 - 1,752 Roughing In In making the smoke test, a machine called a smoke test machine is procured. The traps are properly filled with water and all fixtures set. The open- ing at the fresh air inlet should be closed. The machine is generally con- nected to the fresh air inlet or to one of the extensions above the roof. Charcoal is placed in the machine and lighted, oily waste is placed on the Fic. 7,112.—Fleck mercury gauge for indicating pressure in air pressure test on roughing in work. coal and the smoke forced into the system until it issues from the exten- sions above the roof when they should be closed. The smoke is forced into Hi | the piping until the pressure equals 1 or 114 ins. of wafer. If the machine iI be applied to the extensions above the roof the smoke should be pumped in until it issues from the fresh air inlet when the fresh air inlet should be closed. Leaks are detected by smell or if the smoke be dense enough it can be seen escaping. Smoke machine is shown in fig. 7,113. When the smoke NOTE.—In preparing for the peppermint test, careful distinction should be made between otl, which is the essential oil, and the essence, which is a solution of a small portion of the essential oil in a large volume of alcohol and which is useless for the test. Roughing In 1,753 - 3,299 test is made, or the air test, after fixtures are installed, the applied pres- sure should be about 1! ins. of water. If any of the traps blow through at a lower pressure than 114 ins. they should be readjusted until they will hold that pressure. If that cannot be accomplished a better trap should be installed. After the pressure is put on the system closely watch the water gauge for several hours. If the water column fall, it indicates a leak. een —— 9 WM i Fic. 7,113.—Bernz smoke testing machine. In operation, a small amount of oily waste is placed in the smoke chamber ignited and air blows through by the air pump. NOTE.—Testing in sections.—It is sometimes necessary to test a drainage system in sections, so as not to delay the completion of other parts of the work. When testing in sec- tions, all parts of the drainage system should be subjected to at least one test under a hydro- static head of ten feet or more. When a house drain is installed and is to be covered it can be tested by first extending all branches above the cellar floor level and plugging all outlets but one, into which is calked two lengths of pipe, then filling the system with water until it almost overflows the top length. When the soil and waste stacks are afterwards installed and tested, the entire system is filled with water, thus subjecting all parts to at least one test. NOTE.— When soil, waste and vent stacks are installed first, they should be ex- tended down below the basement ceiling, and they may then be tested separately or 3,300 - 1,754 Roughing In collectively by connecting them together with small sized wrought pipe. After the house drain is installed, the system should then be filled with water to at least ten feet above the highest untested joint in the vertical stacks. NOTE.—A good plan to follow where testing drainage systems in buildings from four to eight stories in height, is to fill and test the work as soon as it is installed. By so doing, ‘any serious leaks in the pipes are discovered, and if necessary to remove a defective section it can be done with much less effort than after the stacks are through the roof and lead rough- ing in place. Furthermore, workmen are more careful when they have to test their own work immediately after installing it. NOTE.—The drainage system in extremely tall buildings is tested in sections, so that; no part of the system will be subjected to excessive pressure. This is done by leaving out a short connection of pipe between the several sections. Then, after the several sections have been tested separately, beginning at the top, they are all connected together. When the top section has been connected to the one next below it, the stack is filled with water to a height of 10 feet above the connection. This double section of pipe, after being emptied, is then connected to the section next below it, and the stack filled with water to 10 feet above the connection, as in the former case. This operation is repeated until all sections of the drainage system have been connected, and the joints of all connections subjected to a test. NOTE.—im warm climates the air test is seldom applied, chiefly on account of the difficulty in locating leaks. When applying an air test the first’ place to examine for leaks is around the testing apparatus. This being tight, the testing plugs should next be exam- ined and made tight, after which the house drain, and then the soil waste and vent stacks should be examined. If the system leak badly, dash a bucketful of soap suds on the top of each stack in turn, and watch for bubbles as the soap suds follow down the stack. When the large leaks are located and made tight, the smaller ones can be found by daubing soap suds on the pipes and joints with a large brush. The pressure must be maintained within the system during the search for leaks, otherwise bubbles will not form when suds are applied to the leak. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,755 - 3,301 CHAPTER 118 Valves, Faucets, Cocks and Other Accessories For the control of the water supply and for making proper connections between the fixtures and the waste and soil lines, various accessories such as valves, traps, fine thread fittings, gaskets, etc., are required. Those ordinarily used by the plumber in the installation of the fixtures are: 1. With respect to the control of the water supply a. Valves. b. Faucets. ¢. ‘Cocks. 2. With respect to the joints and connections. a. Washers. b. Gaskets. c. Packings. Ct; It is not the purpose of the author to present here a manufacturer’s cat- alogue of plumbing goods, but rather to give helpful information to the student of plumbing so that he will understand the working of the various devices and with this knowledge, will be able to intelligently install the various fixtures and their accessories. Valves.—By definition, broadly speaking, a valve is a lid or cover to an aperture, so formed as to open a communication in 3,302 -1,756 Valves, Faucets, Cocks / one direction, and close it in the other by lifting, turning or sliding the cover. Exclusive of faucets and cocks, which are in fact special forms of valves identified with plumbing installations, there is a great multiplicity of types of valves designed to meet every conceivable condition of service. All valves may be divided into two general classes: 1. Non-automatic. 2. Automatic. The non-automatic class embraces those which are operated by hand. Automatic valves are controlled by some condition of service operating to open or close them. An example of automatic valves is the valves of a pump, being opened at the beginning of the suction stroke by the vacuum created, and closed at the beginning of the power stroke by pressure, due to the resistance pumped against, such as a head of water. Grouped according to the above divisions the valves ordinarily met with in plumbing practice are: 1. Non-automatic valves. . Globe. . Angle. . Three way. Stop. . Needle. . Gate. . Flushing. . Blow off. Waste. 2. Automatic valves. . Check. . Float (closet tank). . Float (house tank), . Intermittent. . Radiator (air). . Flushing. SrA ARS a b c d € f Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,757 - 3,303 ea ae ae g. Pressure reducing. h. Relief. i, Safety. Globe Valve.—About the most well known type of valve is the globe valve, which is largely used in most piping systems for water, air and steam. HAND WHEEL VALVE SPINDLE INLET SHAPED CASTING Fic. 7,114.—Globe valve. A commonly used type of valve which takes its name from the globe shaped casting forming the body of the valve. It should be noted that whereas the entire assemblage of parts here shown is ordinarily called a valve, the term valve, strictly speaking and in accordance with the definition, means the disc at the end of the valve spindle. This disc is the “id or cover’? mentioned in the definition. This type of valve is designed to be placed in the run of a pipe line, the inlet and outlet line and has female threads. As shown in the elementary drawing, fig. 7,114 a spherical casting has an interior partition which shuts off the inlet from the outlet except through a circular opening in the seat. Screwed into an opening in the top of the Fic. 7,115.—Lunkenheimer “‘Renewo” globe valve with beveled seat. Parts 1, body; 4, bonnet; 5, bonnet nut; 6, packing nut; 7, gland; 8, hand wheel; 9, wheel lock nut; 10, valve spindle; 12, disc valve; 13, renewable nickel seat; 14, disc lock nut; 15, packing. In construction, on the under side of the disc projects an annular lip, which fits just inside the seat ring when the disc approaches the seat. It is this annular extension on the disc which causes the auto- matic cleaning of the seat every time the valve is closed, and so prevents the catching of any scale or sediment between the disc and seat surfaces. As the disc is lowered and the lip enters the seat ring, the current of steam is deflected upward away from the seat surface, and this minimizes the danger of “‘wire-drawing” across the face of the seat. At the moment just before the two surfaces meet, a thin but powerful jet of steam is turned directly across the face of the seat, thereby blowing away all pieces of scale or other solids whose presence would prevent a perfect closing of the valve. On opening this valve the peculiar seat and disc con- struction makes it impossible, under any conditions, for the water or steam to pass through suddenly. It-can flow past the lip and over the seat only in a gradually increasing stream. This will do much to avert destructive water-hammer, which is caused by a sudden inrush of steam. Up to 1}4 ins. inclusive the valves are furnished with hexagon bonnet rings; above 114 ins. round slotted rings are supplied. Stuffing boxes are provided with gland follower on sizes above 44 in. To regrind the seat bearings, unscrew the union ring which holds the hub to the body, and remove the trimmings. Place a little powdered glass or sand, and soap or oil on the disc and insert a wire or pin through the slot in the disc lock-nut and hole in stem, which will prevent the disc turningon the stem. Replace the trimmings in the valve body and regrind, leaving the union ring unscrewed so that the hub rotates in the body and acts as a guide for the stem while regrinding. After a new bearing surface is made, care should be taken to wipe the abrasive material off both the seat and disc, and particularly to remove the pin previously placed in the disc lock nut and stem. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,759 - 3,305 casting is a plug having a stuffing box and a threaded sleeve in which the valve spindle works. On the lower end of'this spindle is the valve proper and on the other end a hand wheel. The valve is closed by turning the hand wheel clockwise which lowers the spindle and valve until it presses firmly and evenly on the valve seat thus closing communication between the inlet and outlet. By BEVELED. AAS EL WM a jy Y Y// MMMM Fics. 7,116 and 7,117.—Flat and beveled valves and valve seats. For equal discharge capacity a beveled valve must be opened more than a flat valve. Remove trimmings from valve body. is P=] c ©. io) —_— “2) 1S 2 av z.5 Esa 3 i= 2 OPERATION No. 1 OPERATION No. 2 Fic. 7,118.—Regrinding globe valve. Operation 1: Unscrew the bonnet ring. Fic. 7,119.—Regrinding globe valve. Operation 2: Remove the trimmings from the body and insert a pin or wire through the groove in the disc lock nut and the drill hole in the stem. This step is necessary to prevent the disc turning on the stem during regrinding. turning the hand wheel in the opposite direction (counter clockwise) the valve is opened. The seat and valve may have their contact surfaces either flat or beveled as shown in figs. 7,116 and 7,117. 3,306- 1,760 Valves, Faucets, Cocks i i t should be inter- The valve disc may be of metal or fibre Fibre sea changeable. A globe valve will remain tight longer than a gate valve. Objections are that unless properly designed, the opening through seat $$ STEM = BRONZE?” PACKED FOR SERVICE LARGE AND DEEP, REPACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. REGRINDING GUIDE. REPACKING SEN ee, EXTERIOR PROTECTED THREADS “EXTRA LONG THREAD, FULL CONTACT. UNION BONNET RING RE - ENFORCES VALVE NECKe GROOVE AND | _SvaLve = RON” | | ye wea? REGRINDABLE AND RENEWABLE. | = el St a OVER - LENGTH ¥//73 Vs h ote f THREADS. yy j a WRENCH LUGS.’ ADDITIONAL * GUIDE 4 LARGER SIZES. Fig. 7,120.—Lunkenheimer “‘Ferrenewo” globe valve made in sizes 4 to 2 ins. NOTE.—The ratio of the hydraulic test pressure ratings to the maximum working DIES; sure ratings—over 3 14 to 1—presents striking evidence of a consistent recognition of the ree ice factor which a strictly serviceable line of valves should possess regardless of the size of t a valve or the pressure to which it is subjected. The actual safety factor of a valve ist : ratio of the rupture pressure to the working pressure and can only be determined by a brea test, but it is evident that a valve structure which will withstand a 3 ¥% to 1 internal test with- out distortion possesses a sufficient margin to give assurance of dependable performance. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,761 - 3,307 Replace trimmings in body and regrind. so GY oe £ ooo cO os Sc £0 One Ecs = O So ao) ~ O a) £55 he as ote cc os seine ae £ a cto £ SO os= =o SC _> ol oO of'sS jean = =o DE 2a = ~se De D> o*,2 codD $38 528 = Ges a) °o (=) 2 Wos a au y i OPERATION No. 3 OPERATION No. 4 Fic. 7,121.—Regrinding globe valve. Operation 3: Cover the seating surface of the disc with a thin coating of Lunkenheimer regrinding compound or other suitable abrasive. Fic. 7,122.—Regrinding globe valve. Operation 4: To regrind, the trimmings should be replaced in the body with the disc resting upon the seat and with the projection on the i bottom within the neck of the body, but with the bottom of the flange on the bonnet separ- 1 ated from the top of the neck by from 1% to 4 of an inch. The proper relative position of the bonnet and disc may be secured by holding the former stationary and turning the spin- dle the necessary distance. The union ring should rest loosely on the bonnet and entirely disconnected from the threads on the neck of the body. The disc should then be rotated back and forth on the seat by turning the handwheel to the right and left. Best results will be obtained by occasionally changing the position of the disc. Remove the trimmings and thoroughly cleanse the seating surfaces. Replace trimmings and repeat the grinding action, using soap or oil instead of abrasive. When finished regrinding, re- move trimmings from body. Assemble. Fic. 7,124. — Regrind- ing globe valve. Operation 6: Assem- ble trimmings in the body, observing par- ticularly that the bot- tom of the flange on the bonnet is resting on the top of the body neck, before screwing down the union ring. This precaution will avoid danger of springing the disc or seat or bending the OPERATION No. 5 OPERATION No. 6 stem. Fic. 7,123.—Regrinding globe valve. Operation 5: Remove trimmings and extract the pin previously inserted to prevent the disc turning on the stem. Bring the disc as close as possible to the bonnet by holding the latter stationary and revolving the spindle. Remove pin. and disc seating sur- faces of abrasive. Thoroughly cleanse seat 3,308- 1,762 Valves, Faucets, Cocks of the valve is not the full area of the pipe size; this and the contorted pas- sages offer considerable resistance to flow. A serious objection on water lines that must be drained in freezing weather is thatit isimpossible to drain the water from a horizontal line when the valve spindle is in an upright Fic. 7,125.—Crane renewable disc; made in sizes 4 to 12 ins. in diameter. These discs are made of compositions, each particularly adapted to the service for which it is recommended. The steam disc is for saturated steam up to 150 lbs. pressure. The hot water disc is some- what softer than the steam disc and is adapted to hot water of temperature not over 225° Fahr. The cold water disc is adapted also to compressed air, but should not be used on hot water or steam lines. It is the custom of manufacturers to furnish steam discs unless other- wise ordered. : Fics. 7,126 to 7,128.—Powell valve reseating tool. Fig. 7,126, style of tool for small size valves (14, 38 and 4 in.); valve wheel in position on stem to reface valve; fig. 7,127, double faced milling cutter for 34 to 3 in. valves; fig. 7,128, tool with double faced milling cutter in position ready for regrinding a globe valve. Operation: Unscrew the trimmings from the body of the valve, release the wheel handle, remove the hexagonal union nut a, drop the re- seating tool into the valve body and clamp it firmly in position with hexagonal union valve nut a, and by means of a bit stock or the valve wheel handle, turn arbor D, to the right and i | the refacing of the seat is easily accomplished. Don’t use too much muscle in operation, as the miller cuts rapidly. Ease up on the movement just before stopping. Don’t face off the seat more than is necessary to get a clean, smooth suriace. After removing the tool be sure to regrind the disc and seat. The parts are: D, steel reseating arbor; A W, guide collars; X, shoulder collar; V, double faced milling cutter; S, miller lock nut: a hexagonal union valve nut holding the re-seating tool firmly while refacing; O O, seat in ody of valve. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,763 - 3,309 position. Hence in piping up such lines always have the spindle horizontal Figs. 7,129 and 7,130 explain this. : : Angle Valve.—This is virtually @ globe valve with inlet and ASS SINE NANASSASNANS ASSN Fics. 7,129 and 7,130.—Wrong way and right way to place globe valves on horizontal lines. Evidently when placed in upright position as in fig. 7,129, considerable water will remain in the pipe line subject to freezing. When placed in horizontal position as in fig. 7,130, most of this water will drain through the seat opening with less danger of damage by freezing. 3,310-1,764 Valves, Faucets, Cocks valve can serve the double purpose of controlling the flow and changing the direction of the pipe line thus doing away with the use of an elbow. Angle valves as well as globe valves are made with metal seats and with soft seats; the latter should be used on water lines. Fig. 7,131 shows the general features of an angle valve. HAND WHEEL PACKING NUT GLAND STUFFING BOX AAI E SPINDLE Fic. 7,131.—Angle valve. A form of globe valve with inlet and outlet at 90°. Angle valves are used where it is desired to control and change the direction of flow. Right and Wrong Way To Place Globe Type Valves.—In connecting a globe type valve it is important to place it in the line so that its let side will carry the pressure when the valve ‘uooS ATIB9]S SI OATLA SY} JO UoTq-sod 19do1id toma hoe oY} YoIyM Worf Sout], po}jJop Ul UMOYS ore SIP pue uornsed oy} SUOT}EIISN[ oY} UL “aATBA poJoUUOD ATSuUOIM v YoRdaI OF But ek -jdu19}}® Jo }]NSei snoysestp Surmoys ‘our odid ur oajea od AY aqo[s & UD 0} iva Guoim pun finn 7yb1Yy— FET‘! pue Sel{y “Soy (ae) : ; “gInssoid JopUN JUCULIPes JO P43 LU_UI~}LOD As}eM Te) * AVP YO MOT 0} B[qeIISOp SI II VIBYA SosEd [2 1OJ pue Soul] SuTUIUITYS UO ‘JaTIOq UO JJO MOT SB VSN IOF Jt Suidepe ics | ue dsip © ay} JO UOT}ONIJSUOD JY} SI 9ATBA SIY} JO vinjzeoj qejnorjied eyy, °987p paacoi6 yzIM gaAjeA 9[SuUe AAvoY v1}xe DULID— ZET‘L “Oly ~ e . Sreeamee - — AVM SNOUM AVM HDI Z | Zz _SS— = ——||\\\ ( I Z ana ih an | = wx ||| er eet) | YW o ; Wy Rare Uy oe) k : ay 2% ~ uy ~ ® Ss 3dv9sa LONNV) Wv4Lls & aren ~ Y : = oe a h~) ZEN ) ) 3,312-1,766 Valves, Faucets, Cocks is closed, otherwise it will be impossible to repack the stuffing box while the line is under pressure, the result of attempting to repack a wrongly connected valve being shown in fig. 7,134. Accordingly, carefully distinguish which is the inlet side of the valve as shown in fig. 7,114. Three Way or So Called Cross Valve.—The essentials of the HAND WHEEL PACKING NUT VALVE SPINDLE erroneously called cross valve are shown in ligse”,135. This type of globe valve is used where it is desired to control the flow at the junction of a main line and a branch. Evidently a three way valve, considered with the disc Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,767 - 3,313 removed is the equivalent of a T pipe fitting and in no way could it be considered as the equivalent of a cross, hence the error of calling it a cross valve. Fic. 7,136—Three way outside yoke valve. In cases where the branch is the inlet, the valve can be re- packed while under pressure but unfortunately the branch must frequently be made the outlet and in this case the valve can- not be repacked while under pressure. The operation of regrinding is performed in the same way as for a globe valve. The external appearance of a three way valve is shown in fig. le boOw Stop Valve.—The term stop valve is commonly and erroneously applied to all hand control valves, but strictly speaking a stop valve is a non-return. valve, that is, it is virtually a check valve with a hand wheel and screw stem which acts only to close the valve, as shown in fig. Keon When the hand wheel is turned to open position, the opening of the valve will depend upon the direction of pressure just as in the case of an ordinary check valve. A non-return or stop valve is an exact mechanical equivalent of the 3,314- 1,768 Valves, Faucets, Cocks electrical discriminating cut out or reverse current circuit breaker and electrically speaking it may be called a discriminating stop or reverse flow shut off. A stop valve is placed on the main steam outlet of each boiler of a battery of boilers, to prevent inflow of steam in case of accident or shut down for cleaning or repairs of one or more of the boilers. OPEN ADJUSTABLE STOP LIFT LIMIT 2g [—|} z ZI se 4 BOILER VA PRESSURE VALVE STEM CLOSED POSITION COUNTER BALANGE SPRING Fic. 7,137.—Stop or non-return valve. A form of check valve which can be opened or closed by hand control when the pressure in the boiler is greater than that in the line, but cannot be opened when the pressure wthin the boiler is Jess than that in the line. The counterbalance spring slightly overbalances, the weight of the valve and tends to hold the valve open, thus preventing movement of the valve with every slight fluctuation of pressure. The importance of stop valves for use on a battery of boilers is universally acknowledged, and in some countries their installation is compulsory. It is evident that should a tube be blown out or a fitting ruptured in one of the boilers of a battery, the steam from the other boilers would rush into the header and discharge into the disabled one. An ordinary valve would here be inadequate, as considerable time would necessarily be consumed in reaching and closing the valve, and a certain amount of danger must be Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,769 - 3,315 ae anticipated. Where a stop valve is used, a slight reduction of pressure in the damaged boiler will cause the valve to act and isolate it from the others in the battery, preventing damage and possible injury or loss of life. A stop valve will prevent steam being turned into a boiler which has been cut out for cleaning or repairs, as it can not be opened by hand when pressure is on the header side. It can, however, be closed when desired. 1GS. 7,138 and 7,139.—Lukenheimer non-return stop valve with outside spring and lever mechanism. Fig. 7,138, vertical section parallel to pipe; fig. 7 ,139, vertical section at right angles to pipe. The outside spring and lever is provided to effect a slight counterbalancing effect to hold the valve open, this being necessary in order to counteract the influences within the-valve or line which tend to actuate the disc with every slight fluctuation of pressure. These fluctuations, usually caused by the engine, are frequently met with in steam lines, and unless some means be applied for counteracting these pulsations, the disc will be kept in continual motion. Where the fluctuations of pressure do.not exist, and the flow of steam is steady, the use of the exterior spring and lever mechanism is not necessary. In adjusting the spring, the valve should be connected and tried, without the spring under tension. If, however, when steam is turned on, a pulsating condition develop, which can easily be de- tected by observing the movement of the spindle L, the regulating nuts N, should then be adjusted, gradually placing the spring under tension, until the rapid movement of the spindle L, is stopped.. The adjustment of the nuts tends to lift the disc from its seat as it places the spring under tension, causing it to pull upon the lever O. This lever is keyed to the shaft K, which shaft enters the valve through the stuffing box P. Attached to the shaft O, is the forked arms 1, to which are pivoted the links R, which, in turn, are loosely connected to the piston F. When the spring is under tension, the disc is raised from its seat and cannot close until the steam pressure above the disc exceeds that under it. This difference in pressure, which is governed by the tension on the spring, is never more than five pounds. When the valve is properly set to overcome the tendency of pulsation, the disc remains practically in equilibrium until there is a reduction in pressure on the inlet side, when it will instantly close. 3,316-1,770 Valves, Faucets, Cocks The valve can be connected in either a horizontal or vertical position, Needle Valve—This is a form of globe valve used where only a@ very small amount of fiow and close regulation are desired. In place of a disc the pointed end of the spindle forms the valve proper seating on a beveled seat of the same taper. The standard angle of seat is 30° to the spindle axis. Fig. 7,140 shows the construction of a needle valve. Gate Valve.—In this type of valve the flow is controlled by a sliding gate operated by means of a spindle with screw to move Fic. 7,140.—Lunkenheimer needle valve. Valves with steel stem are suggested for service demanding rather limited seat openings. the gate in opening and closing. The special feature of the valve is that when opened it gives a full and unrestricted pas- sage through the valve, there being no tortuous bends as in the case of globe type valves. There are two types of gate valves, considered with respect to the “‘gate’’ or disc. 1. Single disc. 2. Double disc. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,771 - 3,317 The essentials of the two forms are shown in figs. 7,141 and Hi 7,142. ee : l| Each is operated by raising or lowering the disc. When closed the two faces : | of the disc are tightly pressed (by wedge action) against the seats thus 11 affecting a double seal. It will be noted in figs. 7,141 and 7,142 that there are two seats for both the single and double disc valves. ND WHEEL HA oe NS U > @ 2 56 @ EZ: [ at UN 6SLANO as cae Wy STUEEING BOX SSSSS SCREW ADJUSTMENT tt Y, SS = N SINGLE DISC DOUBLE DI!S Fics. 7,141 and 7,142.—Single disc and double disc forms of gate valve. Een Vs i The ordinary form of gate valve should be used on lines re- | | quiring no throttling. | Where continual adjustment is required a globe valve should be used. 3,318-1,772 Valves, Faucets, Cocks Fics. 7,143:and 7,144.—Powell ‘‘Titan” lever gate throttle valve and operating parts. The parts are: B, spindle; C, carrier, terminating in a tapering wedge D; F, F, two links loosely coupled to carrier at upper end and engaging studs of the discs E, E, at lower end. In operation, the wedge D, gets in its work upon the disc studs only as the rotation of the spindle reaches a dead center in the downward stroke. The reverse movement of the carrier, it will be noted, first lifts the wedge from between the discs before the latter begin to move, then, as the discs fall loosely away from their seats they are carried up to the full opening without friction on the seats. = SE AT ‘ OUTLET Fic. 7,145.—Gridiron form of gate (quick opening) throttle valve with single seat. ‘This works on the same principle as a slide valve. Being unbalanced it requires some effort to move the lever, especially in the case of high pressure or large size valve so that the tendency in operating the valve is to give too little or too much opening, in the latter case putting a sudden load on the engine. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,773 - 3,319 There are however, gate valves designed especially for throttling as shown in figs. 7,143 and 7,144. A throttle gate valve with a single seat is shown in fig. 7,145. It is important in installing this form of valve to distinguish between the inlet and outlet as, since the valve simply rests on its seat, if pressure be applied to the outlet end it would be lifted off its seat and permit flow; moreover, in case of heavy pressure the spindle might be damaged. Fic. 7,146.—Lunkhenheimer “‘Wedge,” single disc gate valve. The parts are: B, single disc; C, C, seats; D, spindle; E, bonnet; F, packing nut; H, gland; J, hand wheel; K, hand wheel nut; L, stuffing box. The travel of the disc is guided by splines cast integral with the sides of the body; the renewable seat rings C, are provided in 1 in. and larger sizes; the gland H, in stuffing boxes of 34 in. and larger sizes, and the stuffing boxes of all sizes are repackable under pressure with valve fully opened. Figs. 7,146 and 7,147 show construction of the ordinary types of gate valve not intended to be used as throttles. Flushing Valve.—This type of valve zs jilted to water closet tanks for the purpose of admitting water to the closet in flushing. It is usually combined with a syphon device which in case the ball inlet valve does not close water tight when the tank is full, will syphon the water from tank, thus preventing an overflow SRAAMaawans Fics. 7,147 to 7,149.—Powell double disc gate valve. The parts are: A, bonnet; a, bonnet nut; B, body; C, spindle collar; D, spindle; D’, bonnet chamber; G, gland; O, O, seats; P, packing nut; T, hand wheel nut; V, VI, discs; W, hand wheel. In construction and oper- ation: the discs hang loosely on the double forcing collar C, at the base of stem D. The first turn of the hand wheel in opening the valve loosens the discs, so that no matter how high the pressure may be there is no wedging of the discs by the pressure. The final turn of the hand wheel in closing expands the discs against the seats. The discs are guided to their seats by interlocking lugs cast on the sides of the discs, which travel in a groove in the body shell, the discs come to a stop when reaching the bottom of the opening and are forced tightly against the tapering seat faces by the pressure through the stem, and being pivoted on the ball and socket back insures perfect seating. The seats O, O, are set at an angle. When the valve is closed the ball and socket back V, VI, operating in conjunction with the forcing collars C, expand the discs, thus closing the valve tight and preventing any leakage. When the valve is wide open, the discs are lifted entirely away from the opening without impeding in any way the flow of the steam. When the valve is opened but partially, it stays in the desired position without any possibility of alteration by the pressure. The stem D, is made with forcing collar between which the discs are hung. The thread of the stem is cut a true Acme or square thread. There are sufficient threads to always keep the stem firm in its position. The packing is wound around the stem and is forced into the recess by gland G, to which pressure is applied by wrenching down packing nut P. The stem can be packed with the valve wide open, as the upper face of the forcing collar C, is made to fit snugly in the lower face of bonnet A, forming a tight joint and not allowing any steam to pass. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,775 - 3,321 The ih D Ae {OAT wlll] a) a < = Ww ° 9 ke wW x a OPEN Fics. 7,150 and 7,151.—Ball flush valve and syphon. Fig. 7,150, valve closed; fig. 7,151 valve open. valve rod is nothing more than a piece of small size wire. The guide being at some d’stance above the ball, the e3 Bo Y~ 52 or as ae ad. oe &% & oR) acts oer o 4 ons age oe Ti BES z uw ore aes 4 ' EYES B wo. ax opd sa Sle = faq = te w Vs 3203 3.2% OO ciate og¢s erty SF or no-no g AO =) Ze CO) Messy PL 63 a wy) vn re ghia jn nh nna weg v Hn Tm DT SEE Sian | > 3.0 & © ila Hag I ue ae Ong 5 PAE CARH ARe s ae elk itil | | neo GSB SSSSSSSSSSSssesss SS SesesssSsssssssssSez (nai) a 6 2 3,322-1,776 Valves, Faucets, Cocks cand give audible indication that the inlet valve is not working ‘properly. Flushing valves are made in a multiplicity of types. Figs. 7,150 and 7,151 show the essentials and operation of the rubber ball type and also its undesirable features. Although extensively used it is in the opinion of the author as poor a makeshift as could be devised. Fig. 7,151 speaks for itself. -SYPHONAGE BEGINS SYPHONAGE ENDS ABNORMAL NORMAL LEVEL EEVEI : AE Ce ee ji]! | : I | — os | pe Ande Fics. 7,152 and 7,153.—Operation of closet tank syphon device, as usually fitted to flush valves. The operation of the syphon attachment is shown in figs. 7,152 and 7,153 and the overflow tube sometimes used in place of the syphon in figs. 7,157 and 7,158. Another objection to this class of flush valve is that its action depends upon the personal element, the flush being shut off as soon as the chain is released. Flush tanks are proportioned to hold the proper amount of water to thoroughly flush out the closet and there are few people who will hold down the pull until the tank is emptied. To overcome this defect a syphon valve is used. This is a combined flush valve and syphon as shown $0) N au ioe) 1 rt ad os = Valves, Faucets, Cocks -Ajrodoid SUIYIOM OU SI SATA JOTUL OY} LY} UOMedIpUr sIqIpNe AIS pue ‘MOPYIIAO SuTUDAVId sny} ‘oATBA yout Ayes] 01 onp Jaded] peuruLIo}epoid e oAOGe OSII 10]BM OY} VSVd UI 9}eI0dO ][IM UONLIYSNI][I oy} WOIZ Uses oq ULI SL ad1Aop uoYdAS oy], “SATA DIJEWIOINL-IUIVS B SB passe[D oq ACUI SIU], “poljdula SI YUL} VIOJaq paso[d oq SABA 9Sed UI Surysny o}enboape 10} Yue} oY} Ul 19}2M OY} [[e JO as1eYOSIp 9INdes 0} USISep aATeA Ysny edA} UoYdAs Jo uoleIadQ—'9GT‘), 01 FST‘ “SOI NOOS OOL : qaso19 NidO qgd3asold i tind B} | SJ rity ply ul \/ unm I, nn ! 1 { 4 pitrrtyy a til { | fil ‘| y tt Z oO Ae a. Dal cep) SSVYNOHGAS AS ONISYVHISIA YSaLYM *8GT‘L “SY UL UMOYS Se Sqn} MOPABAO oY} YSNOIY} pesreyosip oq ][IA Yue, oy} ur Bur “UIPULAI I9JM 9Y} pol}dusa SI YUL} VY} o10Joq Pasojd oq VATeA VY} JI Jey} payonsysuod os Sycy‘y, °3Y Ul A *d0LAop uoYydAds 94} YIM Yue, jo ZurAydwi9 JUs}}1UWI9}UI oy} Jo peoj}sur oATeA yo]UL AYRaT JO ose Ul MOYIVAO SNONUI}UOD eB SOAIS SIU], “Yue. JO W10}}0q VY} Iv9U JO Pkd}SUI VdEJINS 9Y} WIOIJ MOYIBAO IOj 9YeYUL SurprAoid Aq vale [eq VY} 499}01d 0} o[qQestApe si} ‘}sn1 jo Sojorz red 10 “}1183 ‘pues SUIUIe}UOD ‘png st 4a2DMN AY? asdYy A *9qn} MOYAIAO YUL} JOSO]D Jo uoTZeIodQ— gc‘), pue PGT‘), “SOI WOLLOd OL DNITLLSS GAaLLIUW NOISYOS | —\—F SS i a re ee icine Vee Aiea Ee Goa SS Ses a yw i) Ga lee eee ov a tnd ’ ee ee SS ee SS a= ae Se eee 1 eS PS ea SS MO1TAUSAO “ISAN371 IWWHON 3,324-1,778 Valves, Faucets, Cocks uSIVM YV3A19 TWWYHONSY Valves, Faucets. Cocks 1,779 - 3,325 Blow Off Valve.—The object of a blow off valve 1s to provide means for discharging mud, scale, and other impurities which enter the boiler in the feed water. The chief difficulty encountered with the blow off valve is leakage which is greatly aggravated by the presence of boiler scale. : When scale is removed by the use of kerosene and other agents, it comes off in small pieces, as well as large ones, and these accumulate in the blow off pipe. Fic. 7,159.—Lunkenheimer ‘‘Duro”’ blow off valve and “‘Victor” gate valve bolted together, Blow off valves have probably given more trouble than any other boiler fitting. Many kinds have been offered upon the market, which are claimed to possess the chief requisite in valves of this kind, that is, durability, but in practice they all appear to lack this essential feature. The combination of a blow off and gate valve as above is extensively used. This combination has many advantages that cannot be obtained by the use of a blow off valve alone. The gate valve is used as an emergency valve, should accident happen to the blow off valve, in which event the former can be closed until repairs are made. It not only serves as an emergency valve, but also insures a perfectly tight blow off arrangement. The gate valve should be opened and closed but once a day, being closed after the last blow off and opened early in the morning. Jt is essential, however, that the gate valve be operated at least once in twenty-four hours in order to prevent it becoming inoperative. When the valve is open, these (in the ordinary valve) are hurled against the seat with great force and grind the surface of the seat and valve away, rendering it difficult to maintain a tight valve for more than a few months without repairs. In order to guard against this grinding action, a blow off valve should be so constructed that the valve and seat, when open, are out of the path of the escaping water and impurities. An example of such construction is the plug cock, and this has been found more serviceable 3,326-1,780 Valves, Faucets, Cocks than either a gate valve or some special forms of blow off valve. Some of i the latter provide a self-cleaning feature, while closing, while in others, | | the valve and valve seat are protected while open. The most desirable | valve contains a combination of these features. If angle valves be used they should be provided with a removable plug to permit running a rod into the pipe when cleaning the boiler in order to _ clean the pipe. i Ques. How should a blow off valve be connected to a | boiler? Fic. 7,160.—Ward worm gear blow-off valve. In construction, the body of the valve is made of semi-steel and the working parts of admiralty bronze. Ans. A gate valve should be placed between the blow off valve and boiler. ; | | 1 Ques. Why? | Ans. To insure a tight outlet and to provide additional means | Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,781 - 3,327 of shutting off the connection in case anything happen to the blow off valve. Ques. How should a blow off connection be made on a horizontal return tubular boiler ? Fic. 7,161.—Star wedge adjustment blow-off valve. In operation, when closing, the wedge expands the split piston, which is accurately fitted to the cylindrical chamber; in opening, the first movement of valve spindle releases pressure of wedge on the piston, and then wedge raises piston to full opening of the valve. Fic. 7,162.—Powell-regrinding blow-off valve. Im construction, the yoke top A, is secured — to the body by studs G. The packing is adjusted by pusher gland P, which is operated by the outside screw nut C, above the bridge of yoke A. The faces Dl.and H, fitting tight, permit repacking under pressure. The brass plunger D, is milled to receive the collar on stem T. Spiral grooves are cast on the outer face, which, receiving the pressure from the steam as the valve is opened, cause it to revolve as it nears the seat when closing. This gives the disc a grinding motion and keeps both disc and seat clear of scale and sediment. The seat ring F, is extended downward to protect it from the cutting effect of the rushing water and steam as the valve is opened. To this plunger is attached disc E, secured by nut S. By removing plug K, the inlet pipe from boiler can be cleared of sediment or scale. To regrind, insert a plug or nail through the hole R; this locks the disc, then rotates back and forth with fine brickdust or sand on the bearing. 3,328-1,782 Valves, Faucets, Cocks Ans. The boiler shell is tapped at the rear end for the blow off pipe. The latter should preferably be run straight down to below the floor level of the combustion chamber and then out, the pipes in the combustion chamber being protected from the heat by some insulating material as tile, brick, etc. Check Valve.—This is a form of stop or non-return valve used to control the admission of feed water into a boiler or other apparatus. Fic. 7,163.—Powell disc check valve. The check disc Vd, has integrally cast wing guides, which snugly engage within the guide C, auxiliary guides being provided below the disc. To regrind, remove bonnet Ac, lift out guide C, place a little fine sand or ground glass and water on the disc face, replace same in the body B, and apply a screwdriver to slot in disc stem. Rotate back and forth until a good bearing is obtained, then carefully wipe off the ground glass or sand and replace valve guide C, and screw on bonnet. The pressure within the boiler keeps the valve upon its seat unless over- come by superior pressure caused by the pump or injector, thus permitting feed water to enter while preventing its escape from the boiler. Check valves on marine and other boilers sometimes have adjustable lifts, controlled by a wheel and spindle, but those designed for use on loco- motives are generally non-adjustable, as only one boiler has to be considered. There are several kinds of check valve, as: 1. Disc check. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,783 - 3,329 2. Ball check. 3. Swinging check. 4, Adjustable check. Fig. 7,163 shows a disc check valve which is the form generally used. It has but three parts: the main casting, valve, and bonnet. According to Hutton the valve should be sufficiently large in diameter to deliver the water with a lift not exceeding 14 inch, higher lifts resulting in rapid destruction of the valve seat from the hammering action of the valve, especially when used with engine driven pumps. Of course with an injector when the feed is continuous, the valve remains off its seat while the injector 1s in operation, and accordingly a higher lift is not objectionable. Fics. 7,164 to 7,166.—Lukenheimer ball check valves. Fig. 7,164, angle pattern; fig. 7,165; horizontal pattern; fig. 7,166, vertical pattern. The ball type of check consists of three parts: A, seat casting; C, ball; B, bonnet. It meets the requirements for users of this type of check valve, but is not desi rable for sizes above 3 inches because of the high cost and weight of the ball. The author believes that in determining the size of a check valve its area of valve opening, for a satisfactory lift, should be such that the rate of flow will not exceed 200 feet per minute. A method of figuring the area required is given in the following example: — Example.—A certain boiler requires 1,000 lbs. of feed water per hour. Determine feed check valve opening and diameter for 14-inch lift, 45° beveled seat and a flow of 200 feet per minute. 1 cubic foot of water at 212° (from table) weighs 59.76 pounds, hence volume of 1,000 pounds water =1,000+59.76=16.74 cu. ft. per hour, or For a flow of 200 feet per minute. : 16.74 cu. ft.x144 sq. ins. : ] = a= SC utah re bene are ~~ BOuminu tee e200 Hts 2 Now for a beveled seat, the effective valve opening area a8 shown in 3,330- 1,784 Valves, Faucets, Cocks fig. 7,167, is equal to the slant surface of the frustrum of a cone whose upper base diameter AA’ is equal to the diameter of seat opening.* TES 0 ZY @ Fics. 7,167 to 7,168.—Beveled valve and seat with diagrams, illustrating method of calculating valve opening area as explained in the accompanying ote. *NOTE.—The slant surface is, obviously, perpendicular to the seat, and since the height of the slant surface is less than the lift, the capacity of a beveled valve is less than that of a flat valve. In fig. 7,168, AC, is the slant height, ¢ is the angle ABC, between the direction of lift and the valve seat, hence in triangle ABC, : sing =AC +AB =slant height +lift for which Slantaherge ht lithe sta cosets techie tours Smile te his (1) Now, the area of the valve opening or frustrum of acone =slant heightXaverage base circum- LEKETICO MME Ll ieee ent a ee nh b RRR et trae Meee aN Meet ne Tre a a acs ge aes (2) In fig. 7,167, the diameter of the lower base CC’ is larger than diameter AA’ of the top base by the distances CD+C’D’ or 2 CD. Now in fig. 7,168, CD +CA =COS¢ from which CD =CAcosé =liftXsin écosé@ but since by construction @ =9=45°, and lift =14 inch 2CD =2X4X VX V4 HM X V4 =.125 and calling the upper base diameter AA’, uniting, in fig. 0,006, C@*=1-+--125 =1.125 hencemveraze base diameter —14 (le}= lel 25) 1 O63. nn, eee es cle eerie (3) substituting given values in (1) slant height = 14% X V2 =.177 inches Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,785 - 3,331. Fics. 7,170 and 7,171.—Lunkenheimer swinging check valve. The design gives a valve open- ing area equal to that of the connecting pipes. The valve disc B, is attached by the nut D,. to the carrier C, which is pivoted at H. The two side plugs serve as_ bearings: for the pivot pin H. Should the movement of the pin cause the plugs to wear, they can be- easily renewed at small expense. To prevent the disc lock nut jarring loose, a hole is drilled through both the lock nut and threaded end of disc, through which a wire is inserted. To: regrind, unscrew bonnet F, and place some powdered glass or sand, and soap or oil on the: seat; also unscrew plug E, opposite disc, which permits inserting a screw driver in the slot. of the disc. NKENHEM Fics. 7,172 and 7,173.—Lukenheimer adjustable lift check valve. Fig. 7,172, valve with— out spring bearing on disc; fig. 7,173, detail showing valve with spring bearing on disc. NOTE.—According to Hutton the cross sectional area of a feed valve in square inches acy the evaporative capacity of the boiler in pounds X.00082. For instance, for a boiler evaporating; 6,000 pounds of water per hour, area =6,000.00082 =4.92 square inches and 4.92 -7854 diameter corresponding - =21% inches 3,332 - 1,786 Valves, Faucets, Cocks Figs. 7,165 and 7,170 show ball and swinging check valves. In many places where check valves are used it is desirable to control the ) lift of the disc to prevent chattering. Fast running pumps bring severe ia |: duty on check valves causing them to open too wide and hammer; for such i | conditions it is desirable to have means for adjusting the lift as shown in ‘a figs. 7,172 and 7,173. Fics. 7,174 and 7,175.—Powell White Star check valves. Fig. 7,174, to 14 in. sizes, regrind- able, but not reversible; fig. 7,175, 34 and larger, regrindable, reversible and renewable. In construction, the body B, and the trimmings Ac,C,Rc,S are cast in the steam bronze com- position as adopted by the U. S. Government for its Naval Service. In thesizes K, 4, 34 and ¥Y% in. the disc V, is made in one piece, which operates in the guide collar C, and in these sizes is not reversible, but is regrindable and renewable. In the 34 in. and larger sizes one of the faces of the disc is protected in the disc holder Re, while the other is in service, as shown in the illustration. The wing guides work freely in the guide collar C, which is held rigid in the body by cap Ac. The parts are adjusted so as to bring the disc to an exact center, and therefore will seat true. To reverse the disc it is only necessary to unscrew nut S, which holds the disc inthe holder Rc. To regrind check disc, remove cap Ac, apply grinding sand and water to face of disc, insert screw driver in slot in end of stem and rotate back and forth, until a good bearing is obtained. When lower face of disc is worn out, unscrew nut S, reverse | the disc, tighten up nut S again, and grind to seat as described above. : | Fic. 7,176.—Powell White Star check valve with renewable bronze seat, regrindable, rever- sible, removable valve. Inthe 4 in. size the disc and stem is in one piece, in the 34 in. and larger sizes the discs are reversible. The seats can be renewed when worn out by unscrewing same by means of the wrench lugs O. Simply insert a flat bar of steel of proper width to fill the diameter of the openiag of seat and unscrew. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,787 - 3,333 Float Valve.—The duty of this type of valve is to shut off the water supply to closet tanks when the water has reached a predetermined level. The automatic action is due to the rising level of the water during the filling of the tank, carrying up EI be tr iow doan swith it@a floatwhich, By tanks. Ii hes a por suitable gearing closes the adjustment. water supply valve. When the water is discharged from the tank in flushing, the float descends by gravity, and the valve opens by pressure of the supply water. The essentials and operatior are shown in figs. 7,178 and 7,179. 2 Ss CLOSED ~.! ag eS eS FULCRUM Hu ie [1 ! ane ee i gc 3,334-1,788 Valves, Faucets, Cocks Ht | nak i th i if! Hh Ts ! in lie, | Tn l| |! || i! ‘nt if isi nil al iT Ht ti i I i|! t | Mnenhienin Hil Fig. 7,178, valve open, tank filling; fig. 7,179, The pressure of the supply water pushes valve from its seat and the tan The le gear gradually k begins to fill. k has filled to a predetermined level. ancy of the float causes it to rise with the rising water level and being connected with the valve with suitab Fics. 7,178 and 7,179.—Elementary float valve illustrating principle of operation. valve closed, tank full. closes the valve, shutting off the water when tan buoy Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,789 - 3,335 a at he de aaa EE me A See he ge In practice there is a great variety of float valves all acting on the basic principle shown in figs. 7,178 and 7,179, but hav- ing various modifications of the transmission gearing. Usually some means of adjusting the water level at which the valve closes is provided. The principle of such adjustment is shown in fig. 7,180 and use should be made of this means of adjust- LEVEL ADJUSTMENT SCREW ADJUSTMENT LOW LEVEL She or A1ddNS OO) FN Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,795 - 3,341 There are two general classes of air valve. 1. Hand controlled. 2 Automatic. METAL LINING OF TANK A) be) sc) Ss) = W Ry ny ® Ss ~ Ww aw 3,358 - 1,812 , and 230 and 7,231 down force b The discharge cap- acity of a flat valve is 1.41 times that of a beveled valve of diameter With respect to the method of loading the . Dead weight. Combination The distinction be- tween these different Figs.7 show flat and beveled contact surfaces. valve, or application 1 4. lever and spring. and nature of the holding classes is shown in figs. safety valves are divi- 1 202 t0'73230: generally used for ded into four general marine use. 45° same lift. “II ONY UE. SeATeA Ajozes,, SUIpesy oY} Jopun 9]qQe} pue e[NUIIOJ oy} JopuN posn oq AvUT SOATBA AjOJeS 1LaS JL] J—CZ ‘T] s[NYy 0} Surpsiosowv Oj ‘4991109 Jou st StU} Inq ‘ISN sULIVUT IO} poMoy]e JOU o1e S}eas Jey FLY} YUIY} Siooulsus ysop. *, GP Jo o]3ue ue ye PoeulpoUL 9q JSNUI JaAoq 9Y} pue piepuerjs oy} st odA} pajaAaq oY} asn auzipuL AO *a0eJ.INS JOeR]UOD psfeAod pue je Y}IM }eos pue oA[ePA—*[EZ‘y, pue OSS‘Z, “SOY A3WAYNS LOVLNOD Q314aA39 Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,813 - 3,359 Dead Weight Safety Valve.—This consists of a valve and stem loaded with a weight placed directly on the stem, there being Yj DEAD WEIGHT “cma NN 4 LE Yo LEVER AND SPRING Fics. 7,232 to 7,235.—Elementary safety valves showing various types. Fig. 7,232, dead weight valve;, fig. 7,233, lever valve; fig. 7,235, spring valve; fig. 7,235, combination lever and spring valve; a guide through which the stem works as the valve opens and Closes. 3,360- 1,814 Valves, Faucets, Cocks Evidently this type of valve is suitable only for low pressure such as carried on steam heating boilers, otherwise the weight, especially in the case of large va.ves would assume enormous proportions as illustrated in the example following: Example.—What dead weight must be placed on a dead weight safety valve having 4 sq. ins. valve area to blow at 5 Ibs. steam pressure? What weight is required to blow at 100 lbs.? Weight to blow at 5 libs.=4x5 == 20 ibs: “100 ‘£ =4X100=400 lbs. if UIDE PRESSURE KNIFE EDGE ee NoTotee _ STOP y WY We OUTLET Fic. 7,236.—Sectional view of a lever safety valve showing essential parts. Lever Safety Valve.—The essential parts of a lever valve as shown in fig. 7,236 consist of: 1, a valve chamber containing the valve seat; inlet and outlet opening; 2, a cover containing the upper spindle and lever guides, also an arm having a pivot hole at its end forming the fulcrum; 3, a valve and spindle, the latter Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,815 - 3,361 being attached to the valve and the projecting part termina- ting in a knife edge; 4, a lever, pivoted at one end to the projec- ting arm or fulcrum, in contact with the knife edge of the Fics.7,237 and 7,238.—Lunkenheimer lever safety valves with screw ends. Fig. 7,237 angle valve; fig. 7,238, cross valve. i une ! be i Maybe Fic. 7,239.—Powel iron body cross lever safety valve with bronze trimmings; sectional view showing construction. 3,362 -1,816 Valves, Faucets, Cocks net spindle at an intermediate point and weighted at the other end with a ball. In attaching any type of safety valve to a boiler it should preferably be attached to a separate outlet as shown in fig. 7,240 so that in case the valve blow while steam is being used on the main line, there will not be an un- duly large discharge of steam from a single outlet which would tend to raise the water level and carry over water with the steam. In case there be only one main outlet, and especially if this outlet be | Tom oNNeone ye CONNECTION N MAIN OWUREED | el cada ON MAIN LINE SAFETY VALVE Fics. 7,240 and 7,241.—Place ment of safety valve. It should preferably be piped to a separ-— ate outlet as in fig. 7,240, but when placed on the main line it should be next to the boiler, that is, there should be no valve between the safety valve and boiler. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,817 - 3,363 provided with a dry pipe or collector such as shown in fig. 7,242,* the safety valve may be attached to a tee on main steam pipe, as close to the boiler as possible without any kind of valve between it and the boiler. As shown in fig. 7,241. An objection to the lever valve for marine use on vessels navigating rough water is that the inertia of the weight produces DRY PIPE Fic. 7,242.—Author’s dry pipe shell, thus permitting a high water level to protect the tubes, and increase the efficiency of the heating surface while insuring dry or practically dry steam and protection from-priming on sudden heavy demand for steam. a variable pressure on the valve tending to close and open the valve respectively with rise and fall of the boat on the waves. Moreover, when the boat rocks, the horizontal position of the lever is dis- turbed and the blowing pressure of the valve is lowered *NOTE.—For the complete design of the boiler fitted with the collector shown in fig. 7,242, on the Author’s Engineers’ and Mechanics’ Guide, No. 6, Chapter 71 on “How to Design a Oiler.” sag st Sa sla p a en ae 3,364-1,818 Valves, Faucets, Cocks pened ' RAINE Se PA Race gt as° shown in= fig. 7,243. In use, the lever of a lever safety valve should be raised frequently per- mitting the valve to blow to guard against the valve sticking to the seat. ie. 7,243.—Diagram of a lever safety valve, showing decrease of the weight’s effect, as the result of incline in a heavy sea. In the diagram, L, is the length of the lever arm, the full length being effective when horizontal but when inclined the effective length is reduced to Li, Fic. 7,244.—Powell steam bronze angle pattern lever safety valve with screwed ends for workin g pressures up to 150 \bs. Showing exterior construction. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,819 - 3,365 ——____—_—- Spring Safety Valve.—In this type of valve, the force due to 1} | the compression of a spring is used to oppose the steam pressure il instead of a weighted lever. Hi The essentials of the spring valve are shown in fig. 7,245. SCREW PRESSURE ADJUSTING SLEEVE ~LIFTER LEVER FULCRUM AGE UPPER CUP SPRING LOWER CUP PIN OUTLET VALVE Bic. 7,245.—Elementary spring safety valve showing essential parts with exception of the “popping” attachment provided on the “pop” type of spring valve. bics. 7,246 and 7,247..-American springs for brass and iron pop safety valves. Fig. bee round type for brass valves 2 inches and under; fig. 4,693, rectangular type for brass an iron valves 2144 inches and over. 3,366-1,820 Valves, Faucets, Cocks The appearance of two types of spring used is shown in figs. 7,246 and 7,247. 3 The elementary spring valve shown in fig. 7,245 is not provided with the “pop” feature common to most spring valves. Valves having this feature are called pop safety valves. By definition, a pop safety valve is one so constructed that Lia E SF ce Fic. 7,248.—Scott spring pop safety valve. The parts are: A, base; B, iron case; C, bronze valve or disc; D, bronze bushing or seat; E, adjustable ring; F, steel stem and spindle; G, screw to hold adjustable ring; H, spring plate; I, bronze loading bolt; J, lock nut; K, lever (malleable iron); L, iron cap and screw to hold cap; M, stem or lifting nuts. it opens very suddenly like a cork popping out of a champagne bottle and remains open until the pressure is reduced a pre- determined amount. The principle upon which this operation depends, is the presentation of an excess area of valve at the instant the valve leaves 1t seat and before its opens to the atmosphere. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,821 - 3,367 Sy ae EO NSS ZZIEIEEER ae LAS me ka S| SS >rPoTM= Trane oo ore if No. 16A. Style No. 16B. Style Fics. 7,249 to 7,253.—Ashton marine pop safety valves. The parts are: A, shell; B, head; C, cap; D, wing valve; E, bottom disc; F, top disc; G, pressure screw; H, spring; I, head ting; J, fork; K, lever; L, spindle; M, pressure scréw check nut; N, regulator; O, regular check nut; P, seat bushing; (nickel) P, seat bushing; (composition) R, upper spindle nut; S, lower spindle nut; T, studs; U, spindle pin; V, fork pin; W, lever pin; X, seat drip; Y, chamber drip; Z, body bolts and nuts; Z, stud nuts; AA, valve ring; CC, cap bolts; DD, lock and key; EE, ock pin. “Suri dod osrez ‘ysnous jou Jr ‘sur1 dod JaMoy ‘YonNuL 00} oinssoid soONpe1 ATLA JI £720] -nfal OJ, °dInssoid Zutsopd 10 UMOP MOT 94}. 9}e[NSe1 OF st Suit dod oY} jo yOofqo uiIeM ey “sATeA dod oueU 9Y} VoUNY ‘9QCGZ‘/, *3y ul se Sutuedo [Nj s}t 0} ,,dod,, 10 3J1] AJUeppns 0} oATeA 9Y} Suisneo “gcZ‘) “sy ‘SulI papeys oy} Aq pe}EOIpUI SB Bore SSe0xa ue UO $}90e Ule1ay} (os ATTeIIed JO) pouyuod SuIeg pue Joquieyo dod 94} O7UI saysni WeE}s ‘}J1] 0} SUISaq DATPA VY} SB fwO1z7D4L9d0 uy ‘“SouIeU IY} YIM szJed JeI}UESSe VY} SMOYS PGZ‘Z, “SI ~“aATeA dod Be jo uoT}eIedo pue uoTjONIJsUOD— 9GZ‘Z, 01 HSZ‘L “SOI 1v3S S3AV31 ANIA SY Q31VaS SI 3AIWA no auneeaaa NOOS SV: WV3LS N3HM WVS3LS OL } OL O3LN3ISIUd Q3LN3S3ud V38v Wauv $S39X32 . t Od 3HL) ONIN dOd JIavLSANAY Seren eS evensers - vs 28 ow COSTS RTD seer eo Gee emwace jal YIaWVHO B27 Uy d0d Fe\ |=? aovauns di1 JO NOILOV OL ANG 4 dOd 30 if LVN 3OY03 TWONSISINID =«-—»_ el 7 «= SNINNID3G 1) wd 1S) je) O a ~~ cb) 1S) =) W Re, B ic) > ~ W N N ek r= iT co Oo oo, ioe) Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,823 - 3,369 The advantage of the pop valve is that it will blow very close to the set pressure, and also very stable in that it will not chatter but continue blow- ing until the pressure is appreciably reduced. The pressure at which the valve opens is called the blow off pressure, and the pressure at which it closes, the blow down pressure. The construction and operation of the pop feature device is shown in figs. 7,254 to 7,256. As shown in fig. 7,254 the valve is provided with a projecting pop lip and the seat with an adjustable pop ring forming the pop chamber. In operation, when the valve begins its opening movement, steam rushes into the pop chamber and suddenly acts on an excess area as in fig. 7,255, thus quickly accelerating the movement of the valve which opens wide with great rapidity as in fig. 7,256. When the pop chamber opens to the atmosphere, there are two additional forces which tend to keep the valve open. The pressure of the steam on the excess area presented by the pop chamber and the beveled passage way, and 2, the centrifugal force caused by the action of the curved pop lip in changing the direction of the steam. : The intensity of the pop is regulated by adjusting the pop ring. Evidently if the pop ring be screwed down so low that the pop chamber is open to the atmosphere when the valve is closed the valve will not open so suddenly as when it is adjusted to close the pop chamber when the valve is seated as in fig. 7,254. a NOTE.—Installation and care of safety valves. All safety valves should be connected directly to the boiler with a close nipple or a short steam nozzle of the fuil valve size, or larger. In attaching the flange, the bolts should be drawn up evenly, as distortion of the valve seat _ May otherwise occur. In making a hydraulic test on a boiler the valve shouid be properly gagged, and not made to blow ata higher pressure by screwing down the spring. Safety valve springs are designed for a definite pressure, which is usually stamped on a tag fastened to the valve. If a valve is to be set at a pressure differing from the designed pressure by more than 5 or 10 pounds (depending upon the make of the valve) either above or below, a new spring Should be furnished. Where safety valves are used with superheated steam, those of the out- Side spring type should be used in order to protect the metal of the spring from the high tem- ee. In operation, all valves should be made to blow periodically to avoid the danger Of sticking. 3,370-1,824 Valves, Faucets, Cocks As usually constructed the pop ring fits loosely with the pop lip so that the pop chamber has a slight opening when ring is in high adjustment. The main object of the ring is to regulate the blow down or closing pressure as explained in figs. 7 51 and 1,290. LOW BACK PRESSURE HIGH BACK PRESSURE IN POP CHAMBER IN POP CHAMBER WIRE, DRAWING ——" Cx SSS wy Ss POP RING HIGH POP RING LOW HIGH BACK PRESSURE IN POP CHAMBER ORESSURE. N POP CHAMBER Fics. 7,257 and 7,258.—Pop valve with low and high adjustment of pop ring showing why - the blow down or closing pressure is governed by the position of this ring. In fig. 7,257, the ring is in high adjustment so that with the valve fully opened as shown, the opening past the ring is restricted resulting in wire drawing of the steam with a higher back pressure in the 7,258, where the ring is in low adjustment giving free passage for pop chamber than in fig. the steam to the atmosphere. It must be evident that with the adjustment of fig. 7,25 giving high back pressure in the pop chamber, the valve will remain open longer and reduce the boiler pressure to a lower point than with the adjustment of fig. 7,258, giving low back pressure in the pop chamber. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,825 - 3,374 Ps ee i eee ee Safety Valve Calculations.—The ridiculousness of the Gov- ernment’s refusal to grant an original license as engineer to anyone who “‘is not able to determine the weight necessary to be placed on the lever of a safety valve (the diameter of valve, length of lever, distance from center of valve to fulcrum, weight of lever, and weight of valve and stem being known) to withstand any given pressure of steam ina boiler,” must be apparent to all who have given the matter any thought. Especially is it ridiculous because of the method by which. the applicant is required to make the calculation, viz.: by learning several so called rules parrot fashion, rather than by reasoning out the matter and writing an equation from which all calculations are readily obtained.* The time spent in committing to memory meaningless rules, could be far better utilized in studying the principles of the problem and thus acquire some real knowledge rather than artificial and dangerous knowledge. From this view point it will be well to consider the principle of the safety valve upon which the calculations are based. Principle of the Safety Valve.—When a boiler is in operation there are four forces acting on a lever safety valve, of which, one tends to raise the valve off tis seat and the other three tend to keep it closed; when the first force slightly exceeds the sum of the other three forces, the valve will open and allow the steam to escape. The four forces just mentioned may be described as follows: *NOTE.— Unfortunately, some of the Government authorities, presumably to facilitate the work of their examiners by having safety valve problems worked out in the same order, insist that the problems be worked according to the so called Roper’s rules. It should be distinctly understood that Roper did not originate any “rules” but simply stated safety valve Principles in the form of rules, indicating a certain order in which the various operations of multiplication, division, etc., are to be performed in solving the problems, just as he might Ry 3X5=15, while some other writer would express it 5X3 =15, the result being the same in either case. oa/2 : 1,826 Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1. The force due to the steam which tends to open the valve; It is equal to the area of the valve in square inches multiplied by the steam pressure as indicated by the steam gauge. 2. The force due to the weight of the valve and spindle, which tends to close the valve; 3. The force due to the weight of the lever, which tends to close the valve; A. The force due to the weight of the ball, which tends to close the valve. aSetaewassesoueoscegsoansesscoonvenee meneee b : ecscecnnpesseecoratoccoasnvsecnnnnccenccosoon a ry 6 s s 8 « s ry ° F i Fic. 7,259.—Lever safety valve with dimensions, etc., necessary in making calculations. )b, Distance from fulcrum to ball; g, distance fulcrum to center of gravity of lever; v, distance fulcrum to spindle; F, fulcrum; V, weight of valve and spindle; G, weight of lever; B, weight of ball. These forces act at different distances from a point called the fulcrum, which corresponds to the point F, in fig. 7,259 about which the lever turns. As indicated in the figure, the four forces are as follows: NOTE.—Comparison of lever and spring safety valves. The lever valve has no defi- nite “pop” point, the valve lifting slowly in opening, and settling gradually in closing. A com- paratively long range of blowing is necessary for the valve to effectively open, and a considerable excess pressure is necessary in specifications for such valves. Spring valves, have a positive ‘opening to practically the full amount. Af the popping point, a properly designed spring valve will lift its maximum, say .15 inch, and this lift will decrease approximately .01 inch per pound that the pressure in the boiler falls below the popping point. Other pressures may force the lift slightly higher with such a valve, but not sufficiently to make these pressures necessary to obtain the full valve efficiency. In specifying spring valves, therefore, an excess pressure should not be allowed, at least not over 1 or 2 pounds. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,827 - 3,373 S = total pressure due to the steam tending to raise the valve: This is equal to the steam pressure indicated by the steam gauge multi- plied by the area of the valve. The area of the valve is equal to its dia- meter squared, multiplied by .7854. The weights are measured in pounds, and the distances in inches. The weight of the lever is considered as acting at its center of gravity g, distance from the fulcrum. The center of gravity of the lever is that point where it would be in equi- librium if balanced over a knife edge or any other support with an edge, as in fig. 7,260. fic. 7,260.—Method of finding the center of gravity of the lever. The center of gravity of the lever is the point where the bar would be in equilibrium if balanced over a knife edge or any other support witha sharp corner placed at right angles to the lever, as shown in the figure. Now, since all of these forces do not act along the axis or cen- tral point of the valve ( fig. 7,259), it is necessary to determine the tendency of the several forces to produce rotation of the lever about the fulcrum F. In order to determine this, the moments of the several forces. With respect to the fulcrum F , must be determined. In mechanics the moment of a force is a measure of its effect in producing rotation about a fixed point. j HH) . Hi ae Tag Wy 3,374-1,828 Valves, Faucets, Cocks The moment of a force, with respect to a point, is the product of the force multiplied by the perpendicular distance from the point to the direction of the force. The fixed point corresponding to the fulcrum F, fig. 7,259 is ates the center of moments, and the horizontal distance, v, g, Or b, the lever arm or leverage of the force. VALVE AND SPINDLE Bee acy MOMENT OF LEVER MOMENT — ae MOMENT | eel i. STEAM, MOMENT oN Fic. 7,261.—Diagram illustrating the four moments involved in safety valve calculations. One of these moments called the steam moment which tends to open the valve; this is resisted by the other three moments called the valve and spindle moment, the lever moment, and the ball moment which tend to close the valve. Evidently when the valve is at*the point of blowing off, the steam moment =valve and spindle moment+ lever moment-+ ball moment. When this condition obtains and the steam pressure increase a very small amount sufficient to cause the steam moment to overcome the friction of the mechanism, the valve will open and blow off. The moment of the ball B, in fig. 7,259 with respect to the fulcrum F, for instance, is equal to the weight of the ball multiplied by its distance from F, that is, moment of the ball=BX0b or simply Bo. The four moments to be considered in solving the safety valve problem are as follows: Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,829 - 3,375 -1. Moment due to the steam; It is equal to the total pressure of the steam acting on the valve multiplied by the distance from fulcrum to center of valve; that is, in fig. 7,259 steam moment =Sv. 2. Moment due to the wezght of the valve and spindle; It is equal to the weight of the valve and spindle multiplied by the dis- tance from fulcrum to center of valve; that is, valve and spindie moment =V0. 3. Moment due to the weight of the lever; It is equal to the weight of the lever multiplied by the distance from the fulcrum to the center of gravity of the lever; that is, lever moment =Gg. 4. Moment due to the weight of the ball. It is equal to the weight of the ball multiplied by the distance from the fulcrum to the ball; that is, ball moment =Bb. Now, when the valve is at the point of blowing off, the first moment which tends to raise the valve will equal the sum of the other three moments which tend to keep the valve closed that is: steam valve and lever ball moment > = < spindle moment >» + < moment > + < moment SXv VxXo GX g BxXb or simply: Sv-Vv +Gg+Bb. This 1s the safety valve equation with which any problem is easily solved. In working out an example, the given values are substituted for the letters and the equation solved for the un- vi known letter. Hi i Example:—What weight ball must be put on a 3” safety valve so that it will blow at 100 Ibs., if the weight of valve and spindle be 8 lbs., lever 24 Ibs., distance of valve from fulcrum 4”; distance of center of gravity from. fulcrum 16”; distance from fulcrum to ball 38”? S, the total pressure tending to raise the valve is equal to the steam pres- sure multiplied by the area of the valve in square inches = 100Xdiam. X diam .2x .7854 = 100* 33 .7854 =706.9 lbs., say 707 lbs. - . ey oe ar esi ee OES BX, mee X + F INAWOW WW + LNSWOW /H3N37 + LNSWOW JIGNIdSLGNY ANIVA =LNAWOW WWALS we eeieeae ee ee eee ee a Occeeccces suscacssocevees | sererre ° COCO IOCC ae a aN NAN CPN Als; LNAWOW Y3A31 as Sait ¢@ Y3A31 30 LHOIAM we SOS) LNSWOW INAWOW 1198 /AIGNIdS GNV AAIVA \ Ws \ XS KAYA *(Ajaatjsedsei GZXG pue ‘OTXzZ ‘7VXzZ syonpoid 241 Aq poInsesUl) JUOWIOUI 7279q 94} PUB ‘JUDUIOU 4aaaz OY} ‘JUOWIOUI a7puIds puD aajpa ay} SB UMOUYX S9d1OJ 9914} I9Y10 oy} Aq poinseowl ‘pinmuMop sana] ay} 7jNd 0} ADUIpUI} 94} 0} [enba st (%eEexXF Wnpoid oy} Aq painseoul) JUSWIOU Wes}s 94} se UMOUY ‘surids 9y} Aq pivmdn 1202] ay427]Ng 01 ADUapUsI} VY} VsNeIoq SI SHY} JOJ UOSeIIOYT, “YW OAId oy} YnOWe ATISee AI9A SUIN} JOA] DY} JY} SUIUINSsSe Po}YSIOM Se IOAI] 9Y} VOUETeq 0} [[INd ‘sq, Wee osmnbo1 0} punoj aq [IM HI ‘g 3e JOA] VY} 0} poyoere oq a[eos Burids e Jt UayT, *Ayeat}oedse1 sayout Gg pue ‘OT ‘7 2q 03 ‘GV pue ‘OV ‘GV Se0UueisIp 94} oUINsse puke ‘(Sq] G Aes) q }e DUO pue ‘Csq] zg Aes) g 32 DUO 49172 PUL SIYSIOM JYSI] UIOS JOD °C KJ20D13 fo 19]U99 S}I (Q9Z‘ J, “3Y Jo poyjeul Aq) pourlurisjep ZuTAeY pure ‘s}0e oT puTds dATLA 9Y} OIOYM JUIO 9y} ‘gq }e YOJOU B ope SulAey Joie ‘yuIod poxy B01 ‘VY IV IOAIG “JOA DATVA Ajojes B Jo odeys 9} UI Jno 3nd pue poom piey jo ad01d Bk aye y, *uo27zpNnb~a aazpa Ajasns ay} SujeIISN]]I zuaw24adxq— Z9Z' J, “Oly YH wd iS) 12) es) a ) sc}) 1S) =) W cy a eb) > = W a i=) ve) 00 et | \O ~™~ oD en Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,831 - 3,377 Now write out the equation and substitute the values given in the example and value just found for S, under the proper letters, thus: multiplying 2,828 =32+384438B and adding 2,828 =416+38B 36” \s SS SSQOQ SOA AS AQ 24 LBS WN eV SSN SERN m CNG | VALVE AREA = ./854 X35 X35 = 707 SQ INS. SSS ares YWNNED jy. Yj Y LZ /) INS bom STEAM PRESSURE 100 LBS. va Fic. 7,263.—Example: To find what weight must be put on the safety valve when the con- ditions are as indicated in the figure. The equation must be ‘‘solved for B,’’ which means that everything must be transferred to the left hand side of the equality sign except the B. The first step then is to get the 416 on the left hand side; to do this, subtract 416 from both sides, thus: 2,828 = 416+38B 416 416 en 38B 3,378 -1,832 Valves, Faucets, Cocks As it now stands, 2,412 =38B, or in other words, 38B =2,412: Now, divide both sides by 38, thus: eae. PAW es , hence: 38 38 __ 2,412 B 3 =63.4 lbs., weight of ball. When the engineer has to solve a safety valve problem in actual practice, he may do so without finding the center of Fic. 7,264.—Weighing the force exerted by the lever; by thus obtaining the downward thrust due to the lever, the calculation is simplified as explained on page 2,682. gravity of the lever, if he use a spring balance as in fig. 7,264. The balance should be hooked under the point at which the valve spindle acts and then by pulling up on the balance, the actual downward pressure of the lever at this point can be deter- mined. To this weight should be added the weight of the valve and spindle. The force then will be in as fig. 7,265 from which the equa- tion is: , Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,833 - 3,379 Sv=Mv+ Bb here M, is equal to the sum of the pressure of the lever as indi- cated on the scale and spring fig. 7,264 plus the weight of the valve and spindle; the other letters are as before. If the weight of the ball, or its distance from the fulcrum be required, the equation can be still further simplified by letting M, in fig. 7,265, represent the swm of the pressure of the lever as indicated on the spring scale plus the weight of the valve and spindle, subtracted from the fofal pressure of the steam on the valve. The equation then becomes Mv—Bb_ fic. 7,265.—Lever safety valve with dimensions, etc., necessary in making calculations where the thrust due to the lever is determined by a spring balance as in fig. 7,264. 6, distance ful- crum to ball; v, distance fulcrum to valve, M=S—L, that is, the total pressure due to the steam tending to raise the valve, less the downward thrust due to the lever as measured in fig. 7,264; F, fulcrum; B, weight of ball. Faucet.—The terms faucet and bibb, are used indiscrimin- ately to signify a faucet fitted with a valve controlling the outlet of a pipe conveying a liquid. With respect to the mode of opera- tion faucets are classed as 1. Compression. | 3,380 - 1,834 Valves, Faucets, Cocks INLET Fig. 7,266, closed position; fig. 7,267, open position. PIPE HREAD HANDLE CLOSED Fics. 7,266 and 7,267.—Compression faucet. OUTLET- a. Plain. b. Self closing. 2. Fuller. 3. Ground key. A compression faucet is a form of faucet in which the flow of water is shut off by compressing a washer valve against a seat by turn- ing a screw spindle, the threaded portion of the spindle working in a cor- responding thread in the body of the faucet as shown in closed and open positions in figs. 7,266 and 205 The outlet end of all types of faucet is made either plain as in fig. 7,268 or threaded so that a gar- den hose may be attached as in fig. 7,269. ; The inlet ends are made in numerous forms; for wiped or threaded joints as in figs. 7,270 and 7,271 and for supports of various kinds as shown in figs. F212 andar2e7s: Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,835 - 3,381 ’ Compression faucets, although the movement in closing is against the pressure of the liquid, are suitable for moderate and heavy pressures, such as is common on city mains. Being fitted with a removable washer valve they are adapted to water containing impurities as the washer is easily removed. When washer be- comes worn or cut causing faucet to leak, shut off water from the line, then unscrew cap L, (fig. 7,266) and spindle R, by turning handle F, counter clockwise. Hold spindle in the left hand as in fig. 7,278, remove retaining _J THREADED FOR —— HOSE COUPLING —<—..—- COUPLING PLAIN Fics. 7,268 and 7,269.—Outlet end of faucet. Fig. 7,268, plain; fig. 7,269, threaded for hose coupling. WIPED JOINT | i | ae WROUGHT LEAD PIPE COUPLING PIPE Fics. 7,270 and 7,271.—Inlet end of faucet. Fig. 7,270, tapered shank for wiped joint; fig. 7,271, threaded shank for wrought pipe; note the hexagon head for turning faucet in screwing it into the coupling or other pipe fitting. 3,382 - 1,836 Valves, Faucets, Cocks PIPE THREAD UNION NUT ,// cm SOLID ‘JSR RANGE Fics. 7,272 and 7,273.—Inlet end connection of faucet. Fig. 7,272, detachable shank with adjustable flange; fig. 7,273, solid flange, threaded shank with lock nut and bent tail piece (see figs. 7,274 to-7,277); the solid flange may be without, or with hexagon head as indi- cated in dotted lines. Fics. 7,274 to 7,277.—Mueller ‘‘fitsall’” supply pipe connection. The supply pipe is made of annealed seamless tubing and the elbow is flanged to form the bearing or the coupling nut. The cones which form the joint to the openings in the cock are made of lead and fitted over a brass ferrule which is pressed in the elbow against the flange. By tightening the coupling nuts, the lead cones conform to the size and taper of the cock openings, therefore they will fit cocks of any style, or manufacture. In using basin or bath cocks of other manufacture with these supply pipes, the coupling nut furnished with the cock must be used. Coupling nuts of Mueller basin and bath cocks will not fit cocks of every manufacture, as no standard size or thread is used on cocks of the different makes. The lead cone connection and lead slip joint gasket are not affected by hot water and will not deteriorate as rubber does. These pipes can be disconnected and connected again any number of times without affecting the lead cones. 837 - 3,383 b 1 Valves, Faucets, Cocks OVS0HL “08d ‘sy UL UMOYS SI yorym jo odAy Quo ‘S}IONe} UOIS -saiduiod Sursojo MAaYyDS ONINIVL3AY “Jes sureysur Aq te Po} offo oq UBD SULARS B YSIY o1e YSHSVM So}eI JOJLM JIOYM SOI}]eOT UT YSAIYQ MSAYDS “UIBUL OY} UI UO potin} J03eM pue Apoq SAIGNIdS qoonejy VY} UL pooe{dei Mou st o[purtds eYL “Mo19s SUIUIeJo1 OY} YIM UorT}Isod UI PI SuLINSas ‘uO MoU B VIM ddRIdaI IO JoYSPM VSI9ACI I9y}IO pue ‘MOIS ~ 3,384-1,838 Valves, Faucets, Cocks This insures the economical use of water because it automati- cally closes as soon as released by the action of spring and coarse thread on spindle which works in a similar thread cut in the neck of the faucet. Another form of self-closing compression faucet is shown in fic, 7,280. pik aps kel e006 Cig 2253 F CAP SPRING =r 7 ANCHOR Z ms 4 aon Oo SPINDLE FLANGE a Z Sm 1 (aa ( VALVE ay aa Frey m GY Fic. 7,279.—Self-closing compression faucet, coarse thread twisted spring type. In operation, when the spindle R, is turned counter-clockwise by means of the handle F, the coarse thread M, working in the threaded portion of the body lifts the spindle, thus opening the valve. This counter-clockwise turning of the spindle R, both compresses, and coils up the spring S, since it is anchored or fastened to the spindle flange at its lower end, and to the body of the faucet atits upperend. When the handle is released the spring uncoils, causing the spindle to turn clockwise and close the valve, in which position it is held against the pressure of the water by the compression of the spring. Self-closing faucets while economical in the use of water are objectionable in that the tendency is for the fixtures to receive too little water to keep them in proper sanitary condition. The fuller type of faucet is a very desirable type for use on low pressure lines, such as in dwellings with tank supply or Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,839 - 3,385 city main with reducing valve, because it is quick opening and the valve is easily renewed. Since it closes with the pressure, it is liable to cause water hammer especially on long lines unless provided with an air chamber. ADJUSTABLE NUT (/@ WASHER LOCKING WASHER YENSION SCREW 7; STEM GROOVE —: SEAT WASHER SEAT WASHER SCREW ANTI-SPREADER Fic. 7,280.—Self-closing compression faucet. This typeis constructed to close against the pres- sure by spring tension. The spring is made of red phosphor-bronze and can be adjusted by the tension screw tO operate against any pressure. In operation, a set of three rollers. travels on two right and left spiral tracks, one of which is in a recess in the handle and the other on the top of the bonnet, or cap. The rollers revolve upon axles which are equidistant arms of a spider, or yoke, around the stem. All the rollers are bound to travel the same distance, share alike in the work and maintain the same position relative to each other. This toller bearing feature is intended to reduce friction to a minimum and make the opening and closing easy. About a quarter turn of the handle, either to the right or left, gives a full opening. The hexagonal nut above the handle screws onto the stem and receives the force of the spring tension when the handle is turned in opening. The nut also can be adjusted so: as to compensate for wear. The packings are composed of cloth insertion rubber saturated with lubricant. Figs. 7,281 and 7,282 show the valve in closed and open positions and evidently because of its principle of operation it is not adapted to high pressure service. 3,386 - 1,840 Valves, Faucets, Cocks VALVE NUT CAP : CLOSED Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,841 - 3,387 As shown in the illustration the Fuller faucet 7s provided with an acorn shaped rubber valve which is drawn to the seat to shut off the water by a smail rod eccentrically connected to a lever handle. The method of removing the valve unit in case of a worn valve rod is shown in figs. 7,283 to 7,288, the parts being shown also dissembled to clearly illustrate the construction. ACORN SHAPED RUBBER VALVE ECCENTRIC PIN D=<—Nut REMOVING wvve unr me SHANK SHOULDER VALVE-ROD ECCENTRIC PIN BEARING Fics. 7,283 to 7,288.—Dissembling of Fuller faucet illustrating the removal of valve unit for valve rod renewal. Yo disassemble, unscrew the shank and turn handle to full open posi- tion, F, bringing eccentric pin to position R, when the valve unit is easily removed by tilting it asshown. In some patterns the cap must be unscrewed and the valve spindle lifted. In the disassembly the construction of the valve unit is very plainly shown, the valve having a hole through it, through which the rod is threaded in assembling. If the valves do not seat tight enough adjust by screwing up the nut on the end of the valve rod which will compress the rubber enlarging the end which bears on the seat. ; Some Fuller cocks are provided witha device to prevent water hammer in closing the valve. It consists of a form of auxiliary valve which partially closes the water passage before the main valve seats. The working of this arrangement is shown in principle in figs. 7,289 to 7,291. 3,388 - 1,842 Valves, Faucets, Cocks A ground key faucet is one having a valve in the form of a conical plug which fits and works in a conical seat forming part of the faucet body. The plug or valve is carefully ground into the seat so that a tight joint is obtained. The construction and operation of this type faucet is shown VALVE OPEN 2% nun. vaeve. CLOSED MAIN VALVE CLOSE D Fics. 7,289 to 7,291.—Method of preventing water hammer in Fuller faucet. An auxiliary or preliminary valve in front of the main valve is arranged to partially close the water passage, thus throttling the flow of water before the main valve closes. Fig. 7,289, valves fully opened; fig. 7,290, auxiliary valve closed; fig. 7,291, main valve closed. By the gradual closing thus obtained the flow of the water is gradually brought to rest instead of stopped suddenly. in figs. 7,292 and 7,293. Owing to the conical shape of the valve its diam- eter at the upper end is larger than at the lower end accordingly there is a tendency for the pressure of the water to lift the valve -off its seat and hence the necessity of the nut at the lower end. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,843 - 3,389 F il AMI! NW waster Z=ssBaiZp ra ta ED Fics. 7,292 and 7,293.—Ground key faucet. Fig. 7,292, open position; fig. 7,293, closed posi- tion. In construction, a conical plug valve having a passageway cut through it fits a corresponding conical seat in the faucet body. The valve is prevented being lifted from its seat by a retaining nut which bears against the washer. The latter fits over a square projec- tion of the valve so that it will turn with the valve otherwise the nut would come unscrewed due to the turning of the valve. In operation, when the valve is in the position shown, the Passageway is in line with the passage through the body of the faucet, permitting flow. Turning the handle 90° either to right or left, will close the valve as in fig. 7,293. 3,390 - 1,844 Valves, Faucets, Cocks To illustrate, suppose the sectional area of the valve at LF, tobel sq. in. and at MS, 114 sq. ins., water pressure 60 lbs. Then difference of areas =1.25—1=.25 sq. ins. and lifting force=.25x60=15 Ibs. as illus- trated in fig. 7,294. An inherent defect of ground key faucets is the tendency to leak. If the water be sandy or gritty, the sand will work in between the valve ae Fics. 7,294 and 7,295.—Conical valve of ground key faucet and projected area due to its slant surface, being the effective area acted upon by the water p-essure, tending to lift the valve from its seat. : and the seat and cut minute passageways along the contact surfaces produc- ing leaks. Accordingly ground key faucets should never be used with impure water and to guard against cutting and warping extra heavy faucets should be used rather than standard weight, because the seal (see fig. 7,295) is greater, and the body of the faucet is thicker and consequently stronger to resist lateral pressure in opening and closing. It is this lateral Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,845 - 3,391 —_—_——_ pressure that tend to distort or warp the surface of the seat. This may be avoided by employing the correct method of opening and closing the valve, especially if the valve stick, making it necessary to use considerable pressure in turning the valve is shown in fig. 7,301. Cocks.—A cock is a type of valve intended to form a conve- nient means of shutting off the flow of water ina line of piping. It is similar in construction to a ground key faucet ‘but differs Fic. 7,296.—Mueller extra heavy ground key faucet, threaded inlet connection and outlet threaded for hose connection. Fic. 7,297.—Mueller extra heavy ground key faucet, threaded inlet connection, plain outlet, 3,392 - 1,846 Valves, Faucets, Cocks in that it is arranged to be placed in the pipe line instead of at an outlet. ‘The distinction is shown in fig. 7,298. To meet the various requirements of service there are several kinds of cocks as follows: 1. Straight way. 2. Three way. a. Two port. b. Three port. WATER FLOWS WATER FLOWS OUT OF PIPE VHROUGH PIPE i a ————_—— -- mn cack oo (i | FAUCET COCK Fic. 7,298.—Distinction between a faucet and a cock. 3. Four way. a. Two port. b. Three port. c. Four port. 4. Swing. 5. Waste or drain. 6. Corporation. Fig. 7,299 show the construction of a straight way cock being virtually the same as a ground key faucet (compare with Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,847 - 3,393 figs. 7,292 and 7,293) except the inlet and outlet ends and the detachable handle. The general appearance of some patterns of straight way cocks (for steam) is shown in figs. 7,303 to 7,308. It will be seen that there is a great variety of patterns to meet all requirements. It should be distinctly understood that the primary duty of a cock is to control rather than regulate the flow of water, that is, SET SCREW We Sa M ae ‘hb G4 ae , THREAD a ic pace tae a0 THREAD SQUARE LOCK WASHER eS RETAINING NUT Fic. 7,299.—Straight way cock showing ends tapped for connection in the run of a pipe line, and detachable handle. to shut off water from a pipe line in case of repairs or for drain- ing in cold weather. It is a very good cock that will stand much turning on and off without leaking especially considering the abuse it receives by wrong handling as in fig. 7,300. Because of this tendency to leakage a pattern of cock having a packed valve is sometimes used such as shown in fig. 7,309. 3,394 -1,848 Valves, Faucets, Cocks In order to insure that the cock handle will be turned to the full open or closed positions, some cocks are provided with stops and check pin, the stops being simply projections on the body adjacent to the valve, and the check pin being inserted in the valve so that it will strike against the stops limiting the angular movement of the valve to the proper amount as shown in figs. 7,310 and 7,311. Three way cocks are used to control the flow at the junction of: WRONG WAY RIGHT WAY | ae | TURNING sea elie } FORCE LOWER END NO SIDE PRESSURE . SIDE PRESSURE | OM SEAT igi ON SEAT AT ff 7 UPPER END APPLIED FORCE Fics. 7,300 and 7,301.—Wrong and right way to open a ground key faucet (or cock). Grasping the handle as in fig. 7,300 and simply pulling it toward you brings considerable pressure against the seat and tends to warp or distort seat causing leakage. The handle should be turned as in fig. 7,301, pushing with the thumb T, and pulling with the other fingers L,A,R,F, producing forces M, and S. The force M, prevents side pressure due to S, coming on the valve seat giving a resultant turning force G, around the valve axis. Fic. 7,302.—Powell malleable cock lever or handle for square head cocks. Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,849 - 3,395 Fics. 7,303 to 7,308.—Powell plain straight way steam cocks. Fig. 7,303, flat head; fig. 7,304, square head; fig. 7,305, tee head; fig. 7,306, flat head, male and female; fig. 7,307, flat head, both ends male; fig. 7,308, flat head with check pins, both ends female. 3,396-1,850 Valves, Faucets, Cocks Fic. 7,309.—Powell straight way packed valve steam cock for working pressures up to 200 Ibs. In construction, the valve is passed up through the bottom of this stop cock, the reverse of the usual way, and is held to its bearing by a spring in the bottom cap. Holes are drilled in bottom of key, allowing fluid to act as a cushion. The stem is provided with the usual packing nut. Care must be observed not to get the packing too tight—it may throw the valve off its seat. These cocks are made with screw bottom nut up to 1% in., 1% in. and larger with bolted flange nuts, as indicated ir dotted lines. i — ~~ << —_—~ Fics. 7,310 and 7,311.—Straight way cock with stops and check pin in open and closed posi- tions. This control device is especially desirable on three way, and waste cocks. 1,851 - 3,397 Valves, Faucets, Cocks “sgyoueiq y}Oq WOIJ YO ynYSs 3J9}eM ‘PTS‘, “BY Sy youeiq Ul wo ‘ETE’, “sy ‘J youRIq ul uo ‘ZTE‘) “Sy “[or}UOD MOY SurMoYys YIOI AVM ZI} 740d OM J—PFTIE‘Z 01 ZIS‘L “SOA “Y UNI UOTINII}sIp pue ‘7 yYouRIq Y}0q WoT HO ynys J uns Ajddns ‘gT¢‘y By fT youesq ut Yo pue ‘yY.7 our] UreUr Ul UO ‘7 TS‘2 “BY SY UNI Ul yo “7 youRiq UI wo ‘oTS‘), “SU {Y] UNI pue J youeiq ul wo ‘cT¢‘), “BIG JOIJUOD MOY ZuIMoYs 909 ABM veIN1 240d 2atYUT— 8SIS‘L 93 GIS‘Z “SOly Y wd S Le) O a bs) ic) ©) =) AS) fx, a © > ~— 9) S N Ww 00 | | | co ‘@)) oo ae) Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,853 - 3,399 1. A main line and two branch lines. 2. A main line and one branch line. For the first mentioned case a two port three way cock is used. As shown in figs. 7,312 to 7,314, the water may be directed to either branch or shut off from both. Where there is only one branch, the three port cock will permit control of flow to branch and torun of main line beyond cock as shown in figs. 7,315 107,318. Fig. 7,319 shows the general appearance of three way cocks having female screw ends and square heads, and fig. 7,320, a four way cock also having female screw ends. Fic. 7,319 and _7,320.—Lunkenheimer three, and four way steam cocks with female screw ends for 150 Ibs. working steam pressure. The position of ports through valves (called keys by the trade) is indicated on top of square head as can be seen. Can be had with either two or three port key. an 8 SY : 7T1aMOa Fig. 7,321 -—Lunkenheimer strai ghtway padded key stop cocks for 150 Ibs. pressure. Fic. 7,322.—Powell balanced whistle valve. In operation, steam enters at the left hand of body B, the pressure being on top of valve V. Pulling down the lever L, raise- the stem D, and D1, off its seat, admitting steam through the shank of valve V, completely fi_.ing balanc- ing chamber C, equalizing the pressure. The main valve V, is moved full open with but very slight effort, the arrows, showing movement of steam, readily explain the Operation of the valve. A, is valve bonnet with projecting hollow stud which serves as a guide for lower stem of auxiliary valve D, and also carries the spring which keeps this valve home to its seat. N, is lock nut holding fulcrum C, in position. *SUIvISEIP [OIJUOD MOY 30D 740d aasy} ABM-INO A—' Eee’, 01 TES’, “SO “SUIRIZEIP [OIJUOD MOY YOO 740d Om7 AEM-IMO— YEE') OF ezerL “Sola NIV aos HONVUS vn wd O S) 1S) n wy D © = oy Ry n © 5 = ov > s+ nN cook a i =) ) S. oF Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,855 - 3,401 é Pc ST ar eee The range of flow control with a four wa pattern may be had with either two, three, control with these different valves is shown T2030 7,238.4 FOUR PORT FOUR WAY COCK y cock is quite varied as this or four port valve. The flow in the skeleton diagrams, figs. BRANCH OFF MAIN TIDE 4 MILES PER HOUR __-s = SPEED OF DORY = a = * Se SS ‘MILES PER HOUR=~ _——===, — Fic. 7,334,—Marine view, showing that motion is purely a relative matter. In order that there may be motion something must be regarded as being stationary. The small craft ee at a speed of four miles per hour against the current is moving at that velocity relative tot a current, yet is at a standstill relative to the cat boat. In this instance both cat boat aor dory are moving with respect to the water if the latter be regarded as stationary. Againi the earth be regarded as being stationary, the two boats are at rest and the water is moving relative to the earth. Hence, with respect to flow control of water, it makes no difference if the valve of a faucet (or cock) move as in figs. 7,292 and 7,293, or the seat move, as in figs. 7,335 and 7,335. i t ean 1h il i | i i { 3,402 - 1,856 Valves, Faucets, Cocks The so called swing cock (as it is generally known) 7s prop- erly speaking a faucet, as it controls flow from an outlet as shown in figs. 7,335 and 7,336, and not along the run of a pipe line. It is a form of cock in which the valve is stationary and the seat move- VALVE CLOSED eielera sles SUPPLY CONNECTION Fics. 7,335 and 7,336.—Swing faucet or so called swing cock in open and closed positions: In construction, the conical ground joint valve forms the body of the faucet being rigidly attached to the fixture and connected to the supply pipe at its lower end. Theseat is arranged to swing or turn on the valve and is provided with a spout so that in operation, to turn on the water the spout is turned about 90° till it faces the center of the bowl which brings the seat and valve parts in line, thus permitting the flow of water. Since motion “ts purely @ relative matter’ (see fig. 7,334) evidently it makes no difference whether the valve, or the seat move with respect to the fixture. able, the reverse of the usual construction and is a satisfactory lavatory faucet where clean water is used. In addition to shutting off the flow from a line, an important duty is to drain the line from which the water was shut off. — DRAIN PORT — Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,857 - 3,403 DRAIN OUTLET Fics. 7,337 and 7,338.—Waste or drain cock showing operation; Fig. 7,337, ON position, water flowing through run; fig. 7,338, OFF position, distribution end of run draining through drain port and drain outlet. This is accomplished with a straight way cock by using a valve, provided with a small or auxiliary port at right angles to the two main ports with drain outlet at the side of the faucet. The operation of this type cock is Shown in fig. 7,337 and 7,338. Waste or drain cocks should always be used to protect ex- posed lines in freezing weather so.that they may beconveniently shut off and drained in one oper- ation. Corporation cocks are special forms of cock used to shut off the water supply from a city main to a house main. The cock is tapped into the city main, and connected with the house line by a lead “‘goose neck’’ or bent length of lead pipe to protect the cock from any strain due to movement of the house pipe by expansion or con- struction. The cock and con- nection are shown in fig. 0,217. NOTE.—Ground key cocks.—Ground key work may be either stop cocks for con- trolling water in a pipe, or faucets for draw- ing water at a fixture. The only difference isin their exterior appearance, the principles of construction and operation being the same for both patterns. Ground key cocks can be had for lead pipe, for iron pipe, and, in the case of stop cocks, they may be had with one end threaded for iron pipe, and the other end prepared for lead pipe. Cocks for iron pipe can be had tapped with female threads or threaded to screw in a fitting. | | i 1 + Fic. 7,339.—Corpora- tion cock and con- nection between cock and _ house main: Fics. 7,340 to 7,346.—Various tank rubbers. A, syphon washer (feather edge); B, plunger; ring; C, half round syphon washer; D, flat tank valve washer; E, tank cup; F, tank ball; G, monarch tank washer (also known as gravity tank washer). Valves, Faucets, Cocks 1,859 - 3,405 Rubber Accessories.—There is a great multiplicity of washers, valves, gaskets, connections, packings, etc., made of Fics. 7,347 to 7,349.—Various faucet washers or valves. Fig. 7,347, flat; fig. 7,348, beveled; fig. 7,349, acorn, or so called Fuller ball. Mn Figs. 7,350 to 7,358.—Various rubbers. A, union washers; B, closet gasket; C, faucet attach- ment for shower spray; D, valve disc; E, glass gauge washer; F, plain spud washer; G, flanged spud washer; H, Robbs hopper connection; I, ‘‘Dandy”’ hopper connection. rubber. These are shown in the accompanying illustrations and the methods of using them with the fitting or fixture for which they are intended. vit 3,406 - 1,860 Valves, Faucets, Cocks ST TL Mtn iL | | fa tA a ui! My Fics. 7,359 to 7,364.—Various rubbers. A, diaphragm (made of rubber with two ply duck insertion); B, oblong bumper; C, solid stopper; D, basin suction stopper; E, sink suction stop- per; F, bath suction stopper. Fics. 7,365 to 7,374.—Various rubbers. A, Ideal ball cock washer; B, Success ball cock washer (soft); ©, zero top ball hopper valve washer; D, zero bottom ball hopper valve washer; E, solid rubber ball (11% in. size for Bowers trap); F, Eureka and Victor hopper valve washer; G, hopper valve washer; H, testing plug washer; I, faucet attachment washer; J. hose washer (inside and outside). Plumbers’ Brass Tubing.—For bars, waste piping, railings, etc., nickel plated brass tubing is largely used, because of its appearance and the light duty it receives permits a lighter tube than regular wrought pipe sizes. LW Fics. 7,375 to 7,384.—Various rubbers. A to D, wast2 washers; E, waste and overflow wash- ers; F, bath gasket; G, basin gasket; H, sink gasket; 1, square slip joint washer; J, seat hinge washer. Fic. 7,385,—Leather pump washers. 3,408 - 1,862 Valves, Faucets, Cocks i es, ; UNION (FEMALE END) a) on Ry YSAHSYM yagcny a9vSSvd MO1SY43/A0 “MOG Ni ANIGYAZLNNOD 3,426 - 1,880 Fixtures 1,881 - 3,427 2. Ported. For bowls having combined waste and overflow outlet. These two basic types are shown in figs. 7,483 and 7,484. The methods of connecting these to the bowl are shown in figs. 7,481 and 7,482. The plain plug top is shown in fig. 7,481. With this type a tight joint is secured by placing a rubber washer under the flange and tightening the lock nut. A countersink in the bowl brings the top of the flange flush with the bowl as shown. A tail piece is shown connected to the threaded end of the plug top by a ee Tit Fics. 7,483 and 7 ASA Plain and ported lavatory plug tops or waste connection fitting. coupling nut. The use of the tail piece evidently permits a slip joint con- nection with the trap. Where the bowl has a combined waste and overflow outlet as in fig. if 482, evidently two rubber washers M and S, are required to secure a tight joint and bring flange flush with bowl unless the flange be thick enough to accomplish this. A different kind of a tail piece, known as a plug shell is here shown. In some cases where it is desired to make a close connection a special elbow is used as in fig. 7,536. 3,428 - 1,882 Fixtures Fic. 7,485 to 7,489.—Wolverine lavatory waste connections. A, plain plug top; B, ported plug top; C, plug shell; D, assembly ported plug top, plug shell and stopper; E, assembly, ported plug top, with attached stopper, and plug shell. NOTE.—In order that plumbing fixtures should give the service and satisfaction ex- pected of them, the brass fittings should be of a quality equal to the fixtures themselves. Obviously the maker of the fixtures should make the brass goods, for only by doing so can complete harmony be obtained. Accordingly, when this practice is followed, one manu- facturer is responsible, otherwise responsibility is divided. Another reason for recommending this procedure is that on the higher quality fixtures, the brass goods are fitted to each fixture at the factory, thus insuring against trouble or possible readjustments when installing. Fixtures 1,883 - 3,429 - ein Erie . tale PLUG TOP TT BURARES I 1 de i oe tre GASKET TAIL PIECE OPERATING KNOB OVERFLOW. PORTS RS < WASHER Fic. 7,491.—Connection for bowl without waste passage or ports. Provision is made for overflow in the construction of the hollow plug valve by an extension or sleeve having over- flow ports in the upper end and fitting in a larger pipe, as shown. The valve is opened by raising the knob, and secured in position by slightly turning it so that the key will enter a slot cut in the sleeve. *Sliod MOYI2AO Y3NoIY} MOyIIAO pue Jono 97SEM YSNOIY} osreysip ApoaT}edso1 SULMOYs Uor}Isod pasops pue uedo ur aATeA A10JLAL] MOPABAO puL 9}se \\— SEP" /, pUe ZEP‘Z “SOLA LAILNO ALSVM HONOYHL S9DUVHDSIG Y ss) N =) ww on Ry MO1443A0 HONOYHL AOYVHOSIG 3,430 - 1,884 Fixtures 1,885 - 3,431 The method of connecting a bowl with waste and overflow outlets is shown in fig. 7,494. Here use is made of an adjustable slip joint waste and overflow com- bination of fittings, of which there is a great variety of designs. The type WASHER Kp y OVERFLOW CHAIN PACKING NUT TUB OR BOWL 2 + WASTE OUTLET Th * 7 PACKING WASHER ] \ ec SLIP JOINT b % Ne =: ||| a; Md LO VEE @ Eh i" (== en (ro) NIPPLE BOTTOM OR WASTE ELBOW — ~4— CLEAN QUT PLUG Fic. 7,494.—Connections for bowl having waste and overflow outlets consisting of plumbers five thread fitting, with slip joint sanitary tee and trap nickel plated. illustrated in fig. 7,494 consists of the overflow and waste connections branching from a sanitary slip joint tee, having a trap connected at the _ lower end. There are plumber’s fine thread fittings, the tee being slip joint 3,432 - 1,886 Fixtures and as they are nickel plated and polished the assembly presents a fine appearance. Fig. 7,495 shows a bowl with internal overflow passage fitted with a type of waste valve extensively used and known as a “‘pop up”’ waste because in =<— KNOB OVERFLOW JOINT “Bop up” WASTE VALVE ROD CRANK STUFFING BOX WASTE PIPE Fic. 7,495.—Connection for bowl having integral waste passage and fitted with “pop up” type waste. In opening the valve, the knob is pulled up or pushed down depending upon the type of transmission employed causing the waste valve to rise or “‘pop up.”” The vaive is here shown in open position. operation when the knob is pulled, the valve ’pops up” in opening. The illustration illustrates the connections and needs no further explanation. Fixtures 1,887 - 3,433 Bath Tub.—Most types of bath are made in several sizes ranging from 4 to 6 ft. The so called bath tubs as put in some apartment houses necessitates a stretch of the imagination to consider them as bath tubs, being not much more than large lavatories in which a bath may be taken on the installment plan. The prevailing construction of bath tubs is of porcelain enameled, the tub with its rim, legs or pedestal being made in . Fic. 7,496.—Standard ‘‘Pembroke” one piece built in enameled bath tub with left outlet. one piece. How bath tubs are made is not of so much impor- tance to the plumber as is how the connections are made. With the approved slip joint connecting fittings now ob- tainable in a great multiplicity of designs to meet all conditions of installation, the job of connecting up a bath tub should present no difficulty. : The fittings required usually come with the tub and are therefore of proper size to connect with the outlets. *4SIx9 I9SU0] OU PNOM (xIOM bI}X9 YOnut os sisdeayasnoy Suisned) sinjsiowW pure yp “snp 104323 Yorum soovid }eY} Os s][eM pue IOO] 94} OVUT }]{ING 9q P[Noo Jey} YWeq V SEA poJULM SEM JEU MA “Ye JOAoO ][e pajeureus 9a1g aUo & ‘SSQDINS [RIDIOUIWIOD B Se ‘peonpoid oq UD o19Y} SIDYA JUIOd 94} 0} je Surljoureus oy} podojassp sey sqn} yyeq Jo yusUT -dopaop of], “syzeqd Ul-z]INq 0} ,.sqn} yyeq,, Jsnf{ Wo possoisoid sALY Sqn} Yyeq ‘SeljIT][IJN pfoyssnoy 19y}O SnorsUINU pue SsdUVTU -QAU0D [BOLI}OVJo ‘SIoUvI]D UNNOeA ‘SUIO]SAS SUT}eVIY PoAOcIdUIT ‘seopl SUNYSI] 10}}30q Jo uodope ay} Aq poyi{dutoxe ssaiso0id 9y} qqiM suidesy uy “yUoudMbe pue ssurysiuin} swoy jo JUeUIdOPPAep 94} Ul JUSWOAIYOR [ensnunN jo vio Ue SI SIYUT— ALON *9]ZZOU W10}}0q ‘GG6P‘2, “SU fojzzou do} ‘g6P‘2, “SY ‘wit IoAO ‘76p‘), “SI qn} 01 Ajddns 10}8M 9Y} SULIOAT[ep JO Spoyjoul saI4[— 667‘ 9} LEPL “SOL a) cB) a] zs) ~ as =~ RB PGES | Tad WOLLOG ‘3,434 - 1,888 Fixtures 1,889 - 3,435 For any particular tub the roughing in measurements sheet will indicate the location of the holes for the connections and for which the design of the fittings must correspond. Bath Tub Supply Connections.—Bath tubs are regularly Fic. 7,500.—Wolverine concealed over rim water supply fittings, comprising, hot and cold angle cocks, long tee and nozzle. ANGLE COCKS PL AN LONG TEE /} ne STUD Ik \ ier o LATH (\ es ae masta OVER RIM NOZZLE Fic. 7,501.—Concealed over rim water supply connections showing angle cocks, with lock nuts and bonnets, long tee and over rim nozzle. made for several methods of delivering the water, known as, 1. Over rim supply. 2. Top nozzle supply. 3,436 - 1,890 Fixtures Fic. 7,502.—Speakman lever handles for exposed bath supply and waste connections. i E L EVAT I O N VOLUME VALVE y ae ANGLE COCKS Or IA IN > NIPPLE LONG Tee ANGLE WITH A] OL ANGLE WITH BY PASS “4S Bb BY PASS OVER RIM NOZZLE y) TUB Fic. 7,503.—Concealed over rim water supply connections for tub supply and for shower supply with volume control to shower (five valve combination). Fixtures 1,891 - 3,437 3. Bottom bell supply. These various methods of delivering the water to the tub are shown in figs. 7,497 to 7,499. For the over rim supply, evidently no holes through the tub are required, the valves (except the handles) being placed behind the wall. Fic. 7,505.—Speakman lever handles for concealed bath supply and waste connections. he Fic. 7,504.—Speakman Deshler concealed bath supply and waste connections, 14 in. size with high seat by pass pattern valves having solid china cross arm handles and china escutcheons, ir top nozzle supply and 2 in. standing waste for enameled iron tub having bottom outlet. i Piping between valves and nozzle is galvanized iron. Fixtures Fics. 7,507 and 7,508.—Speakman “‘Brute’”’ pattern top nozzle and bottom china bell. % cin cain is ksassn bnadiodr senna Fic. 7,506.—Back view of Speakman Deshler concealed bath supply and waste connections. The valves are by pass pattern, thus permitting connections to be made either from above or below, the other end of the valves being plugged. , The by pass valves are also convenient for shower connections. The thread on the body of valves for slip nut is wrought pipe size, permitting that method of connection if desired. Fix tures ae. Ie, 1 ,509.—Speakman exposed legless bath supply and waste connections with solid china ‘cross arm handle, top nozzle, 14 in. supplies, 2 in. standing waste with china knob for legless or low pattern tub where the waste arm is under the floor. Fics. 7,510 to 7,512.—Various diamond half S or P, cast iron traps. Fig. 7,510, female inlet it and outlet for 11% in. pipe; fig. 7,511, male inlet, female outlet for 1! in. pipe; fig. 7,512, nickel plated slip joint inlet, female outlet. | 3,440 - 1,894 Fixtures Fig. 7,500 shows the special cocks and connections used where the waste control does not interfere. Here, as shown, the special cocks have the valve stem perpendicular to the plane through the outlets; this is nec- essary so that the valve stems will come through the wall. On the neck of the cocks are lock nuts to fasten the cocks to the wall. The general ap- pearance of these fittings is shown in fig. 7,503. Where there is a shower, angle valves with by pass are used Fics. 7,513 and 7,514.—Wolverine four and five valve combination for concealed supply to tub and shower, over rim tub nozzle. Fics. 7,515 to 7,517.—Wolverine fittings for concealed water supply connections. Fig. 7,515, long tee 14 X14 X34 pipe thread; fig. 7,516, special offset tee, 144 X14 X34 pipe thread; special offset, 34 X34 pipe thread. Fixtures 1,895 - 3,441 FR EL eK Fic. 7,518.—Wolverine adjusto connected waste and overflow with vented half S or P, trap. The trap is connected direct to the waste tee so that it comes above the floor and is accessible for cleaning. The vent tube is extra long (514 X 10) to allow for adjustment over high base boards. Fic. 7,519.—Wolverine connected waste and overflow with fine thread on lower end of tee. Deep flange, 1144 x1 wrought pipe slip joint nut, friction ring and rubber washers; to slip into 14% in. wrought pipe. This design especially adapted to Durham work. wy ® i =) a) on ce 3,442 - 1,896: “pear adid oyeursy “Jasyo “| ‘peoryy odid oyeur “q ‘peoryy odid gjeuley “9 {Josyo ‘gq ‘jurof edid pes] ‘yw ~SyI0o YyE 1O}F sooaid jre} snore A—"GZG‘ 1, 01 T¢G°L “SOIT *SUOT}DBVUUOD ‘SuIMOYS wo27DAazqy “SYNOD YWe_ JoyN v[qnop poy euuos apisur ‘ejzzou doy— o¢So‘L “SIA QVAUHL Adjd AIWWwa34 Adid LHONOWA LNIOC 312ZQN diad avan NITdno? | ee ae 303Id aie LAN: » ONITGNOD Fixtures 1,897 - 3,443 as shown in fig. 7,503, and the general appearance of the com- plete assembly in fig. 7,514. Where the waste control projects up between the supply cocks, as when a combined waste and overflow valve is used a special offset tee and offset fitting (to each nozzle) are neces- sary as shown in fig. 7,526. SPECIAL OFFSET TEE SPECIAL OFFSET Fic. 7,526.—Concealed top nozzle. water supply connections with special offset tee an special offset to avoid interference with waste control, : NUT @ROUND JOINT, 1 © N =) >) on Ry 3,444 - 1,898 *Sy905 UOISSeIdWOD YIM OPeUI OsTe SI A[qUIaSSe BY, “[[NJ PU UOT}D93 UTSYN09 JOIN YPM JUSWSURIIE IOULIOJ BY} MOUS OZS‘Z pue J7G‘2, “SSI “UWI 8Y} JO Yorq 10 qny 9} VpIsUl Ioy}Ie oq AeW Syx909 oy} A[ddns 9][zzou doy YUM “LIG'L pue cTc‘, ‘ssy ul UMOYsS ATUTe]d ore 9][zz0U YYIM SUIJOOUUOD Jos]jo [eIOods puke 90} SUC] OUT, “OTS‘L *3U UI Uses A]IB[D SI Jasyo say, “dn syoo] j1se yno oy} url AjurIejd MoYs JOU S28Op 9a], 9Y} UO Josyo oy L, -a.1eyosip Tleq W0}}0q ‘0Egs‘,, “sy ‘es1eyosIp v[zzou do} “6cG‘L “BY ‘os1eYyOSIp WII IeAO ‘QgG‘y “BN “AJOATEp Jo syutod snorea YIM suOT}OoUUOI ATddns spisINO— 0YEG‘Z, 0} BZS‘Z “SOL _—! 4£3S350 13S4450 | 4A1ZZON dOL J1ZZON Wid d3aA0 445 bf 1,899 - 3 wy seb) we =) ~y aS Ry *BUIULIID IO} BIGISSoDNR ‘ IOC] YIM Ysny st dei} jo doy, “100g pue yye] UseMJoeq “SUI g ATUO 918 S}sIo[ BIayYM pasn aq ued suoljd0UU0D pue deiy -s[qeisn{pe uornisod Suryeur sny} ‘uoroerp Aue url pedeid oq Ued jeT}NO BY, “Speety} odid savy dei} 294} JO JopINO puK yo[UI sy, “SUOT}DOUUOD JoT}]NO pue o}SeM o}eIedes pue der} wWMAp ,,AInzWID YJorJUIM},, pPuoMLIG— *ZEG‘), “OI dei} Jo Jour O7UI pamaids 319}}e] oY} PUL oqn} 9]SEM JO PU JIMOT UO poiapyos st “IOO]J BY} MOTEq st dex} sy} JeTINO Jo do}j oy} YA [oAoT Al[eorjOeId SI Jo[UT VY} 9DUIG ~-}o]JnNO pue yozUT Ssulysnqd SULIOpjos sseiq VW *SUOIJOOUUOD MOPIZAO pu 9}SEM o}vIeEdVS pue de1} UOM ysed ‘g IO S J[eEY puowleIq— [¢EG‘, “O17 ye geulsy popeosyy st dex oyy, GN3 33L TIRES aX x Y sb) My =) 2) as =~ Ry MO14Y3A0 | CNV JLSVM | GINISWOD Ne aaa eRe. | MO1443A0 pue ojseM pouiquioo ‘P7Eg*y, “3. {JoTJNO MOPIVAO puke 9}SeM oyeredes ‘eect, “Sly °SUOT} -29UUOD 9}SBAA JO SOSSE]D [eIOUNs OM} OY.L— pea‘, pue EEg*s “SOTA 3,446 - 1,900 Fixtures 1,901 - 3,447 To meet the conditions of any particular installation, various forms of tail piece can be obtained as shown in figs. 7,521 to fo25% The arrangement for cocks outside the tub is shown in fig. 7,535. Here, because of the interference due to the waste overflow column pro jecting up to the level of the supply valves, an offset connection is used connecting the cocks to the nozzle. The connections for the various points of discharge are shown in figs. 7,528 to 7,530 the waste column being shown in dotted lines to illustrate the necessity for the offset. wy OVER RIM NOZZLE Fic. 7,535.—Over rim nozzle outside connected compression bath cocks. Plan, showing offset connecting fitting necessary to avoid interference with the waste overflow column. Bath Tub Waste Connections.—There are two general classes of waste connections, distinguished with respect to the method of overflow, as 1. Separate waste and overflow outlets. 2. Combined waste and overflow outlet. These two general classes of waste connections are shown respectively in figs. 7,533 and 7,534. 3,448 - 1,902 Fixtures Fic. 7,536.—Special elbow for bath waste where the flow is shallow. This elbow has 114 in. female pipe thread at one end and female fine thread at the other. It can be secured on the waste tee and the perpendicular tail screwed into the elbow making a horizontal tail. Fic. 7,537.—Speakman concealed connected waste and overflow with 114 in. o. d. tail piece. The waste outlet is also threaded 114 in. male pipe thread, hence, if desired, the tail piece may be discarded and wrought pipe connection can be used. The tee on the waste can be reversed, bringing the outlet parallel with the arm for limited space in floor. Fic. 7,538.—Speakman exposed connected waste and overflow for legless or low pattern tub, with 144 in. o. d. tail piece. Waste outlet 114 ins. male pipe thread for wrought pipe con- nection instead of tail piece if desired. Fixtures 1,903 - 3,449 Owing to the slip joints provided on the fitting, the work of making the waste connection is made easy and requires no special skill. In connecting the waste plug and overflow, sometimes owing to the slant of the tubs beveled washers are necessary, however on some tubs provision is made. to offset the slant by a boss or projection. Shower Bath.—With respect to the disposition of the waste shower baths are of two general classes as 1, those which dis- PULLS VALVE SHAMPOO SUPPLY PIPE FOOT Fic. 7,539—Shower bath supply fittings and receptor. charge into the bath tub, and 2, those which discharge into a separate receptor or floor pan. ‘The latter kind strictly speak- ing constitutes a shower bath, the other being simply an at- tachment to a bath tub. 3,450 - 1,904 . Fixtures It is said that those who have studied the hygenic effects produced by. the action of jets or streams on the surface of the body, urge very strongly that the impact results in stimulating the proper action of the skin. This is the opinion with most persons who have had experience with shower baths. Figs. 7,542 and 7,543 illustrate two forms of shower with receptor. Fic. 7,541.—Speakman standing legless bath waste with china knob for legless or low pattern tub where the waste arm is under the floor. 1,905 - 3,451 Fixtures *JUOI 9Y} Je ApPJUSIUAAUOD poyzed0] SI BATRA OY, “UTeJIND YOnp o}tYM pue jopiq ‘sAvids JaMoy ‘uuNyjoS }UOIF oY} UO sUOTUN JaUTeI}S MOC] Suraey oATeA Surxiur “ul WH YM Ye v[pssU pue JoMOYs oATeA Surx1M UeWMTYyLIdG— EPG‘), “OL “UIe}IND Yonp oyYM pue Burr ureyino [eAO OEX Fz ‘SUOTUN JoUTeI}S MOC] ‘2ATBA SUTXIU “Ul %% YIM eq Vs[poeU PUL JOMOYS dATLA SUIXIUL URWIYLIdG— ZPG‘/, “OI 3,452 - 1,906 Fixtures SS RAR 1 AN ste SRN e la MU Sia cope ee coon ca Pe NS Urinal.—By definition a urinal is a jixture for men’s use in urinating, to receive and carry off discharged urine. As the urinal is installed in public places it is subject to hard usage; this coupled with lack of attention in cleaning soon results in a disgusting condition, with such dissatisfaction that the water closet is frequently used in place of the urinal. While this practice is entirely sanitary the water closet is too low for convenient use as a urinal. PERFORATED FLUSH. PIPES: Fics. 7,544 and 7,545.—Gutter urinals. Fig. 7,544, plain; fig. 7,545, with drip slab. The gutter should be formed by a groove cut in the slate slab as shown instead of an iron casting, as the latter would be attacked by the urine and corrode. The flush Pipe in an ordinary gal- vanized wrought pipe having small holes drilled properly spaced. Owing to the improper use of the urinal, through carelessness, and the disagreeable properties of urine, its construction should be of a material that is non-absorbent and non-corrosive. Wood or iron should never be used, as the one absorbs the urine and soon gives off offensive odors; the other quickly corrodes. The two materials best suited for the purpose are slate and vitreous china. Fixtures 1,907 - 3,453 There are several types of urinals known as: i Grlacter. a. Plain. b. With drip slab. | 2. Trough. 3. Individual wall. 4, Pedestal. 5. Stall. TRAP Fic. 7,546.—Enameled iron trough urinal showing fittings on flush pipe, key valve, strainer and trap. : : Figs. 7,544 and 7,545 show the plans and drop slab types of gutter urinals. Owing to the splash and consequent wetting of the floor an improvement on the gutter urinal is the trough form shown in fig. 7,546. In this construction a trough is fastened to the wall at convenient height having a back a foot or so higher than the front edge. The trough usually consists of an enameled iron casting provided with a flush for front and 3,454 - 1,908 Fixtures back as shown in fig. 7,546. As usually constructed the back and trough are one casting; this is an important feature as it avoids a joint. The wall hangers are concealed behind the back. The individual wall urinal is largely used and there are sev- eral types. Fics. 7,547 and 7,548.—American Foundry cast brass urinal inlet connections. Fig. 7,547» adjustable with slip joints, permitting joints being made up tight from front of stall; fig- 7,548, adjustable for syphon jet urinals, made for 114 and 11% in. brass spuds. Fics. 7,549 and 7,550.—American Foundry cast brass urinal outlet connections. Fig. 7,549, adjustable flange and bent coupling with slip joint at wall; fig. 7,550, adjustable for syphon jet urinals made for 114 and 2 in. brass spuds. It consists of a bowl attached to the wall at a convenient height having means for flushing and discharging the waste. The bowl is made in two general shapes known as round and lipped as indicated in figs. 7,551 and 7,052. The lipped form is more desirable than the round because it catches the drippings better. Fixtures 1,909 - 3,455 There are several methods of flushing as 1. Wash out. 2. Syphon jet. ROUND LIPPED Fics. 7,551 and 7,552.—The two general shapes of individual wall urinals. Fig. 7,551, round; fig. 7,552, lipped. Fic. 7,553.—American Foundry brass urinal trap with slip joint at wall, clean out and bent coupling. All lip urinals should be of the flushing rim type. The flush- ing rim allows the entire surface of the interior to be thoroughly cleansed at each flush. : ————————— a= 3,456 - 1,910 Fixtures The wash down and syphon jet types are shown in: figs. 7,554 ee and?7;905; In the wash down type, since the bowl does not carry a body of water, the undiluted urine remains if it be not flushed each time it is used, causing it to give off an offensive odor. This condition is overcome in the syphon Fics. 7,554 and 7,555.—Individual wall urinals. Fig. 7,544, wash down; fig. 7,555, syphon jet. Fic. 7,566.—American Foundry brass urinai trap with slip joint at wall, clean out and com- bination vent and waste tee. jet type because there is at all times a large body of water in the bowl so that the urine is immediately diluted as soon as it enters the bowl. The urinals (and other bath room fixtures) are preferably made of vitreous china. Fixtures 1,911 - 3,457 Fics. 7,557 to 7,560.—Mott individual wall urinals. Fig. 7,557, back inlet, wash out; fig. 7,558, top inlet, wash out; fig. 7,559, back inlet, syphon jet; fig. 7,560, hope syphon jet. The wash out type has a trap with deep seat, large water surface and use ee proper tioned for strong action. The syphon jet type presents a water surface of 9 aX me a outlet trap is of ample capacity for the passage of small articles which find their way into the urinals. +: Sn no i 3,458 - 1,912 Fixtures This is a clay material that is fired to a high degree of heat and be- comes extremely hard. After the first firing, the hard vitrified body is covered with a glaze and the piece is again fired. The important thing to remember about vitreous china is that this firing is done at such a high Fic. 7,561.—Maddock white vitreous china syphon jet pedestal urinal with extended lip, back inlet, floor outlet. : Fic. 7,562.—Mott self-closing (34” inlet, 114” outlet) foot action urinal flush valve with drain concealed in floor with white metal plate. Fic. 7,563.—Mott regulating stop valve for use on urinal supply line, and having white meta} plate. Fics. 7,564 and 7,565.—Plan and elevation of figs. 7,562 and 7,563 showing measurements. Fixtures 1,913 - 3,459 DS a eT See STEER ia ee ee temperature that the piece reaches a molten stage and the hard body and. glaze becomes one homogeneous mass. Vitreous china is guaranteed not. to craze, crack or discolor under the most severe usage. Acids cannot in- jure it. The surface is in reality a part of the body and the body itself is. nat non-porous and impervious to moisture—vitrified, as the name im-- plies. Fic. 7,566.—Mott, Mendon pattern, vitreous china syphon jet pedestal urinal with spud,. Oscilla flush valve with union joint angle stop and floor flange. Blows such as would be received from the falling of cups, tumblers and bottles, sometimes break lavatories made of common earthenware and. frequently loosen the enamel on other types so that the surface chips or peels off. This cannot happen to vitreous china because the’ body and glaze, being one solid mass, cannot be separated. The pedestal urinal is constructed on the same principle as. 3,460 - 1,914 Fixtures the modern water closet, inasmuch as it is flushed and cleansed by syphonic action. It is the cleanest and best urinal made because all waste matter is removed at each flush. The opening through the trap is as large as that of most water closets and being of a Syphon action type, clogging is practically impossible. This type is shown in fig. 7,561. The stall urinal is shown in fig. 7,567. It is made of a fire iat Wi hse otis Fic. 7,567.—Mott, Sanito pattern, stall urinals. They are made in one piece with all exposed parts glazed. To provide sufficient room so that all urinals may be used at the same time, they should be spaced 27 ins. center to center. Where urinals are to be used by school children they may be set closer; a spacing Qf 22 ins. is considered adequate. The space between the urinals should be filled with tile or cement as shown. clay body and consequently it is liable to crazing which means cracks developing in the glaze. When this happens, the soft, porous body under the glaze absorbs urine, giving off a bad odor. This condition can never be corrected because once rine is absorbed by the body it cannot be eliminated and the toilet room Fixtures 1,915 - 3,461 becomes ill-smelling and very unsanitary. The urinal itself also becomes discolored. There are some stall urinals made of vitreous ware. They are of small size and their cost is almost prohibitive. In these, the disadvantages of the fire clay body have been overcome, but they have all the other objection- able features of the stall urinal. The method of flushing stall urinals from the top, and the spreader Fic. 7,568.—Speakman urinal spreader; regularly made with 14 in. wrought pipe slip inlet. fitting used as shown in figs: 7.568 and 7,569. Closet.— The most im- portant fix- ture of ‘all sanitary ap- pliances is the water closet and Upon hiss proper con- Struction, SSO ‘TM Fic. 7,569.—Speakman urinal spreader as applied to a stall urinal. NOTE.— The oldest extant water closet in Scotland.—It is stated to be situated in the old Bishop’s Castle of St. Andrews at Dundee, now only an interesting old ruin. | As described by Buchan the closet is built projecting out beyond the line of the wall 18 ins., with a flat stone for seat 22X18 ins., with large hole in center. This stone appears to have been covered with wood, and no doubt the opening had a movable lid to keep out the wind, the size of the closet apartment inside is 4 ft. 8 ins. from door to front of seat, and 2 ft. 6 ins. wide. Height from floor to ceiling 6 ft. It had a window. The drop outside from closet to high water mark is about 50 ft. The only provision for flushing the wall of the building outside and the rocks I could see was the rain and the sea. In the other corner will be seen what appears to be the stone gutter for a sink. The waste water here had a fall of 40 ft. to reach the German ocean below at high water mark. ‘‘Aye,’’ says the Archibishop’s ghost, as I write—dead asa ar herring though he be—‘“‘we thocht oursels nae small beer in those days, when we were sae weel provided for in the sanitary way. Did ye no publish yoursel in 1869, that on the 27th day o Aug. 1564, the Bailzees and Counsale o’ Aberdeen had to send to Sanct Andrewes for ane plumber to reforme and mend the faltes of their kirk?’’—Buchan. 3,462 - 1,916 Fixtures. Fic. 7,570.—Mott, Silentum, syphon jet water closet with extended front lip and non-soil flushing rim. The silencing’ feature of this closet is an integral part of the bowl. Water surface 13 X10 ins.; depth of seal 314 ins. : Fic. 7,571.—Mott, Silento, syphon jet water closet with non-soil flushing rim and concealed foot action floor valve. The aim in this design is the elimination of all unnecessary exposed brass work. To flush closet, press the exposed push button with the foot. Fic. 7,572.—Mott, Lombard, syphon jet water closet with non-soil flushing rim. Water surface 12 X16 ins., depth of seal 3 ins. Fic. 7,573.—Mott, Lombard syphon jet water closet with Boston vent and non-soil flushing ring. The Boston vent is for local ventilation. Fic. 7,574.—Mott, Lombard-Duplex syphon jet water closet with top inlet, raised seat exten- sion, extended front lip and non-soil flushing rim. Water surface 13 X10 ins.; depth of seal 3 ins. Fic. 7,575.—Mott, Lombard-Duplex, syphon jet water closet wit hside inlet, raised seat extension, extended front lip and non-soil flushing rim. Fic. 7,576.—Mott, Attila, combined wash down and syphon water closet with automatic valve. In operation, the jet forces outward the contents of the bowl and causes syphonic action. Water surface 7X64 ins. This closet will operate at pressures of 5 lbs. upwards provided supply be ample. Fic. 7,577.—Mott, Attila-Lombard syphon jet water closet with automatic valve. It com- bines the features of the Attila and Lombard closets. Water surface 12 X10 ins. Water pressure required to operate is 20 Ibs. — 3,464 - 1,918 Fixtures ZILELLe ELA CERRO RRC Fic. 7,578.—Mott, Suspendo, syphon jet wall hanging water closet with extended front lip and non-soil flushing rim. Fic. 7,579.—Mott, Beekman, syphon jet water closet with non-soil flushing rim. The jet is so located as to give best results with a limited amount of water. Water surface 12 X10 ins.; depth of seal 31% ins. Fic. 7,580.—Mott, Titan, wash down water closet with non-soil flushing rim. It is designed to withstand rough usage as in factories. It holds a large body of water and the water way is designed to prevent obstruction, a frequent cause of annoyance and expense. Water surface 7 714 ins.; depth of seal 214 ins. Fic. 7,581.—Mott combined wash down and syphon water closet with flushing rim. The jet strikes directly upon and forces outward the contents of the bowl and causes syphonic action. Water surface 7 X8 ins. Fixtures 1,919 - 3,465 installation and operation depend the health of the occupants of the building. | To make a water closet that will carry off human waste, that will be self cleansing, sanitary, non-soiling 1 | and at the same time 3 noiseless in operation | has been no small | task to accomplish. | The principles of op- li eration of the various | types of closet have iit Fics. 7,582 and 7,583.—Mott cast brass floor flangé with two bolts and china caps. | i) Fics. 7,584 and 7,585.—Mott extra heavy cast brass floor flange for lead with two bolts and i china caps. | Fics. 7,586 and 7,587.—Mott extra heavy cast brass; floor flange pipe thread (female) with two bolts and china caps. Fic. 7,588.—Standard brass closet floor flange for use with regular horn outlet. 3,466 - 1,920 Fixtures already been presented in the chapter on Drainage, hence it is not necessary to repeat them here. The syphon jet is the only style of water closet on which a noiseless feature can be attached. It should be remembered that if a really quiet acting closet is wanted, it must be Gustaren by a low pattern tank and not by a flush valve. Fic. 7,589.—Wolverine closet floor flange with lip gasket, bolts and washers. Fic. 7,590.—Wolverine cast brass R. T. flange Titi R. T. asbestos gasket; 9% in. lower lip, bronze bolts with nickel plated heads and washers. ee Dy Fic. 7,591.—Mott cast iron floor flange to caulk over 4 in, soil pipe, with two bolts and china caps. Fixtures 1,921 - 3,467 While the silent feature reduces the noise when the valve is used, the closet will not work as quietly with an automatic valve as it will under a low pattern vitreous china tank. Figs. 7,570 to 7,581 show types of closet in general use. An important part is the connection of the closet to the soil pipe. SCREW BOLT M H CLOSET Ss a 5. FLANGE WASHER— ie t ' eee FLOOR SCREW— de SOLDERED ey BRASS FLANGE = LEAD SOIL PIPE Ssh, Fic. 7,592.—Lead pipe elbow closet soil connection with brass floor flange. The brass flange is secured to the floor by screws L,F, and the lead elbow soldered to the flange as shown. A rubber gasket is placed between the brass flange and the closet flange and the latter bolted to the brass flange by bolts M,S, thus making a tight connection. Fics. 7,593 and 7,594.—Standard closet floor flanges. Fig. 7,593, cast brass (for Universal outlet bowls) with asbestos ring gasket and bolts for lead pipe connection; tig. 7,594, cast brass (for Universal outlet bowls) with asbestos ring gasket and bolts threaded 4 in. pipe thread female. ° The old method of using putty to make a tight joint should not be tolerated as it is rarely tight. 3,468 - 1,922 Fixtures Closets are commonly attached by means of a brass floor flange, some forms of which are shown in figs. 7,582 to 7,591. The method of making a joint with the type flange shown in fig. 7,585 is illustrated in fig. 7,592. Similarly construction of other types of soil joint are shown in figs. 7,593 to 7,602. Fics. 7,595 and 7,596.—Standard closet floor flanges. Fig. 7,595, cast brass (for Universal outlet bowls) with lead and asbestos ring gaskets and bolts, threaded 4 in. pipe threads female; fig. 7,596, cast brass (for Universal outlet bowls) with lead and asbestos ring gasket, and bolts, threaded 4 in. pipe thread, male. "; f=) am Uy Z \ SK KK , Fic. 7,597.—Standard cast iron closet floor flange (for Universal outlet bowls) with asbestos ring gasket and bolts, for caulking into soil pipe. Fics. 7,598 and 7,599.—Standard cast brass closet floor flanges. Fig. 7,598 (for regular or Universal outlet bowls), with adjustable brass ring, asbestos ring gasket and bolts, for lead pipe connection; fig. 7,599 (for special outlet bowls), ball joint metal to metal with bolts, for lead pipe connection. Fics. 7,600 and 7,601.—Standard coset floor flanges. Fig. 7,600, cast brass (for Universal outlet bowls) with asbestos ring gasket and bolts threaded 4 in. pipe thread, male; fig. 7,601, cast brass (for Universal outlet bowls) with lead and asbestos ring gaskets and bolts; for lead pipe connection. METAL TO METAL JOINT Z| NA Sg MEN so Ly (i ee Te AOTC Fic. 7,602.—Sectional view of the flange illustrated in fig. 7,599, showing construction. Fics. 7,603 to 7,605.—Wolverine closet floor flanges. Fig. 7,603, concaved for asbestos ring with 14 in. lower lip; fig. 7,604, 7.¢. flange for asbestos gasket concaved with 9/16 in. lower lip; fig. 7,605, flange for Durham work, tapped 4 in. pipe thread. 3,470 - 1,924 Fixtures There are several methods of making the water supply or flush pipe connections. The part of the bowl which receives the connection is called the inlet horn and it may be located on the 1 The back. Fics. 7,606 to 7,609.— Wolverine floor flange gaskets. Fig. 7,606, Wolverine pattern with lip; fig. 7,607, regular pattern; fig. 7,608, asbestos ring; fig. 7,609, 7.2. asbestos gasket. see Fics. 7,610 to 7,613.— Wolverine floor flange bolts. Oval base: fig. 7,610, bolt only; fig. 7,611, bolt with x.p. washer. Square tapered base: fig. 7,612 bolt only; fig. 7,613, bolt with z.p. washer. Ze, LOD; OF 3. Side. as shown in figs. 7,614 to 7;616. Fixtures 1,925 - 3,471 The top connection is largely used especially with low down tanks. The general arrangement of the connections for the three locations of horn is shown in the roughing in measurement drawings, figs. 7,614 to 7 616. Fics. 7,614 to 7,616.—Various locations of water inlet or horn connection on water closets. Fig. 7,614, end; fig. 7,615, top; fig. 7,516, side. Fics. 7,617 and 7,618.—Wolverine closet flange bolts for tapped flange. Fig. 7,617, bolt only; fig. 7,518, bolt with 2.p. washer. 3,472 - 1,926 Fixtures Floor line Fics. 7,619 and 7,620.—Maddock’s, Madawan wash down closet with back inlet, floor outlet and high tank. White vitreous china high tank, fitted with .p. brass flush pipe, m.p. brass chain with china handle, heavy brass ball cock and flush valve and 7.p. brass tank supports. 7 ” 84 eg was Te view 4/1 with cover off ve Vio aE Center line of screw holes 2i Fics. 7,621 and 7,622.—Maddock’s, Madcliff syphon jet closet with top inlet, floor outlet and low down tank. Specification: white vitreous china syphon jet closet with top inlet, floor outlet and 2 in. brass spud. Height 15 in. opening of bowl 11 X13 in. water surface 10 X12 ins. and 3 in. water seal. White celluloid covered seat and cover with heavy n.p. brass bar hinge. One piece white vitreous china flush pipe cover and white vitreous china bolt caps. The white vitreous china tank is fitted with ».p. brass flush connection, top side lever with china handle and escutcheon, heavy brass ball cock, flush valve with large overflow and 3 in. 7.p. size n.p. brass supply pipe to floor with china handle stop valve and china floor escutcheon. 3,474 - 1,928 Fixtures RAL Center line of outlet =e / Floor line be con Fics. 7,623 to 7,625.—Maddock’s, Madevine wall hanging blow out pattern closet with side inlet, extended front seat, wall outlet and flush valve. Specification: white vitreous china wall handing blow-out pattern closet with top inlet wall outlet, extended front lip and 114 or 114 in. brass spud. Opening of bowl 11 xX 15 ins. water surface 10 X13 ins. and 3 in. water seal. Mahogany finished seat, no cover. Flush valve with china oscillating handle. *so}e]d [e}OW OVI YUM MOT Ut peyesouoo dATBA Sue[Na1 pue sAyeA ysny Uorde OO} SurIsopO MOTs JOP YIM poddmbo josojo 10}eM payoauuod do,— 179‘), “91 *JUDA ,,W0}SOG,, 94} YSnoIy} We MeIp ATJUL}SUOD 0} SB OS JYSNeIp pieMyno Jo premdn snonurzuos SUIUIE}UIEUI JO SUBS OUIOS QALY P[NOYsS ony JOA SITY], “ony JUSA YA po}O9UUOD oq pyNoys Joquivyo surljzeyUsA oy, “sasodimd BUIULE]D JOJ pus 94} 12 JOOP & SEY PUL IOC] VY} 0} SpUs}xe ‘doq ay} 3 Paso] SI JoquIeYyoO SurZeIIVUIA SY, “JUsIM) UOT}ETTUSA smoise Aq SULMOYS JoT}]NO MOT ‘JoTUI Yow poste ‘JUIA UO}SOg Y}IM Josoyo UOYdAS UMOp YseA UOTeUIqWMIOD LI} “}FOWI— 9Z9‘2, “D1 eo epee ere el Eee y » N | x ( cae / Zaps ~ { yy ey \ \ aan ==] aes ra iN SS AANIWA ONLY INYsa— AAIVA HSN13 L0O0c—» 1 es £i SAR RE ai ea SSRN SNS RS eas SNES SSS 3,476 - 1,930 Fixtures Bidet.—This fixture (pronounced be-day’) is an important sanitary fixture which has not been used extensively in this. country due to the lack of knowledge of its health protecting features. For years it has been in common use in Europe and all Latin-American countries. Through ignorance of its ad- vantages many regard the bidet as a fixture to be used for birth control. This is obviously incorrect because a plain water douche cannot accomplish this purpose. __ CENTER LINE__.. ‘OF FIXTURE 10 ORDER MUST STATE THICKNESS OF WALL 12” OPENING IN WALL . ==) 1 SS ¢ al 7a | AF: EL. Scion KS WWW ’7..w Fic. 7,628.—Wall hanging closet with roughing in measurement for top connected Oscilla flush valve. The bidet fixture is an appliance to maintain for the user a constant state of cleanliness of the private parts. It is preferably made entirely of white vitreous china is about 14 ins. in width and 15 ins. high from the top of the rim to the floor. Fixtures 1,931 - 3,477 {tis equipped with hot and cold supply valves and a pop up waste to retain water in the bowl or to drain it when desired. The inside walls of the bowl are washed by a flushing rim on the same principle as the water- closet, although the bidet is not designed nor intended to carry off human waste matter. The bidet is also provided with an integral douche or jet, operated when desired by means of a transfer valve which directs a stream or column of water upward from the bottom of the bowl. This douche is formed by a cluster of small holes so arranged as to direct the water to one central point, thereby forming a solid stream. In the earlier models of bidets the douche was made of brass in the form of a nozzle to which a rubber tube with a syringe appliance might be attached for women’s use. The use of the bidet as a syringe was a dangerous practice, however, as uniform temperature of the water could not be assured while the douche was in use. Turning on the cold water in another part of the house was likely to raise the temperature of the douche, and burning or scalding sometimes resulted. The brass nozzle douche was also objectionable because the user would strike it with the fingers while washing. After a bowel movement it is impossible to cleanse the anus with dry paper. This practice, the medical fraternity tells us, is responsible for a large proportion of the existing cases of hemorrhoids or piles. The use of the bidet does much to eliminate the possibility of developing hemmorrhoids or piles, and is also recommended for their treatment. After each passage, the anus actually should be washed with water. (The bidet is usually in- stalled alongside of the water closet). With women, the bidet should be an indispensable bath room fixture, because proper attention to health requires bathing of the genital organs more frequently than can be accomplished conveniently with the bath tub. It is essential and conducive to good health to wash these parts twice daily. This use for the bidet is also essential for men, because the ordinary tub or shower bath is not sufficient to secure a similar degree of cleanliness. As with women, men too should bathe these parts twice each day. Women will find the bidet a very important and convenient fixture for use during their menstruating period. The genital organs should always be thoroughly cleansed when changing the sanitary pad, and the bidet is the proper fixture for this use. The bidet is particularly desirable in manufac- turing plants where a number of women are employed or in department stores, women’s colleges and other institutions. 3,478 - 1,932 Fixtures Another important use of the bidet is that of a foot bath. As it is 15 inches high from the floor to the top of the rim, it can be used very com- fortably as a foot bath. When the waste plug is closed the bidet will hold about 3 inches of water. There will be no hesitancy about using the bidet 4h ¥% Male i.PS. Supply pipes Fics. 7,629 to 7,631.—Maddock’s bidet; views showing roughinz in measurements and con- nections. as a foot bath after it has been used for bathing other parts because, being made of pure white vitreous china and having a flushing rim, it can be kept spotlessly clean and sanitary by simply rinsing with water or wiping with a damp cloth. It cannot tarnish or discolor. Fixtures 1,933 - 3,479 The private parts may be washed by the bidet with or without the use of the douche. By closing the pop up waste the bowl may be filled and the | washing done with the hand. After this the parts may be rinsed by using the douche. If preferred the entire washing may be done with the douche. In using the bidet it is not necessary to un- | dress. The clothing is in the same position as when using the water closet. The use of the bidet is a clean habit and when once acquired it becomes an important | part of the sanitary precuations of our daily life. Its importance in promoting better health can hardly be overestimated. The method of making the connection for bidets is illustrated in figs. 7,629 to 7,631. Hot Water Storage Tank.—The error of calling this fixture a “boiler” is inex- cusable, and it would require a stretch of the imagination to consider it as such. The ordinary kitchen, or range storage tank is made in a multiplicity of sizes so that there is a wide choice of cap- acity enabling selection to be made that will meet the requirements of any pro- posed installation. The range of ordi- nary sizes is given in the following table. NOTE.—A copper tank flattened by accidental syphon- age w-ll sometimes round up again under the water pressure without apparent damage. Ifthe city pressure do not inflate it, a force pump will. NOTE.—Galvanized tanks are made in several weights: known as: standard, extra heavy, double extra heavy, etc., the choice depending upon the pressure. Light weight tanks. are so cheap that it does not pay to try to repair them. The stock is too thin to weld well, the skin of galvanizing cannot be soldered tight and the work of getting down to. the iron is too expensive, considering that a new break may soon develop. Fic. 7,632 .—Trageser galvanized vertical storage tank made in three grades: standard, X heavy, XX heavy. Sizes: 12 X36 to 2496, 18 to 192 gals. Fixtures 3,480 - 1,934 Sizes of Range Storage Tanks Approximate | ~Diameter, Inside, Length Capacity of Shell of Shell Gallons Inches Feet The theoretical points on storage tanks have been entirely covered in the chapter on Water.Supply (which see). Storage tanks are made of galvanized iron or steel, and of copper. There are two general types. 1. Vertical. 2. Horizontal. These differ principally in the location of the openings for pipe connections. The methods of heating the water by 1. Water back in range. 2. Steam coil in tank. 3. Furnace in tank. Fixtures 1,935 - 3,481 The latter type is a combination of storage tank and water heater, being known as a water heater. The galvanized iron or steel tank is made single riveted for light pressures and double riveted for heavy pressures being known as standard and extra heavy. Tanks regularly have four openings; if additional openings be desired an extra charge is made. Usually on tanks 12, 14 and 16 ins. dia- meter all couplings are threaded 34 in. pipe thread, although couplings threaded 14 in. pipe thread or 34 and % in. fine thread female may be ob- Fics. 7,633 and 7,634.—Trageser galvanized horizontal storage tanks. Fig. 7,633, convex heads; fig. 7,634, concave heads. In ordering horizontal tanks position and size of tappings should be given. tained. On tanks 20 and 24 ins. diameter all couplings are regularly threaded 1 in. pipe thread male. These are union couplings, some four of which are shown in figs. 7,635 to 7,638 and are used in order that the tank may be disconnected (for cleaning or repairs) without disturbing the pipes. The cold water supply should enter through one of the top openings and pass down through the boiler to a point about 3 ins. above the level of the range water back and below the side coupling. 3,482 - 1,936 Fixtures This is accomplished by an internal tube such as is shown in fig. 7,646. The cold water supply should be provided with a gate valve, so that the supply can be shut off in case of repairs. Fics. 7,635 and 7,636.—Standard brass storage tank couplings. Fig. 7,635, for lead pipe; fig. 7,636, for wrought pipe; male.’ Fics. 7,637 and 7,638.—Bent brass storage tank couplings. Fig. 7,637, for lead pipe; fig. 7,638, for wrought pipe, male. Fics. 7,639 and 7,640.—Water back couplings. Fig. 7,639, straight; fig. 7,640, bent. These couplings as shown have male wrought thread but are also made with plain ends for wiped joint lead pipe connection. ee yee eee ‘ Fixtures 1,937 - 3,483 Vertical tanks are set upon stands about 20 ins. high. Horizontal tanks are hung by straps from the ceiling or supported on brackets. In connecting storage tanks, the top hole in the water back should be connected to the side opening in the tank. The bottom hold in the water back should be connected | to the lower opening in the tank. It is necessary and "Fics. 7,641 and 7,642.—Trageser galvanized extra heavy storage tanks with coil. Fig. 7,641, vertical; fig. 7,642, horizontal. Fics. 7,643 to 7,645.—Trageser storage tank supports. fig. 7,645, saddle. 3,484 - 1,938 Fixtures important that a union connection be placed on these pipes so that the tank may be taken down without disturbing the range. Fic. 7,646.— Wolverine 5/s in. outside diameter internal brass tube for storage tank. Threaded 4% in. wrought pipe thread; length 51 ins.; vent hole 1% in. BOILER COUPLING FEMALE SOLDERING NIPPLE E SOLDERING NIPPLE SHORT NIPPLE BOILER COUPLING Fic. 7,648.—Wrought pipe connections between tank and water back. Fixtures 1,939 - 3,485 A faucet should be connected to the lower pipe to drain the tank. Bends and changes should be avoided as much as possible. These pipes may either be galvanized, wrought, lead, or preferably brass. Wrought pipe does not sag, however it will corrode and gradually fill, especially at the ends which join the fittings. Lead allows easy curves and changes in direction to be made; it, however, Fics. 7,649 to 7,650.—Riverside ratchet cutting tool and view of cutter. Fic. 7,651.—Cutting opening in vertical storage tank with Riverside cutting tool. Fics. 7,652 to 7,655.—Wolverine storage tank repairs. Fig. 7,652, brass unl plug— drill 5% hole and make up ‘with screw driver; fig. 7,653, small toggle, Bere yy, piste 5/35 fig. 7,654, medium toggle, screw 3%, plate 1; fig. 7 ,655, large toggle, screw YY, plate 134 in. All top plates are concaved to conform to curve of boiler and are furnished with special rubber gaskets for hot water and steam. Fixtures 3,486 - 1,940 ; “pesoddns A]jeioues st se suiz sind jou pue Aojye ue Zureq SUT} 209 oy} ‘uoi uTeld Jo ey} Se owes 94} Ajreeu Ara st edid pozrueayes Jo 1aM0d SUISUBPUOD oY LT, “A}IDO[9A 9}B1epoOUr B 3} [109 ay} JOAO SOAOUT FT ALY} OS Jo}vaY OY} YSnosYy? Surjepnou9 st JoJeM oY} Jey} Burumsse st sry L ‘s0yem Surpunoxms oy} pue wiea}s oy UsemMjoq 91n}eIeduls} Ul VUsIEYIp 9e13ap Yoea JOJ Moy Jed vovyns Jo }00j osenbs 30d s}1un yeurzayy 00Z Jnoge Jo vars [IM odid voll uy “dle ey} Ul peoeid UsYyM UY} Jo}ee13 YONuT st I0yeM AG popunoims UsyM 7209 wpa}s D JO fizuaiayja ay — a LON *des} wieoys Aq JojIog 0} PeUANjoI IO “T[eM JOY B O} possAlfop ‘19Mes oY} OUI poSBA SI UIe}s pasuspUOd sy, “Uuor}Isod 10y4}0 Aue UI UIeIp JOU pfnoM 71 ‘syue}, Teqyuoztioy Uo ATUO peasn oq ued ‘spudq UIMjer Aq ,SoLias Ut,, peuiof pue y1sue] Tenbo Jo sodid Te19Ae0s jo opeur ‘{I09 ad A} aUoguioL} ey ‘edid toddoo 40 ‘ssviq ‘uoIt Jo [0d Wess YIM peptAoid IOAJesel B JO WINIpeu ay} ysnoiy} Ja7e@M JOY YUM perddns Ajjensn st Wojyshs Surquinid soym oy} ‘pourezureut ApUeISUOD SI amssoid uIva}s aIoyYM sasnoy 42aY70 10 ‘zuatz4ndD ul— a LON *SYUR] OY} 0} SOUT] SuIWD9UUOD SSuT;dNod jensn 94} as jou seop uoHeysnTT oy _ Joyeoy Jo}BM JOY 0} SYUL} 9Fv1O}s [LUOZIIOY PUL [EII}IBA BUIID9UUOD Jo SpoyeAI— 9G9‘7, “DI uinqay ES a JO MvIg eae ee 9) adig Burepnoat adig Sureynoa31a yuey feos, quey o3 3077 Lt Yury, yequozwopy te (jmerecememcanen il “qi 0S 38 195 7} aajea AjaITS ee 0$ 30 19S BALA Alazes ‘ i] ‘ ' 1 ' 1 J t 1 1 ' ' ' i] ' 1 ' ‘ ’ ' 1 r) Y ‘ ’ ‘ ’ 1 s ’ e e e J ° ‘ e 6 e Fixtures 1,941 - 3,487 sags, stretches and the wiped joints give out under the continued action of hot water. Brass pipe and fittings are excellent. Lead connections are . generally 5g or 84 in. Wrought pipe connections are generally 34 or 1 in. | Figs. 7,647 and 7,648 show method of making water back connection with lead and wrought pipe. The hot and cold supply connection are shown in fig. 7,657. GATE VALVE : = RELIEF Ss ec VA LVE =| ea | q are SB Ut Albee Sy Hh fek T i li 2 G — I EELST: : “ =v) > PS a ES FER Bo Wee i Be ee IS EAA S OP = PEO OR] Zea => s << eet ASW Z ie = : Pome V2 FER Lee we = 2s be BIS NVGRNN F111 WAN Fic. 7,657.—Hot and cold water tank connections with provision for shut off in case of repairs and excess pressure relief. Fics. 7,658 to 7,660.—Riverside storage tank connection. | The globe valve will be found very convenient in case of repairs. When a valve is placed on the cold water supply, there should be a safety valve to relieve any excess pressures in case this NOTE.—A 30 or 40 gallon boiler is usually specified for an 8 or 10 room house. 3,488 - 1,942 Fixtures valve should be closed without opening a hot water faucet. Note that this valve is next to the tank. PIMW ee rT | Ht i Sy ‘Sil Domain | PITT > yy a uy q eALTElss HMM {HTAAVENIDSYODNSORYDELE DDD) IDYIS ITO SVISADDOUIISHOULEDYD SDPO AOEDIDIOIEADHOTEDDPIDISIBYYY, Fics. 7,661 to 7,663.—Plumbers square cast iron sink and Bignall fittings for cast iron sinks. Fig. 7,661 cast iron sink; fig. 7,662 leg; 7,663 bracket. Range of sink sizes is from 12 X 12 to 24 X 120 ins., all sizes 6 ins. deep. Legs come in lengths to raise sink 27 to 30 ins. from floor. Fixtures 1,943 - 3,489 Se Sink.—The kind of sink as shown in fig. 7,661, that is almost universally used on cheap work is made of cast iron. Being non-absorbent, has a long life and is cheap. They, how- ever, will corrode. ‘The rim is generally covered with wood which affords a lodging place for dirt, filth, and vermin. It is -SINK _— STRAINER TL ZANSSSSS . NEW 2 GUM eo {VG Ys WY j LEAD PIPE MAPA MMA ENO MM Q ABCRum ACE N AOA Fic. 7,664.—Cast iron sink waste connection for lead pipe. LLL LLL he LLLLLLLLLL SS SET 2 z TIS; whee G LBD OSS py fy SESS Gi iz C4 SIN WROUGHT PIPE Fic. 7,665.—Cast iron sink waste sonnectian for wrought vive. uote the tubber gasket and threaded cotlar. 3,490 - 1,944 Fixtures Fic. 7,666.—Mott, Belgrade, enameled iron roll rim kitchen sink with integral back and right hand drain board, concealed wall hangers, waste plug with strainer and tail piece, com- pression faucets, half S trap with nipple to wall and escutcheon and two wood mats for sink and drain board. Fic. 7,667.—Mott, Touro, enameled iron slop sink with brass flushing rim painted iron com- bination trap standard: with strainer, Oscilla flush valve and angle stop and 11% in. o. d. tubing flush connection. Combination compression faucet with integral stop valves and pail hook and brace with flush pipe clamp. Fixtures 1,945 - 3,491 SS difficult to make a proper connection with the trap and waste pipe. These sinks are sometimes made with a roll rim which makes it unnecessary to protect the edge with wood. F igs. 7,664 and 7,665 show methods of making waste connection of cast iron sinks for lead and wrought pipe respectively. Views of the two forms of collar used are shown in figs. 7,677 and 7,678 - eon Fics. 7,668 and 7,669.—Mott slop sink traps. Fig. 7,668, three in. painted iron combination trap standard, enameled inside, with strainer and clean out plug for lead pipe; fig. 7,669, three in. Adjusto painted iron combination trap standard, enameled inside, with strainer and. clean out plug for 3 in. wrought pipe. ESE Fic. 7,670.—Mott cast iron water cooled grease trap. *yooy [red yjIM 3[zzou Ajddns pue Sa]PULY PexopUl eUTYS YIM 91n}xy A[ddns uoIssoiduros uoTWeUIquUIOS sseiq “d'u sTeUIDJ “UI ¥% YIM poy “prepueys dez pue yurs SuljD9UUOD Snj{d pue J9UTeI}s JoTJNO sseiq -d-u ‘snj{d JnouKs]D pue jo]}NO [TBM YIM prepueys de1} v[qe}sn{[pe ‘apisjno pue sprIsut poyewieus UOIT YIM “Ul ZZX BT 9ZIS ‘HUIS Coys WLI [JO [[B VUIYD SNOIO}IA 9}IYM , UIADPe,, S YOOPpe|— ZL9‘2, Pue TL9‘L “SOI L_—-=— po | umop 10 dn se umop 40 dn aiqeqzenl eae Ye YH ic) th = ~ as La | Ry Aem sonia Y. aiqeysnipy 3,492 - 1,946 Fixtures 1,947 - 3,493 Fic. 7,673.—Sink gasket as used with threaded collar for wrought pipe connection. Fics. 6,674 and 7.675.—S and H, flanged sink fittings. These fittings are for use on Pay bios against the backs of kitchen sinks, slop sinks, laundry tubs, etc. It makes a rigi connection without the use of wood blocks, iron washers or tin straps. j F i i xposed Fic. 7,676.—Application of S and H, flanged sink fitting showing elbow Si a ae men supply pipe back of kitchen sink. The straight fitting 1s used on a straig A ee au Mtane the wall. It is also used for supporting risers saving the use of an extra flo in 14 in. size only. 3,494 - 1,948 Fixtures and the shape of the rubber gasket used with the wrought pipe connection is shown in fig. 7,673. Laundry Tubs.—Usually two or more tubs are provided for washing clothes as shown in fig. 7,679. Fics. 7,677 and 7,678.—Collars for cast iron sink connection. Fig. 7,677, plain for lead pipe fig. 7,678, threaded for wrought pipe. Fic. 7,679.—Typical set of laundry tubs with connections. As here shown there are three tubs and when properly installed they are supplied with hot and cold water and are connected by a waste pipe to the drainage system. When located in a kitchen, laundry trays should be provided with covers to conceal soiled clothes when soaking, and to provide table space on top of the tubs. In large apartment houses a general laundry is sometimes fitted up in the basement; when such is the case a single tub should also be installed in ezch of the apartments for the tenant to do light washing in. | i Re nde he ea i hi nating Ln oan a Din di plana Ban oa GETTY CENTER LIBRARY dll Seeeee EERE S ae BeOS REE wen in ae HY, ts ep ase vt eae islet aah cts eM sheteiace